Skip to main content

Full text of "Nelson's history of the war"

See other formats


PARI! 


Frontiers 


100 


150 


1.  The  Westell 


SWITZE  RL  AN  D 


heatre  of  War 


',  - 


LJBRAFIV 


NELSON'S 
HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR 


VOLUME    IX. 


NELSON'S  HISTORY 
OF  THE  WAR.     By 

John    Buchan. 


Volume  IX.  The  Italian  War,  the  Campaign  at 
Gallipoli,  and  the  Russian  Retreat  from  the 
Warsaw  Salient. 


THOMAS    NELSON    AND    SONS 

LONDON,  EDINBURGH,  DUBLIN,  AND  NEW  YORK 


CONTENTS. 


LXIV.  THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE   ...  9 
LXV.  THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI  .     .  33 
LXVI.  THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH      ...  67 
LXVII.  THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE   ....  99 
LXVIII.  THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "GRANDEUR"  in 
LXIX.  THE  STRAINING  OF  AMERICAN  PA- 
TIENCE        123 

LXX.  THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT   .     .  149 


APPENDICES. 

I.  THE  CAMPAIGN  IN  GALLIPOLI  .     .     185 
II.  THE  SPEECH  OF  THE  GERMAN  IM- 
PERIAL CHANCELLOR       .     .     .     217 


LIST    OF    MAPS. 


Railway  Communications  of  Trieste 13 

Gorizia  (Gorz) 16 

Line  of  the  Isonzo. — Front  held  by  the  Italians  in  August  23 
Sketch  Map  of  the  Passes  by  which  the  Italians  attempted 

to  penetrate  into  the  Pusterthal 26 

Attacks  on  the  Krithia-Achi  Baba  Position,  June  21  and  28  43 

Lines  of  Supply  of  the  Turkish  Army  in  Gallipoli      .       .  56 

The  Balkan  Railways  and  Frontiers 72,  73 

Map    showing    the    Macedonian    Districts    beyond    their 
present  Frontiers  which  the   Bulgarians  claim   to   be 

mainly  peopled  by  the  Bulgar  Race 80 

Plan  of  the  Hooge  Area 104 

Ivangorod 162 

Sketch   showing  the  situation  on  August   12   (eve   of  the 

retirement  of  the  Russian  Centre  from  Siedlce)   .       .165 

Situation  of  the  Russian  Centre,  August  1 6,  1915       .       .  167 

Kovno 169 

Sketch  Map  showing  the  possible  Russian  line  of  defence 
that  was  made  untenable  by  the  fall  of  Kovno  and 

the  German  menace  in  the  Balkan  provinces       .       .  172 

Novo  Georgievsk 174 

Brest  Litovski 175 

Gulf  of  Riga 177 


NELSON'S 
HISTORY    OF    THE    WAR. 


CHAPTER   LXIV. 

THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE. 

Italy's  Immediate  Purpose — Difficulties  of  the  Campaign — The 
Isonzo  Line — The  Communications  of  Trieste — The  Carso — 
Gorizia — Disposition  of  Italian  Advance — Position  on  ist 
June — Fall  of  Monfalcone — Austrian  Reinforcements  arrive 
— Attack  on  Podgora  Spur — The  Isonzo  crossed  at  Plava — 
Crossing  won  at  Castelnuovo — The  July  Battles — Second 
Battle  of  Plava — Ground  won  on  the  Carso — Results  up  to 
mid- August — The  War  in  the  Mountains — The  Carnic  Fight- 
ing— The  Campaign  in  the  Dolomites — The  Trentino  Cam- 
paign— The  Work  of  the  Alpini — The  War  at  Sea — Austrian 
Raids  and  Italian  Losses — Italy's  Relations  with  Germany 
— Italy's  Relations  with  Turkey — War  declared  on  Turkey. 

"T  XT  THEN  Italy  entered  upon  war  she  had  a  double 
\  \J  purpose.  If  she  struck  heavily,  she  might 
VV  break  through  the  frontier  guards  before 
Austria  could  reinforce  them  ;  and  even  if  she  failed, 
the  vigour  of  her  attack  might  compel  the  Austro- 
Germans  to  send  large  armies,  which  would  weaken 
the  critical  Galician  front.  Austria,  in  reply,  re- 
mained stubbornly  on  the  defensive,  utilizing  the 
strong  protection  of  the  border-line  which  she  had 
inherited.  For  the  better  part  of  a  month  the 
forces  under  the  Archduke  Eugene  and  Conrad  von 


10  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Hoetzendorff  were  only  Landwehr  and  Landsturm, 
the  latter  including  some  levies  from  the  Tirolese 
mountaineers.  No  troops  were  withdrawn  from 
Galicia  until  the  main  Austro-German  objective 
in  that  country  had  been  attained,  and  the  clearing 
of  the  Carpathian  line  had  made  Hungary  secure. 
The  immediate  purpose  of  Italy  was  therefore 
frustrated.  Her  attack  on  the  Isonzo  in  no  way 
relieved  the  fierce  pressure  on  Ivanov's  armies,  and 
after  three  months'  campaign  she  had  failed  to  win 
to  Trieste,  or  to  cut  the  Austrian  line  beyond  the 
Dolomite  Passes.  The  frontier  was  a  barrier  for- 
midable even  beyond  the  dreams  of  its  makers. 

Yet  these  three  months  had  been  crowned  with 
many  successes,  and  the  Italian  effort  must  not  at 
this  stage  be  judged  topographically  by  the  extent 
of  country  won.  To  do  justice  to  the  valour  of 
Cadorna's  armies,  we  must  keep  constantly  in  mind 
the  extraordinary  obstacles  which  faced  them.  The 
strength  of  the  mountain  barrier  of  the  Trentino 
and  the  Carnic  Alps  needs  no  explaining,  but  the 
line  of  the  Isonzo  was  only  less  difficult  to  force. 

The  Isonzo  cuts  its  way  southwards  through  the 
butt  of  the  Julian  Alps  in  a  deep  gorge  which  ends 
sharply  north  of  the  town  of  Gorizia.  Gorizia  lies 
in  a  pocket  of  the  hills,  with  the  uplands  protecting 
it  in  a  semi-circle  on  the  north.  West  of  the  Isonzo, 
dominating  the  bridgehead  and  the  road  and  rail- 
way to  Gradisca  and  Udine,  is  the  spur  of  Podgora, 
which  also  commands  Gorizia  itself.  South  of  the 
town  stretch  some  four  miles  of  level  plain,  till  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  river  rises  the  extraordinary 
plateau  which  Italians  call  the  Carso  and  Austrians 
the  Karst,  and  which  rolls  east  and  west  behind 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          n 

Trieste,  and  south  almost  to  the  sea.  Between  it 
and  the  coast  is  a  strip  of  flat  land  which  carries  a 
railway.  The  Carso  is  a  low,  wind-swept  table- 
land, strewn  with  limestone  boulders,  seamed  with 
deep  fissures,  and  covered  with  rough  scrub  and 
great  masses  of  scree.  North  of  Gorizia  the  Julian 
Alps  rise  towards  the  stony  uplands  of  the  Krn 
or  Monte  Nero.  A  tributary,  the  Baca,  enters  the 
Isonzo  on  the  eastern  bank  a  little  south  of  the 
town  of  Tolmino,  and  up  its  difficult  valley  and 
through  the  great  Wochein  tunnel  runs  the  railway 
to  Villach  and  Vienna. 

The  difficulties  of  such  a  country  for  the  offensive 
are  so  obvious  as  scarcely  to  need  explanation. 
The  only  passage  through  the  uplands  was  the 
strip  of  land  beside  the  sea,  far  too  narrow  for  an 
army  to  travel.  The  flat  land  south  of  Gorizia  was 
not  really  a  gap,  for  the  hills  closed  in  a  mile  or  two 
east  of  the  town.  The  ridges  of  Monte  Nero,  the 
gorge  of  the  Upper  Isonzo,  and  the  plateau  of  the 
Carso  offered  secure  positions  for  any  defence. 

Since  the  main  object  of  General  Cadorna  was 
Trieste,  it  was  desirable  to  cut,  if  possible,  the 
communications  of  that  city  with  its  bases  of  supply. 
The  navy  of  Italy  could  ensure  that  nothing  entered 
it  by  sea.  Trieste  is  served  by  two  chief  lines — one 
running  by  Gorizia  and  the  Wochein  tunnel  to  Vil- 
lach, the  other  by  St.  Peter's  to  Laibach.  The  first 
had  two  branches  which  united  at  Gorizia — one  by 
the  coast  and  Monfalcone,  the  other  running  direct 
across  the  Carso  plateau.  The  second  received  a 
branch  from  Pola,  and  at  St.  Peter's  the  main  line 
from  Fiume.  To  isolate  Gorizia  it  was  not  enough 
to  cut  the  Villach  line  north  of  it,  or  the  Monfalcone 


12  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

line  south  of  it.  The  Carso  line  in  the  east  must 
also  be  cut,  and  that  involved  a  considerable  advance 
across  the  plateau.  To  isolate  Trieste  was  still  more 
difficult.  The  cutting  of  the  Gorizia  line  would 
deprive  it  of  its  best  and  shortest  connection  with 
Vienna ;  but  there  would  still  remain  the  Laibach 
line,  which  would  only  be  effectively  cut  if  the 
junction  at  St.  Peter's  was  captured. 

What  looked  like  open  country  to  a  casual 
student  of  the  map  was  therefore  in  its  character 
an  intricate  and  difficult  natural  fortress.  The 
Carso,  in  particular,  was  a  position  which  might  be 
compared  with  the  Labyrinth  in  the  Artois,  save 
that  it  owed  its  chief  strength  to  nature  rather  than 
to  man.  A  swift  advance  was  out  of  the  question, 
however  feeble  the  Austrian  defence  might  be  at 
the  outset.  General  Cadorna's  first  task  must  be  to 
reduce  the  position  by  the  capture  of  its  chief  details. 

Gorizia  was  the  key  of  the  Austrian  front.  So 
long  as  it  was  held  it  blocked  any  real  advance 
across  the  Carso,  since  it  threatened  an  attack  on 
the  flank,  and,  till  the  Carso  railway  was  cut,  could 
be  munitioned  direct  from  Trieste.  The  Austrians 
held  not  only  the  town  but  the  bridgehead  on  the 
west  bank  of  the  Isonzo,  and  the  spur  of  Podgora 
which  commanded  that  bridgehead.  The  Italian 
army  advanced  against  this  front  in  three  forces. 
One,  consisting  largely  of  Alpine  troops,  moved 
against  Tolmino  and  the  heights  of  Monte  Nero. 
Its  immediate  task  was  to  cut  the  Vienna  line  north 
of  Gorizia,  and  to  protect  the  left  of  the  main  ad- 
vance against  reinforcements  coming  from  the  direc- 
tion of  Villach.  The  centre  moved  directly  against 
Gorizia  itself,  and  especially  against  the  Austrian 


0  10  2C 


20 


rJVillach 


•  Tunnel 


Railway  Communications  of  Trieste. 


14  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

position  on  the  Podgora  spur.  The  right  wing 
advanced  on  Monfalcone,  to  cut  the  coast  railway 
and  begin  the  assault  on  the  Carso  plateau.  All 
three  movements  were  fortunate  in  their  communi- 
cations. The  Italian  left  had  the  railway  to  Civi- 
dale,  and  the  roads  beyond  over  the  Starasella  Pass 
and  the  other  saddles  of  the  Julian  range.  The 
centre  had  the  Udine-Gorizia  railway.  The  right 
wing  had  the  San  Giorgio-Monfalcone  line. 

By  ist  June  the  Italians  had  occupied  the  greater 
part  of  the  west  bank  of  the  Isonzo  with  little  oppo- 
<Y  sition.     The  Austrians  had  chosen  their 

™  line,  and  were  not  concerned  to  defend 

the  indefensible.  The  weather  in  early  June  was 
heavy  rain,  and  those  who  know  the  quick  flooding 
of  the  torrents  which  descend  from  the  Julian  Alps 
will  realize  how  slow  must  be  an  advance  in  such 
conditions.  The  Italian  mobilization  was  not  yet 
complete,  and  the  fighting  fell  chiefly  to  the  screen 
of  troops  on  the  flanks.  The  left  wing  was  beyond 
the  Isonzo  at  Caporetto,  and  fighting  its  way  among 
the  shale  and  boulders  of  Monte  Nero,  where  the 
Austrian  artillery  had  strong  positions.  The  navy 
and  the  air  service  were  active,  and  Monfalcone  was 
under  constant  bombardment. 

On  the  yth  an  advance  in  force  began  all  along 

the   front.     The   left   wing  continued   its   struggle 

«Y  for  the   Monte   Nero   slopes.      Bridge- 

^   '  ' "     heads  were  established  along  the  Middle 

Isonzo  south  of  Gorizia,  and  large  bodies  of  cavalry 

crossed  at  various  points,  and  began  the  work  of 

<Y  entrenching   on  the  eastern  bank.     On 

^'     9th  June  Monfalcone  fell  without  trouble. 

If  was   scarcely   defended,   for   it   lay  outside  the 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.  15 

zone  which  the  Austrians  had  marked  for  their 
defence.  This  meant  that  one  of  the  loops  of  the 
Gorizia-Trieste  railway  was  cut,  but  the  Carso 
branch  still  remained.  Next  day  the  <y 
centre  made  a  great  effort  east  of  Gra-  / 
disca  and  Sagrado,  but  the  river  line  proved  far 
stronger  than  had  been  believed.  So  did  Tolmino, 
which  was  now  under  the  fire  of  Italian  guns.  The 
only  success  was  won  that  night  at  Plava,  north  of 
Gorizia,  where  a  surprise  attack  carried  the  place, 
and  so  menaced  the  railway  from  Gorizia  to  Vienna. 
The  floods  were  the  main  obstacles  on  the  lower 
course  of  the  river,  and  the  Austrians  added  to 
these  by  breaking  the  banks  of  the  Monfalcone 
canal.  Had  it  been  possible  during  these  days  to 
push  forward  in  full  strength,  Trieste  would  probably 
have  fallen,  for  the  Austrian  armies  were  still  slender. 
But  the  weather  and  the  incompleteness  of  the 
Italian  mobilization  made  the  advance  partial  and 
ineffective.  So  good  a  chance  was  not  destined  to 
appear  again  for  many  months. 

From  now  on  Austrian  troops  began  to  arrive 
from  the  Galician  front.  Some  portion  of  the  Tiro- 
lese  Corps — there  can  now  have  been  little  left  of  it 
— was  brought  to  the  lines  in  the  mountains.  Regi- 
ments of  Southern  Slavs,  who  had  no  love  for  Italy, 
were  brought  to  the  Isonzo,  and  so  spared  the  diffi- 
cult task  of  fighting  against  their  Russian  kinsmen. 
Lastly,  there  came  at  least  one  division  of  Hun- 
garians, who,  apart  from  the  Tirolese,  represented 
the  finest  fighting  material  in  the  Austrian  ranks. 
The  chance  of  an  easy  victory  was  slipping  from 
Italy's  hands.  General  Cadorna  was  discovering 
the  strength  of  the  Austrian  artillery,  which  seems 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          17 

to  have  been  admirably  placed.  All  along  the 
western  fringe  of  the  Carso,  and  especially  on  the 
Podgora  spur  which  commands  Gorizia,  were  rami- 
fications of  trench  lines,  protected  by  elaborate 
entanglements  and  for  tins,  and  with  the  glacis 
heavily  wired.  The  Austrian  staff  had  not  for- 
gotten the  lesson  of  Galicia. 

On  1 5th  June  the  first  Italian  attack  was  made 
on  the  Podgora  position.     Next  day  the  Alpini  on 
the  left  wing  carried  an  important  posi-  ~ 
tion  on  Monte  Nero,  climbing  the  rocks  J       ,  •* 
by  night,  attacking  at  dawn,  and  taking 
many  prisoners.     But  the  conquest  of  these  lower 
slopes  of  the  mountains  did  not  greatly  advance  the 
purpose  of  the  campaign.     No  guns  of  great  calibre 
could  follow  them,  and  Tolmino,  where  Dante  is 
rumoured  to  have  written  part  of  his  great  poem, 
could,  with  its  fortress  artillery,  defy  the  posts  on 
the  heights.     On  the  iyth  the  Villach- Gorizia  line 
near    Plava    was    definitely    cut.      That    <v 
fight  for  Plava  was  a  spirited  perform-     *          '* 
ance.     The  village  lies  in  the  bottom  of  the  ravine 
beside  the  swift  river,  with  precipitous  wooded  hills 
on  either  side.     The  bridge  had  been  destroyed ; 
but   the    Italians   with    a   great    effort    constructed 
pontoons   during  the   night,   and  at   dawn  on  the 
1 7th  began  their  attack.     The  defence  had  1 2-inch 
guns,  and  entrenchments  surrounded  by  deep  net- 
works of  wire.     By  the  evening  the   Italians  had 
carried  the  first  line  with  the  bayonet,  and  stood 
firm   all   night    against    counter-attacks.    ~          o 
Next  day  they  routed  the  enemy,  taking    *u 
many  prisoners,  and   occupied  the  heights  on  the 
eastern  bank  of  the  stream. 

IX. 


i8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

In    the    following    week    there    were    repeated 
counter-attacks  at  Plava  and  on  Monte  Nero,  where 
the  Italian  Alpini  seem  to  have  been  engaged  with 
cy  their  fellow-mountaineers  of  Tirol.     By 

?•'  the  25th  some  ground  north  of  Plava 
was  won,  and,  what  was  more  important,  a  begin- 
ning was  made  with  the  advance  on  the  Carso,  the 
edge  of  the  plateau  being  gained  between  Sagrado 
and  Monfalcone ;  while  from  Cormons  the  Podgora 
position  and  the  Gorizia  bridgehead  were  bom- 
barded. The  month  of  June  closed  in  storms,  with 
thick  fog  in  the  mountains,  which  interfered  with 
artillery  work,  and  deluges  of  rain  in  the  flats.  By 
this  time  the  inundations  of  the  Lower  Isonzo  were 
being  mastered,  for  the  Italian  engineers,  working 
under  the  enemy's  fire,  succeeded  in  damming  the 
opening  of  the  Monfalcone  canal.  On  the  28th  the 
<Y  o  bridgehead  of  Castelnuovo,  on  the  east 
*  '  "  bank  of  the  river,  was  carried  by  a 
bayonet  attack.  This  gave  General  Cadorna  two 
important  bridgeheads — Plava  was  the  other — in- 
side the  Austrian  zone  of  defence.  Monfalcone, 
though  on  the  east  bank,  was  outside  the  zone,  and 
Caporetto  and  Gradisca  were  on  the  wrong  side. 
CY  On  the  last  day  of  June  there  was  a 

Ju  '  3°-  great  artillery  bombardment,  but  a  gen- 
eral infantry  attack  on  the  centre  failed  to  achieve 
any  results. 

The  position  was  now  that  Cadorna's  left  wing 
was  strongly  posted,  but  in  the  nature  of  things 
could  not  do  much  against  Tolmino  ;  his  centre  was 
facing  the  great  entrenched  camp  of  Gorizia  ;  while 
his  right  was  on  the  edge  of  the  Carso,  and  had 
advanced  its  flank  as  far  as  Duino,  on  the  Monfal- 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          19 

cone-Trieste  railway.  The  Gorizia  line  had  been 
cut  north  and  south  of  the  town,  and  only  the  Carso 
line  remained  to  link  the  fortress  with  Trieste.  The 
first  rush  had  failed,  but  preliminary  positions  had 
been  won  from  which  to  initiate  the  main  struggle 
for  the  plateau  and  the  Gorizia  defences. 

That  struggle  began  on  2nd  July.  It  was  an 
attack  on  a  broad  front,  not  less  than  twenty-five 
miles,  and  it  was  aimed  directly  at  <*  / 
Gorizia.  The  left  was  to  occupy  the  *  « 
heights  east  of  Plava  and  then  swing  round  through 
the  Ternovanerwald  against  the  defences  of  Gorizia 
in  the  north,  and  east  round  the  village  of  San  Gabriele 
and  San  Daniele.  The  centre  was  directed  against 
the  Podgora  spur  and  the  Gorizia  bridgehead,  while 
the  right,  which  had  already  won  the  western  and 
south-western  edges  of  the  Carso,  was  to  swing  round 
against  the  northern  part  of  that  plateau  which  takes 
its  name  from  the  village  of  Doberdo.  The  chief 
operative  movement  was  that  of  the  right  wing,  for, 
if  the  Doberdo  upland  were  carried,  the  Trieste 
railway  would  be  cut  and  Gorizia  must  fall.  The 
forces  on  Monte  Nero  might  be  regarded  as  an 
outlying  defence  of  the  left  flank  of  the  advance. 

The  long  and  confused  fighting  which  began  on 
2nd  July,  and  which  ebbed  away  into  an  artillery 
duel  about  the  middle  of  August,  is  properly  to  be 
considered  as  one  action,  which  we  may  call  the 
First  Battle  of  the  Isonzo.     The  details     <y  / 
may  be    briefly  summarized.     On   3rd    ^u^  3« 
July  the  centre  attacked  fiercely  the  Podgora  posi- 
tion,   and    next    day,    after    a    lengthy     <y  * 
bombardment,   the   right   pushed   some    ^u^  4- 
way  into  the  Carso.     On  the  5th  the  centre  and  right 


20  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

—  four  corps  strong  —  were  again  in  action,  and  slowly 
advanced   their  lines,  taking  over   1,000  prisoners. 
cy  /  The  Italians  —  now  less  than  twenty  miles 

*  y  *'     from    Trieste  —  had    got   some    of   their 
heavy  guns  up  to  the  edge  of  the  plateau,  and  for  a 
few  days  there  was  a  continuous  bombardment  and 
counter-bombardment.     On  Monday,  the  iQth,  the 
«Y  /  right  made  a  successful  attack,  carrying 

J  y    9-    several  lines  of  trenches,  and  taking  two 
thousand  prisoners  and  six  machine  guns.      Next 


%  7  20  ^ay  t^ie  centre>  a^ter  a  desperate  fight, 
carried  a  considerable  section  of  the 
Podgora  spur,  though  the  Austrians  still  held  the 
eastern  end  overlooking  Gorizia. 

Meanwhile  the  left  had  been  heavily  engaged  in 
the  Plava  neighbourhood.  Four  brigades  were 
hurled  against  the  wooded  heights  east  of  the  river, 
and  for  two  days  fought  their  way  from  ledge  to 
ledge.  The  Hungarians  who  opposed  them,  being 
plainsmen  unaccustomed  to  mountain  warfare, 
yielded  at  first  before  the  attack  of  the  Alpini,  but 
fought  resolutely  on  the  upper  heights.  The  Italian 
batteries  from  the  other  side  of  the  river  plastered 
the  hillside  with  shell,  till  the  mountain  flared  to 
heaven  like  a  volcano.  A  Dalmatian  regiment  was 
brought  up  from  the  Austrian  reserves,  and,  con- 
cealed in  rifts  and  gullies,  their  fire  flung  back  three 
times  the  charge  of  the  Piedmontese.  Then  came 
a  period  of  utter  weariness,  and  for  twenty-four 
hours  both  sides  rested.  Next  day  three  new  Italian 
brigades  were  brought  up,  and  King  Victor  Em- 
manuel himself  was  present  to  encourage  his  troops. 
The  final  assault  carried  the  heights,  the  last  ground 
being  won  by  a  close-  quarters  struggle  with  the 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          21 

bayonet.  This  Plava  battle  was  terribly  costly  to 
both  sides,  and  the  Italian  commander  was  seri- 
ously wounded  in  the  closing  stage. 

The  action  was  renewed  along  the  whole  front 
on  22nd  July.  That  day  the  Italian  right  captured 
the  crest  of  San  Michele,  which  domi- 


nated  most  of  the  Doberdo  plateau. 
Before  evening  a  violent  cross  fire  drove  them  off 
the  actual  ridge,  but  they  maintained  their  position 
just  below  it.  General  Cadorna  was  now  engaged 
with  the  enemy's  second  line  of  defence,  and  he 
found  it  stronger  than  the  first  line.  To  add  to 
his  difficulties,  further  reinforcements  arrived  in  the 
early  days  of  August,  chiefly  from  von  Woyrsch's 
army  in  the  Ivangorod  region,  for  the  fall  of  Warsaw 
had  enabled  the  enemy  to  dispense  with  some  of 
his  troops.  By  the  middle  of  August  the  first  great 
Battle  of  the  Isonzo  had  virtually  ceased. 

The  result  was  stalemate.  Much  ground  had 
been  won,  but  no  vital  position  had  been  carried. 
Gorizia  was  intact,  and  Trieste  was  no  nearer  its  fall 
than  in  the  first  weeks  of  the  campaign.  The  line 
of  the  Isonzo  had  been  carried,  except  the  loop  west 
of  Gorizia.  The  western  and  southern  portions  of 
the  Carso  were  in  Italian  hands,  including  the  im- 
portant vantage  points  of  Sei  Busi,  San  Martino, 
and  San  Michele.  The  Plava  heights  had  been 
won,  but  it  was  difficult  to  advance  from  there  ;  the 
western  part  of  the  Podgora  spur  was  in  Italian 
hands,  but  not  the  critical  eastern  section.  Gorizia 
was  invested  on  three  sides,  but  no  one  of  its  vital 
outworks  had  been  taken.  General  Cadorna  was 
discovering  a  truth  which  had  been  burned  in  upon 
the  minds  of  the  armies  in  Western  Europe  —  that  a 


22  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

first  line  may  be  carried,  but  that  the  real  difficulties 
only  begin  with  the  second  line.  Provided  the 
enemy  has  his  communications  intact,  and  has  a 
country  behind  him  well  adapted  by  nature  to  de- 
fence, a  withdrawal  may  only  mean  the  accession  of 
fresh  strength.  The  Austrian  Staff  deserves  credit 
for  the  handling  of  this  section  of  the  campaign. 
They  chose  their  ground  with  skill,  defending  only 
what  was  defensible,  and  allowed  the  enemy  to 
break  his  teeth  against  positions  which  were  short 
of  their  vital  lines.  The  Italian  plan  was  sound, 
the  Italian  fighting  was  beyond  praise  for  its  courage 
and  resolution ;  but  once  again  was  proved  the 
enormous  strength  of  the  defence  in  modern  war, 
provided  that  its  artillery  equipment  be  adequate. 
The  result  of  the  three  months'  campaign  was  a 
check,  and  since  the  offensive  was  with  Italy  the 
Austrian  command  was  justified  in  claiming  the 
honours. 

Italy's   campaign   in   the   high    mountains   was 

Erimarily  a  war  of  defence.  She  must  safeguard 
er  flanks  and  rear  before  she  could  push  on  with 
confidence  beyond  the  Isonzo.  Such  offensive  pur- 
pose as  she  had  was  subsidiary  to  the  main  effort 
against  Trieste,  and  did  not  absorb  any  large  num- 
bers of  men.  We  have  seen  that  the  mountain 
battle-ground  fell  into  three  clearly  marked  areas — 
the  salient  of  the  Trentino,  the  passes  of  the  Dolo- 
mites, and  the  passes  of  the  Carnic  Alps.  Very 
early  in  June  she  had  won  the  crest  of  the  ridge  in 
the  two  latter  theatres,  and  developed  a  slow  offensive 
against  the  Pusterthal  railway.  In  the  Trentino  the 
problem  of  defence  was  more  intricate.  It  was  not 


Line  of  the  Isonzo Front  held   by  the  Italians 

in  August. 


24  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

enough  to  win  the  rim  of  the  salient.  She  must 
push  her  front  well  inland  towards  the  nodal  points 
of  the  converging  valleys.  By  August  this  task  had 
been  largely  accomplished,  and  she  could  look  for- 
ward with  composure  to  the  winter,  since  she  held 
the  key  of  the  mountain  gates. 

The  details  of  the  Carnic  fighting  would  convey 
little  save  to  experts  in  its  confused  topography. 
Early  in  June  the  Italians  had  crossed  the  frontier 
at  the  railway  pass  of  the  Fella,  and  the  Austrian 
fort  of  Malborghetto  was  under  their  guns.  At 
the  same  time  an  attack  was  made  on  the  right 
by  way  of  the  Predil  Pass  against  Plezzo,  and  the 
mule  paths  over  the  range  on  the  left  were  occupied 
by  parties  of  Alpini.  No  effective  crossing  of  the 
range  was,  however,  achieved,  and  the  important 
railway  junction  of  Tarvis  was  not  in  danger. 

In  the  Western  Carnic  Alps  the  main  struggle 
centred  round  the  pass  of  Monte  Croce  Carnico. 
A  fortnight  after  the  outbreak  of  war  the  Alpini 
had  driven  the  Austrians  from  the  dominating  posi- 
tion to  the  east  of  the  pass.  They  then  took  the 
Zellenkoffel  to  the  west,  and  in  successive  weeks 
captured  the  summits  of  Pal  Grande,  Freikoffel, 
and  Pal  Piccolo.  This  gave  the  pass  to  Italian 
hands ;  but  the  Austrians,  supported  by  their  artil- 
lery on  the  northern  hills,  clung  to  the  farther 
slopes.  The  Italians  blasted  paths  and  gun  posi- 
tions out  of  the  solid  rock,  and  secured  their  posi- 
tion ;  but,  beyond  repulsing  Austrian  counter- 
attacks, they  found  themselves  unable  to  do  much 
during  the  summer.  As  an  example  of  the  dash 
of  the  Alpini,  the  capture  of  the  Freikoffel  may  be 
cited.  The  summit  was  taken  by  ten  volunteers, 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          25 

who  climbed  the  sheer  southern  wall  of  the  peak  in 
the  darkness  before  the  summer  dawn. 

Farther  west,  in  the  Dolomite  region,  the  attack 
was  pressed  hard,  for  the  objective  was  very  near. 
Cortina  had  been  captured  on  3oth  May,  and  the 
Italians  moved  westwards  towards  the  Falzarego  Pass, 
which  leads  to  Bozen,  and  north  towards  the  Puster- 
thal  railway.  The  former  advance  may  be  regarded 
merely  as  a  flank  guard,  but  the  latter  was  a  serious 
effort  conducted  with  great  skill  and  audacity. 
From  the  Ampezzo  valley  there  are  two  main  routes 
to  the  railway.  One  is  the  Strada  d'Alemagna  from 
Cortina  under  the  precipices  of  Tofana  to  Schlu- 
derbach and  Toblach,  and  another  goes  by  the 
Sexten  valley  to  Innichen.  Between  the  two  lies 
a  third  from  Misurina  by  the  Val  Popena,  which 
joins  the  first  route  at  Schluderbach.  There  are 
other  paths  for  cragsmen,  but  these  are  the  only 
roads  for  guns  and  transport. 

By  the  middle  of  August  the  Italians  had  crossed 
the  watershed,  and  were  only  a  few  miles  from  the 
Pusterthal  railway.  Casual  students  of  the  map 
daily  anticipated  that  that  line  must  be  cut.  But 
the  difficulties  of  the  Dolomite  advance  were  not  to 
be  measured  in  yards  and  miles.  The  debouch- 
ment at  Toblach  was  a  narrow  opening  among  pre- 
cipitous crags.  All  the  routes  led  through  defiles, 
where  an  advance  could  only  be  secured  by  the 
capture  of  the  neighbouring  heights.  This  the 
Alpini  brilliantly  performed.  They  scaled  the  shin- 
ing white  cliffs  of  Tofana  and  Cristallo,  and  brought 
their  mountain  guns  to  vantage  points  which  cleared 
the  passes  for  some  distance  before  them.  The 
Austrians,  with  the  assistance  of  their  forts,  fought 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


delaying  actions  in  the  narrows,  and  their  detach- 
ments skirmished  on  the  heights.  In  this  stage  of 
the  business  the  Italians  had  a  clear  advantage,  but 
the  real  defence  of  the  Pusterthal  had  not  begun. 
It  is  the  first  rule  in  mountain  warfare  that  to  control 
a  pass  you  must  control  its  debouchments.  In  the 
Pustertnal,  with  its  excellent  railway,  the  reserves 


fano 


Frontie 


Sketch  Map  of  the  Passes  by  which  the  Italians  attempted 
to  penetrate  into  the  Pusterthal. 

were  waiting  to  greet  the  heads  of  any  columns 
that  passed  the  defiles.  With  a  broad  valley  and  a 
railway  behind  it  the  defence  could  concentrate 
where  it  pleased.  The  Italians,  on  the  other  hand, 
could  not  support  each  other,  for  each  column 
moved  in  its  own  groove,  and  their  only  lateral 
communications  were  far  behind  in  the  easier 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          27 

country  of  the  foothills.  The  Alpini,  who  could 
see  from  above  Schluderbach  the  rock  gate  which 
led  to  Toblach  almost  within  range  of  their  field 
guns,  were  in  reality  as  far  from  their  objective  as 
if  a  province  had  intervened.  Italy  had  made  good 
her  defence  on  the  northern  heights,  but  the  con- 
ditions were  still  ominously  against  a  true  offensive. 

The  Trentino  campaign  aimed  only  at  the 
security  of  the  Lombard  plains.  By  the  end  of  May 
the  Italians  had  the  passes,  and  were  moving  by 
three  main  routes — by  the  Adige  valley  against 
Rovereto,  and  by  the  Val  Sugana  and  the  Val  Giudi- 
caria  against  Trent.  Farther  north,  on  the  western 
side  of  the  salient,  they  were  holding  the  watershed 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Tonale  and  Stelvio  passes. 
The  movement  on  Trent  and  Rovereto  was  slow 
and  difficult,  owing  to  the  necessity  of  mastering  in 
detail  the  surrounding  heights  and  the  immense 
strength  of  the  Austrian  fortifications,  hewn,  as 
they  often  were,  out  of  the  living  rock.  The  main 
interest  of  the  summer  months  was  the  curious 
campaign  on  the  western  ridges,  where  fighting 
became  a  business  of  small  detachments  widely 
separated  by  precipitous  ravines  and  snow-clad 
peaks.  Those  who  have  mountaineered  in  the 
Adamello  and  Ortler  groups  know  the  strait,  steep 
valleys,  with  meadows  in  the  bottoms  and  woods 
of  fir  and  pine  on  the  lower  slopes,  and  above  them 
the  stony  heights  studded  'with  green  alps,  and 
over  all  the  snows  and  glaciers  of  the  summits.  In 
such  country  there  was  room  for  only  small  bodies 
of  troops,  and  the  raising  of  guns  to  the  lofty  ridges 
was  a  toil  which  only  the  hardiest  mountain-bred 


28  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

soldiers  could  accomplish.  The  Austrians,  moun- 
tain-bred also,  were  not  an  enemy  to  be  despised, 
and  many  desperate  encounters  took  place  among 
screes  and  rock  terraces — campaigning  only  to  be 
paralleled  by  the  exploits  of  the  Gurkhas  in  the 
Lhasa  expedition.  It  was  a  type  of  mountain 
warfare  far  more  arduous  than  the  campaign  among 
the  low  saddles  of  the  Carpathians. 

By  the  middle  of  August  the  eagle's  feathers  of 
the  Alpini  were  seen  on  all  the  vantage  grounds 
from  the  Stelvio  to  Lake  Garda.  A  chain  of  posts 
lined  the  heights,  passing  through  the  snows  of  the 
Ortler  summit  and  the  high  mountain  huts  of  the 
Adamello.  In  these  eyries,  often  at  a  height  of 
more  than  10,000  feet,  entrenchments  and  entangle- 
ments were  created,  guns  were  put  in  position,  and 
the  strange  spectacle  was  seen  of  barbed  wire  among 
the  crevasses  of  the  glaciers.  Mountaineers  know 
the  peculiar  qualities  of  the  best  Italian  guides— 
their  inexhaustible  resource,  their  inspired  audacity, 
and  their  unwearying  zest  for  difficulties.  The  same 
qualities  were  present  in  the  work  of  Italy's  moun- 
tain soldiers.  Feats  of  physical  endurance,  which 
involved  long  days  of  unbelievable  toil,  were  varied 
by  expeditions  whose  keynote  was  boyish  adventure. 
One  party  of  Alpini  blew  up  a  power-station  in  a 
gorge  which  supplied  the  forts  of  Rovereto.  Others 
made  night  attacks  which  involved  wonderful  feats  of 
cragsmanship,  dropping  from  the  skies  at  midnight 
upon  an  unsuspecting  enemy.  This  clean  warfare  on 
the  old  simple  lines  suited  the  genius  of  Northern 
Italy,  and  it  abundantly  achieved  its  purpose.  If  the 
Adige  valleys  were  still  in  Austrian  hands,  the  plains 
of  Lombardy  were  none  the  less  safe  from  the  invader. 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          29 

The  naval  war  during  those  months  showed  no 
action  of  importance.     The  Austrian  battle  fleet  lay 
snug  in  Pola,  and  only  its  submarines  and  smaller 
craft   ventured   into   the   northern   Adriatic.      The 
Italian  fleet  in  June  cruised  along  the  Dalmatian 
coast,  and  destroyed   the  wireless  stations  on  the 
islands  of  Lissa  and   Cuzzola.     On  6th  June  the 
cables  were  cut  between  the  Dalmatian     *tune  5 
islands  and  the  mainland,  and  the  Ragusa    •? 
railway  was  bombarded.     On  the  i8th  an  Austrian 
cruiser    and    four    destroyers    attacked    «v        ^ 
Fano,    on   the   Adriatic   coast,   but    did   •* 
little  damage.     On  yth  July  Italy  proclaimed  a  block- 
ade of  the  Austrian  and  Albanian  coasts,     ~  , 
warning  off  vessels  of  all  flags  from  the     *   ^  ' ' 
Adriatic.     Early  on  the  morning  of  the  i8th  a  sub- 
stantial loss  was  sustained,  the  old  Italian    cy  /      o 
cruiser   Giuseppe    Garibaldi   being   sunk    *u  ^ 
off  Cattaro  by  an  Austrian  submarine,  with  the  loss 
of    one    hundred    lives.     On    the    23rd    cy  / 
some    Austrian    destroyers    bombarded    *   ^     ^' 
Ortona  and  the  coast  railway.     Two  days  later  the 
Italians  occupied  the  Dalmatian  island     cy  / 
of  Pelagosa,  and  a  French  destroyer  blew    ^u^     ^' 
up  the  submarine  and  aeroplane  supply  station  on 
the  island  of  Laogosta.     These  incidents  had  little 
importance,  belonging  only  to  the  outer  fringe  of 
naval   activity.     The   Italian   losses  to  the   end   of 
July  were  two  cruisers,  a  submarine,  and  a  destroyer. 
The  situation  in  the  Adriatic  was  in  miniature  the 
same  as  that  in  the  North  Sea — the  Allied  Fleet 
had  the  mastery,  and  moved  at  its  pleasure,  subject 
to  the  menace  of  submarines  and  occasional  abortive 
raids  of  the  enemy's  lighter  vessels.     The  much- 


30  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

indented  Illyrian  coast  had,  since  the  days  of  Virgil, 
been  a  hostile  sheltering  ground  too  good  for  the 
ease  of  the  Adriatic. 

The  relations  between  Italy  and  the  Teutonic 
League  were  in  the  beginning  of  August  curiously 
vague.  She  was  definitely  at  war  with  Austria  only 
— a  war  supported  by  the  full  weight  of  racial  aver- 
sion and  traditional  grievances.  But  she  had  not 
declared  war  against  Germany,  though  diplomatic 
relations  between  the  two  Powers  were  suspended. 
It  may  be  assumed  that  the  Wilhelmstrasse  laboured 
to  prevent  a  rupture,  and  hoped  after  the  conclusion 
of  the  war  to  placate  Italy  at  Austria's  expense. 
Germany  had  for  forty  years  been  engaged  in  build- 
ing up  great  commercial  interests  in  Italy,  and  she 
had  no  desire  to  lose  her  financial  control  of  some 
of  the  chief  Italian  industries.  It  may  be  added 
that  the  fire  of  resentment  against  German  ideals  did 
not  burn  so  fiercely  in  Italian  hearts  as  among  the 
other  Allies.  The  popular  repugnance  to  German- 
enthum  went  rather  to  increase  the  hatred  felt  for 
the  traditional  enemy  of  Vienna  than  to  pillory  the 
dimly  realized  plotters  of  Berlin. 

But  with  the  third  member  of  the  Teutonic 
League  Italy  had  a  long-standing  quarrel.  The 
war  with  Turkey,  which  broke  out  in  October  1911, 
ended  a  year  later  with  the  Treaty  of  Lausanne. 
But  it  should  be  noted  that  under  that  treaty 
Turkey  did  not  recognize  formally  the  Italian  occu- 
pation of  Tripoli  and  Cyrenaica.  She  ignored  it, 
and  set  herself  to  put  every  possible  difficulty  in 
Italy's  way.  Italian  prisoners  of  war  were  not 
released  ;  the  Ottoman  troops  in  Libya  remained 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  TRIESTE.          31 

under  their  old  officers  and  flag.  Enver  continued 
sporadic  hostilities  during  the  closing  months  of 
1912,  and  Aziz  Bey  did  not  leave  the  country  till 
June  1913.  After  that,  Turkish  officers,  specially 
trained  by  Enver,  continued  to  drift  back  to  Tripoli 
and  Cyrenaica,  and  encourage  the  recalcitrant  Arab 
bands.  When  the  great  war  broke  out,  the  jehad 
was  preached  as  much  against  the  Italians  in  Libya 
as  against  the  French  in  Morocco  and  the  British  in 
Egypt.  By  the  summer  of  1915  Italy's  North  African 
possessions  were  in  a  state  of  profound  confusion 
and  unrest,  and  not  unnaturally  she  blamed  Turkey 
for  the  situation.  Her  diplomatic  protests  had 
been  treated  with  the  more  than  Oriental  apathy  of 
Constantinople. 

There  was  another  and  a  very  real  grievance. 
The  liberty  of  Italian  subjects  within  the  Ottoman 
Empire  itself  had  recently  been  grossly  interfered 
with.  Italian  citizens  had  not  been  allowed  to 
depart  from  various  ports  in  Asia  Minor.  Turkey 
anticipated  a  declaration  of  war,  and  behaved  as  if 
it  had  already  come.  On  3rd  August  * 
the  Italian  Ambassador  in  Constan-  u^'  3* 
tinople  addressed  a  Note  to  the  Porte  demanding 
among  other  things  that  Italians  should  be  allowed 
to  depart  freely  from  Beirut,  Smyrna,  Mersina, 
Alexandretta,  Haifa,  and  Jaffa,  and  that  local  author- 
ities in  the  interior  should  give  up  their  opposition 
to  the  movement  of  Italian  subjects  to  the  coast 
and  provide  facilities  for  their  voyage.  This 
Note  was  in  form  an  ultimatum,  and  forty-eight 
hours  were  granted  for  its  consideration.  The 
Grand  Vizier  accepted  all  the  demands  within 
the  time  specified,  but  he  did  nothing  more.  On 


32  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

the   Qth    news    arrived  that  the   Turkish   authori- 

*  ties   had   revoked  their   consent   to   the 

u&*  9-    departure  of  Italians  at  Beirut  and  Mer- 

sina.      On  Saturday,  2ist  August,  Italy's  patience 

/,  was   exhausted,   and   she   declared   war 

Augm  :>tl'   against  Turkey. 

It  was  presently  announced  that  Italy  would 
not  be  content  with  a  passive  hostility,  but  would 
send  an  expedition  to  the  Eastern  Mediterranean. 
From  a  military  point  of  view  this  decision  was 
scarcely  defensible,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe 
that  it  was  opposed  by  General  Cadorna  and  the 
military  authorities.  She  was  engaged  in  a  very 
difficult  and  laborious  campaign  in  Europe,  in  which 
her  picked  troops — the  Alpini  and  the  Bersaglieri — 
had  suffered  heavily.  The  situation  in  Libya  was 
unsettled,  and  at  any  moment  she  might  be  obliged 
to  increase  her  forces  there,  or  see  rebellion  triumph. 
An  expedition  to  the  Dardanelles  must  be  a  strong 
one  if  it  was  to  effect  anything,  and  it  was  hard  to 
see  how  first-line  troops  could  be  spared.  This 
policy  may  almost  certainly  be  attributed  to  the 
Italian  Foreign  Office,  which  believed  that  the  dis- 
ruption of  Turkey  was  inevitable,  and  wished  to 
stake  out  claims  in  Asia  Minor  and  among  the 
islands  against  the  day  of  dissolution. 

The  news  of  Italy's  declaration  of  war  followed 
hard  upon  a  great  effort  of  Britain  to  force  the  Galli- 
poli  defences.  We  must  return  to  that  ill-omened 
peninsula,  where  for  four  months  a  struggle  had 
continued  only  less  desperate  than  Russia's  grapple 
with  her  pursuers. 


CHAPTER   LXV. 

THE  DEADLOCK  AT   GALLIPOLI. 

The  Situation  at  Gallipoli — Political  and  Strategical  Justification 
of  Dardanelles  Expedition — Faults  of  the  Special  Plan 
adopted — Alternative  Routes  to  Constantinople — Composi- 
tion of  Allied  Army  in  June — General  Gouraud — Position 
after  Battle  of  4th  June — New  Tactics — Fighting  during 
First  Fortnight  of  June — Awkward  Position  of  Allied  Wings 
— The  Straightening  of  the  Line — French  Advance  on  2ist 
June — Battle  of  the  Longest  Day — Advance  of  Allied  Left 
on  28th  June — Capture  of  the  Saghir  Dere — Attack  on  Anzac 
Corps — Turkish  Counter-Attacks — French  take  the  Quadri- 
lateral— General  Gouraud  wounded — Enver's  Wasteful  Tac- 
tics— Fighting  during  July — Allies  draw  near  to  Krithia — 
Work  of  Submarines — Main  Lines  of  Turkish  Communica- 
tions— Exploit  of  Lieutenant  D'Oyly-Hughes — Work  of 
Allied  Fleets— -Work  of  Allied  Aircraft— Conditions  of  the 
Gallipoli  Campaign — Discomforts — The  Anzac  Troops — 
Humour — The  Casualties — Gallantry  of  both  Sides — The 
Allies  meditate  a  New  Plan— The  Balkan  Situation. 

IN  the  old  historical  novels  the  hero,  when  he 
was   not  to   be   observed  wending   his  way   on 
horseback  up  a  mountain  path  in  the  twilight, 
was    generally    found    holding    a    narrow    staircase 
against  uncounted  foes.     To  the  Turks  had  fallen 
the  favourite  romantic  situation.     We  had  chosen 
to  attack  them  in  one  of  the  strongest  natural  for- 
tresses in  the  world.    The  convex  arc  of  the  Achi 
Bab  a  heights  might  have  been  created  for  a  modern 
defence.    Not  a  yard  of  it  was.  dead  ground.    Every 

IX.  3 


34  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

foot  was  exposed  to  bombardment  from  the  well- 
placed  guns  and  the  concentric  trench  lines.  With 
a  base  a  few  miles  square,  we  attempted  by  frontal 
fighting  to  win  a  step  now  and  then  of  the  staircase. 
It  is  true  that  the  Australasian  Corps  had  secured  a 
position  on  the  enemy's  right  rear ;  but  that,  too, 
was  a  step  of  a  staircase,  and  our  overseas  troops 
clung  precariously  to  the  edge  of  the  cliffs.  Every 
inch  of  our  position  was  under  fire,  and  there  was  no 
safe  hinterland  for  wounded  and  reserves  except 
that  gained  by  an  embarkation  and  a  voyage.  The 
wounded  had  to  go  to  Alexandria  and  Malta,  and 
munitions,  food,  and  water  had  to  travel  many 
leagues  of  sea.  The  position  is  best  described  in 
Sir  Ian  Hamilton's  words  :  "  The  country  is  broken, 
mountainous,  arid,  and  void  of  supplies  ;  the  water 
found  in  the  areas  occupied  by  our  forces  is  quite 
inadequate  for  their  needs  ;  the  only  practicable 
beaches  are  small,  cramped  breaks  in  impracticable 
lines  of  cliffs  ;  with  the  wind  in  certain  quarters  no 
sort  of  landing  is  possible  ;  the  wastage,  by  bom- 
bardment and  wreckage,  of  lighters  and  small  craft 
has  led  to  crisis  after  crisis  in  our  carrying  capacity  ; 
whilst  over  every  single  beach  plays  fitfully  through- 
out each  day  a  devastating  shell-fire  at  medium 


ranges." 


Such  a  position  would  have  been  grave  against 
a  feeble  opponent.  But  the  Turk  was  no  despicable 
foe.  He  had  long  before  at  Plevna  proved  himself 
a  great  master  of  defensive  war.  He  was  aided  by 
the  best  German  military  skill  and  the  latest  German 
science.  He  was  holding  the  gate  of  his  sacred 
capital  against  the  infidel — a  gate,  like  the  bridge 
of  Horatius,  where  a  thousand  might  be  stopped 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      35 

by  three ;  but  his  numbers  were  greater  than  ours. 
He  was  like  a  posse  of  mailed  men  on  the  summit 
of  a  narrow  stairway,  with  every  advantage  of  ground, 
weapon,  and  forewarning. 

In  June  the  political  and  strategic  importance  of 
the  Dardanelles  expedition  had  been  amply  proved. 
What  had  not  been  dreamed  of  in  April  had  come  to 
pass.  The  determined  attack  upon  Russia  could  not 
yet  be  balanced  by  a  counter-offensive  in  the  West, 
and  the  Dardanelles  was  the  only  terrain  where 
the  Allies  could  directly  aid  the  hard-pressed  armies 
of  the  Tsar.  They  were  striking  a  blow  to  free  the 
Russian  left  flank,  to  secure  a  passage  for  munitions 
to  the  Black  Sea  ports,  and  to  win  for  Christendom 
and  Russia  the  cradle  of  the  Orthodox  Church  and 
the  capital  of  that  Eastern  Roman  Empire  to  which 
Russia  was  the  legitimate  heir.  The  value  of  the 
enterprise  on  Russian  public  opinion  cannot  be 
overstated.  Strategically,  too,  it  was  more  than 
defensible.  The  Allies  could  not  win  the  war  with- 
in reasonable  time  without  the  help  of  the  Russian 
armies,  and  anything  which  conduced  to  their  aid 
was  a  contribution  to  the  whole  Allied  cause.  Pro- 
vided that  some  day  the  enemy's  field  forces  were 
destroyed,  it  mattered  little  in  what  part  of  Europe 
that  destruction  took  place.  Besides,  Germany  had 
given  the  East  a  special  significance.  It  was  clear 
that,  as  a  great  land  power,  she  was  turning  her  eyes 
more  and  more  to  those  vast  continental  tracts  of 
Eastern  Europe  and  Western  Asia  where  sea-power 
was  meaningless.  Whatever  happened  in  the  West, 
her  victory  there  might  threaten  India  and  Egypt, 
points  as  vital  for  the  British  Empire  as  Verdun  and 
Belfort  were  vital  for  France.  Only  in  the  /Egean 


36  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

and  the  Marmora  could  we  use  our  fleets  to  strike 
at  this  malign  aggression. 

But  if  by  midsummer  the  political  and  strategical 
value  of  the  Dardanelles  expedition  was  beyond 
criticism,  the  passing  of  the  weeks  raised  the  gravest 
doubts  as  to  the  wisdom  of  the  actual  plan  adopted. 
We  had  chosen  to  attack  the  Turks  in  their  central 
fortress,  where  they  had  all  the  advantages.  It  is 
easy  to  imagine  the  kind  of  argument  which  led  us 
to  the  attempt.  Our  business  was  to  secure  as 
quickly  as  possible  a  passage  for  our  fleet,  and  for 
this  purpose  to  destroy  the  Narrows  forts  by  taking 
them  in  the  rear.  To  land  in  Gallipoli  seemed  the 
shortest  way  of  accomplishing  our  desires.  But  it 
could  only  seem  the  shortest  way  to  those  who  were 
ignorant  of  the  nature  of  the  ground  and  the  quality 
of  the  Turkish  defence.  Had  we  had  the  chance 
of  making  a  surprise  attack  it  would  have  been 
different,  but  for  weeks  and  months  we  had  adver- 
tised our  intentions  to  the  world.  There  was  no 
lack  of  people  to  give  us  accurate  information. 
Englishmen  had  been  employed  in  the  Turkish 
service ;  Englishmen  had  helped  to  fortify  the  Bulair 
line  ;  and  there  were  scores  of  our  countrymen  who 
could  have  explained  the  precise  difficulties  of  Galli- 
poli. There  is  reason,  too,  to  believe  that  we  had 
the  benefit  of  the  advice  of  the  Greek  General  Staff. 
For  Greece  the  Dardanelles  was  one  of  the  chief 
problems,  and  for  years  she  had  carefully  studied 
it.  Her  opinion  was  undoubtedly  adverse  to  a 
landing  in  Gallipoli,  and  the  guess  may  be  hazarded 
that  the  absence  of  Greek  co-operation  in  April  was 
not  wholly  due  to  her  political  difficulties.  She 
may  well  have  declined  the  honour  of  being  mas- 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      37 

sacred  in  our  company  in  an  adventure  which  she 
believed  foredoomed  to  failure.  The  time  is  not  yet 
for  a  final  judgment,  but  it  looks  as  if  those  respon- 
sible for  the  plan  of  the  Gallipoli  attack  may  have 
to  bear  the  heaviest  burden  of  criticism  from  future 
historians  of  the  war. 

Gallipoli  was  not  the  only  avenue  to  Constanti- 
nople. Troops  might  have  been  landed  at  the  head 
of  the  Gulf  of  Saros  to  move  through  Thrace,  or 
on  the  coast  of  the  Trojan  plain  to  advance  along  the 
southern  shores  of  the  Marmora.  There  were  diffi- 
culties in  both  cases,  but  none  comparable  to  those 
encountered  in  Gallipoli.  In  those  areas  the  Allied 
forces  would  have  been  able  to  move  on  a  broad 
front,  and  to  fight  a  campaign  of  manoeuvre  battles. 
Success  in  either  would  in  time  have  led  to  the  fall 
of  Gallipoli,  since  the  supplies  of  that  fortress  would 
have  been  cut.  Why  neither  alternative  was  adopted 
is  not  yet  clear,  but  a  possible  explanation  may  be 
found  in  the  fact  that  the  whole  affair  in  its  inception 
was  an  Admiralty  enterprise.  The  fleet  was  the 
main  thing,  the  landing  force  was  a  mere  adjunct  to 
assist  the  passage  of  the  ships,  and  success  was 
looked  for  from  a  combination  of  naval  fire  and 
infantry  attacks.  In  these  circumstances  an  elabo- 
rate land  campaign  which  would  take  the  troops  far 
inland  seemed  out  of  the  question.  That  is  the 
difficulty  of  all  amphibious  warfare.  The  special 
interests  of  each  service  may  be  sacrificed  in  attempt- 
ing a  compromise.  There  can  be  little  doubt  but 
that,  if  the  Allies  had  landed  in  April  in  Asia  Minor 
or  Thrace,  the  situation  by  midsummer  would  have 
been  greatly  in  their  favour.  The  world  would  have 
lacked  the  tale  of  an  heroic  feat  of  arms,  but  Con- 


38  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

stantinople  would  have  been  gravely  menaced.  As 
it  was,  in  June  the  menace  had  scarcely  begun.  We 
were  locked  up  in  a  neck  of  land  where  there  was 
no  room  for  strategy,  and  where  at  the  most,  by 
great  expenditure  of  life,  we  could  steal  at  intervals 
a  few  hundred  yards  of  trenches  from  the  enemy. 

The  Mediterranean  Expeditionary  Force,  ac- 
cording to  its  first  conception,  was  now  complete. 
The  British  troops  had  been  organized  into  the 
Eighth  Corps,  under  Lieutenant- General  Hunter- 
Weston.  The  constituents  were  the  regular  zgth 
Division  of  glorious  memory,  in  the  command  of 
which  General  Hunter- Weston  had  been  succeeded 
by  General  De  Lisle,  formerly  commanding  the 
ist  Cavalry  Division  on  the  Western  front ;  the 
42nd  Territorial  Division  (East  Lancashire),  under 
Major-General  Douglas  ;  the  Naval  Division,  under 
Major-General  Paris ;  the  2Qth  Indian  Infantry 
Brigade,  under  Major-General  H.  B.  Cox  ;  and  the 
Scottish  Lowland  Territorial  Division,  under  Major- 
General  Egerton.  The  Australian  and  New  Zealand 
Corps  at  Gaba  Tepe,  under  Lieutenant- General  Sir 
W.  R.  Birdwood,  embraced  the  Australian  Division, 
under  Major-General  H.  B.  Walker,  who  had  suc- 
ceeded to  the  command  after  the  death  of  General 
Bridges  on  I5th  May,  and  the  New  Zealand  and 
Australian  Division,  under  Major-General  Sir  A.  J. 
Godley.  The  French  Corps  Expeditionnaire  had 
been  completed  in  the  second  week  of  May  by  the 
arrival  of  its  2nd  Division.  Its  troops — Zouaves, 
Senegalese,  Colonial  Infantry,  and  the  Foreign  Le- 

S'on — were  under  General  Gouraud,  who  succeeded 
eneral  d'Amade  on  1 4th  May.     General  Gouraud, 
the  youngest  and  the  most  brilliant  of  French  corps 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      39 

commanders,  had  earned  the  name  of  the  "  Lion 
of  the  Argonne  "  from  his  winter's  work  in  that 
forest  campaign  with  a  corps  of  Sarrail's  3rd  Army. 
In  Sir  Ian  Hamilton's  phrase,  "  a  happy  mixture  of 
daring  in  danger  and  of  calm  in  crisis  "  made  him  an 
ideal  leader  for  the  French  Colonials.  No  one  who 
ever  met  General  Gouraud  was  likely  to  forget  him. 
His  grave  and  splendid  presence,  the  fire  in  his  dark 
eyes,  the  lofty  resolution  in  every  line  and  gesture, 
gave  him  the  air  of  some  great  paladin  of  France 
who  had  held  the  marches  with  Roland  and  Oliver. 
Our  narrative  of  the  campaign  broke  off  after 
the  battle  of  4th  June.  On  that  day  we  had  ad- 
vanced in  the  centre  from  200  to  400  <v 
yards  on  a  front  of  three  miles.  Our  ^ 
left  wing  had  moved  only  a  little  way  forward,  and 
the  French  on  the  extreme  right  were  still  held  up 
by  the  ravine  of  the  Kereves  Dere.  Our  front  was 
now  in  the  form  of  a  semicircle,  with  the  horns 
flung  well  back,  and  our  next  business  was  to 
straighten  our  line.  The  time  for  bold  and  sweep- 
ing efforts  had  gone  by.  There  had  been  a  moment 
on  28th  April  when  Krithia  and  the  Achi  Baba 
heights  had  been  almost  at  our  mercy  ;  but,  as  the 
Turkish  defence  consolidated  itself,  all  that  remained 
for  us  was  a  slow  war  of  "  nibbling  "  and  attrition. 
Surprise  was  out  of  the  question.  In  Sir  Ian  Hamil- 
ton's words  :  "  The  enemy  was  as  much  in  posses- 
sion of  my  numbers  and  dispositions  as  I  was  in 
possession  of  their  first  line  of  defence  ;  the  oppos- 
ing fortified  fronts  stretched  parallel  from  sea  to 
straits  ;  there  was  little  space  left  now,  either  at 
Achi  Baba  or  at  Gaba  Tepe,  for  tactics  which  would 
fling  flesh  and  blood  battalions  against  lines  of  un- 


4o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

broken  barbed  wire.  Advance  must  more  and  more 
tend  to  take  the  shape  of  concentrated  attacks  on 
small  sections  of  the  enemy's  line  after  full  artillery 
preparation.  Siege  warfare  was  soon  bound  to 
supersede  manoeuvre  battles  in  the  open.  Consoli- 
dation and  fortification  of  our  front,  improvement 
of  approaches,  selection  of  machine-gun  emplace- 
ments, and  scientific  grouping  of  our  artillery  under 
a  centralized  control  must  erelong  form  the  tactical 
basis  of  our  plans. "  These  words  were  written  of 
the  situation  after  nth  May,  but  they  applied  with 
equal  force  to  the  position  on  5th  June. 

During  the  first  fortnight  of  June  there  were 
frequent  Turkish  attacks,  directed  to  regain  the 
trenches  lost  on  the  4th.  The  French  on  the  south 
side  of  the  Kereves  Dere  were  slowly  working  from 
point  to  point  among  the  entrenched  gullies  and 
redoubts,  and  many  fine  deeds  of  small  volunteer 
<Y  parties  were  recorded.  On  5th  June 

jum  5.     second_Lieutenant  Dallas  Moor,  of  the 
3rd   Hampshires,  won   the   Victoria   Cross   for   his 
gallant  rallying  of  a  detachment  which  broke  for  a 
moment  under  a  Turkish  assault.     On  the  night  of 
CY  the  nth,  on  our  left  centre,  a  local  ad- 

June    .1.  vance  was  made  by  the  ist  Border  Regi- 
ment and  the  2nd  South  Wales  Borderers  from  the 
agth  Division,  and  two  trenches  were  won.     On  the 
<Y          A     1 6th   the    Turks    attacked    the    section 
Jun(  held  by  the  88th  Brigade,  and  that  night 

the  trenches  gained  on  the  nth  were  so  heavily 
bombed  that  we  were  forced  to  fall  back  thirty  yards 
and  dig  ourselves  in.  The  Turkish  position,  how- 
ever, was  a  salient  which  we  could  enfilade,  and  at 
dawn  the  ist  Dublin  Fusiliers  won  back  the  trenches 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      41 

with  the  bayonet  and  filled  them  with  the  enemy's 
dead. 

Our  centre,  especially  on  its  left,  formed  an 
awkward  salient,  and  till  the  wings  could  be  brought 
forward,  this  was  a  point  of  danger.  On  the  i8th 
the  Turks  made  a  resolute  attempt  to  cy  o 
drive  us  back.  They  began  with  a  heavy  *u 
bombardment  after  the  approved  pattern,  and  there- 
after massed  their  infantry  as  if  for  an  attack.  Some- 
thing restrained  them  ;  but  on  the  evening  of  the 
following  day  they  carried  the  point  of  the  salient, 
and  we  were  hard  put  to  recover  it.  The  5th  Royal 
Scots — Territorials  from  the  Lothians — under  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel Wilson,  assisted  by  a  company  of 
the  4th  Worcester s,  managed  by  a  brilliant  charge 
to  drive  out  the  Turks  and  clear  the  ground.  The 
Scots  Territorials  had  already  distinguished  them- 
selves in  the  action  of  ist  May,  and  formed  not 
the  least  doughty  battalion  of  the  immortal  2Qth 
Division. 

On  2ist  June  a  beginning  was  made  with  the 
straightening  of  the  Allied  front.  The  most  critical 
position  was  that  of  the  French  corps  cv 
on  the  right,  which  was  still  held  up  ^ 
south  of  the  Kereves  Dere.  At  1.30  in  the  morning 
a  great  bombardment  began.  All  the  south-eastern 
shoulder  of  Achi  Baba  was  plastered  with  heavy 
shells,  and  the  75-mm.  field  guns  played  incessantly 
on  the  slopes  of  the  ravine.  Then  came  the  infantry 
rush.  The  2nd  French  Division  on  the  left,  under 
General  Bailloud,  made  good  progress.  By  midday 
it  had  captured  the  first  two  lines  of  the  Turkish 
position,  and  taken  the  much-contested  Haricot 
Redoubt,  with  its  tangle  of  wire  and  deep-cut 


42  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

trenches  and  machine-gun  for  tins.  They  were  across 
the  ravine,  when  they  found  that  their  right  flank 
was  in  the  air.  For  General  Simonin's  ist  Division, 
between  them  and  the  Straits,  though  it  had  kept 
line  in  its  first  onslaught,  had  been  driven  back  by 
counter-attacks.  Twice  the  division  advanced,  and 
twice  it  was  compelled  to  retire.  At  a  quarter  to 
three  in  the  afternoon  there  was  some  risk  that  all 
the  gains  of  the  2nd  Division  would  be  lost.  Gen- 
eral Gouraud  accordingly  issued  the  order  that  in 
the  five  hours  of  daylight  that  remained  the  right 
of  the  advance  must  at  all  costs  succeed.  British 
artillery  was  brought  up,  and  every  gun  that  could 
be  massed  poured  shells  on  the  Turkish  lines,  while 
the  St.  Louis  in  the  Straits  kept  the  Asiatic  batteries 
quiet.  At  six  o'clock  the  last  assault  was  delivered, 
and  the  position  carried.  Turkish  reinforcements 
coming  up  were  spotted  by  an  aeroplane,  caught  by 
the  75  's  in  the  open,  and  destroyed.  By  nightfall 
the  French  had  won  600  yards  of  Turkish  trenches, 
and  the  whole  Allied  right  wing  was  well  beyond 
the  Kereves  ravine.  The  French  losses  were  2,500  ; 
those  of  the  Turks  at  least  7,000,  including  fifty 
prisoners.  Sir  Ian  Hamilton  reported  that  the  strip- 
lings of  the  latest  French  drafts  had  especially  dis- 
tinguished themselves  by  their  dash  and  contempt 
of  danger.  The  enemy  fought  with  superb  courage 
and  resolution,  and  French  officers  who  had  cam- 
paigned in  the  West  declared  that  as  a  fighting  man 
the  Turk  was  worth  two  Germans. 

A  distinguished  writer,*  who  was  present  at  the 
action,  has  given  us  a  vivid  picture  of  that  great 
bombardment  :    "  The  dawn  had  been  clear,  but 
*  Mr.  Compton  Mackenzie. 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      43 

soon  a  curtain  of  silver,  through  which  gleamed  the 
ghost  of  the  rising  sun,  hung  over  the  Kereves  Dere. 
This  was  the  smoke  of  bursting  shells.  Slowly  as 
the  sun  climbed  up,  the  curtain  became  more  sub- 
stantial. Then  it  seemed  to  droop  and  sweep  along 
the  hollows  like  a  vanishing  mist  of  dawn,  and  during 


British  Advance, 
June  28 


Allied  Front  before 
the  Advance  o 
June  21  and  28 


French  Advance, 
June  21 


4 
_|  Miles 


Attacks  on  the  Krithia-Achi  Baba  Position, 
June  21  and  28. 

a  respite  the  thin  blue  smoke  of  the  bivouac  fires 
came  tranquilly  up  into  the  still  air.  The  respite 
was  very  brief,  and  the  bombardment  began  again 
with  greater  fierceness  than  before.  The  75 's 
drummed  unceasingly.  The  reverberation  of  the 
125*3  and  of  the  howitzers  shook  the  observation 


44  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

post.  Over  the  Kereves  Dere,  and  beyond  up  the 
sloping  shoulders  of  Achi  Baba,  the  curtain  became 
a  pall.  The  sun  climbed  higher  and  higher.  All 
that  first  mirage  of  beauty  had  disappeared,  and 
there  was  nothing  but  the  monstrous  shapes  of 
bursting  shells,  giants  of  smoke  that  appeared  one 
after  another  along  the  Turkish  lines.  .  .  .  The 
smoke  of  the  shells,  which  at  dawn  had  been  ethereal, 
almost  translucent,  was  now,  in  the  sunset,  turbid 
and  sinister  ;  yet  the  sunset  was  very  splendid, 
flaming  in  crimson  streamers  over  Imbros,  tinting 
the  East  with  rosy  reflections,  and  turning  the  peaks 
of  Asia  to  sapphires.  It  had  a  peculiar  significance 
on  this  longest  day  of  the  year,  crowning  as  it  did 
those  five  precious  hours  of  daylight  that,  for  the 
French,  had  been  fraught  with  such  achievement. 
Slowly  the  colour  faded  out,  and  now,  minute  by 
minute,  the  flashes  of  the  guns  became  more  dis- 
tinct, the  smoke  was  merged  in  the  gathering  dusk, 
and  away  over  the  more  distant  Turkish  lines  the 
bursts  of  shrapnel  came  out  like  stars  against  the 
brief  twilight.  One  knew  the  anxiety  there  would 
be  in  the  darkness  that  now  was  falling  upon  this 
2ist  of  June,  but  in  the  morning  we  heard  gladly 
that  the  enemy's  counter-attacks  had  failed,  and  that 
our  Allies  were  indeed  firmly  established." 

The  right  wing  having  advanced,  it  remained  to 
bring  on  the  left.  That  left  ran  from  the  Krithia 
road,  crossed  the  ravine  called  the  Saghir  Dere, 
about  half-way  between  its  head  and  its  mouth, 
and  rested  on  the  high  ground  above  the  Gulf  of 
Saros.  The  Saghir  Dere  was  one  of  those  desolate 
and  arid  water-courses  common  in  Gallipoli  and 
on  the  Anatolian  coast.  At  the  sea  end  its  sides 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      45 

were  200  feet  high,  clothed  for  the  most  part  with 
a  light  scrub,  but  with  open  patches  of  yellow  clay. 
A  small  stream,  generally  dry,  trickled  down  it,  and 
there  were  a  few  springs.  Towards  its  head  it 
grew  shallower,  and  finally  died  away  in  the  Krithia 
plateau.  The  north  end  was  held  strongly  by  the 
Turks,  who  had  entrenched  themselves  on  the  top 
of  the  banks  on  both  sides,  and  had  fortified  a  small 
redoubt,  which  we  called  the  Boomerang  Fort,  in 
front  of  their  position. 

The  Allied  plan  was  to  pivot  upon  a  point  in  our 
front  about  a  mile  from  the  sea,  and  to  swing  for- 
ward our  left  wing  until  its  outer  rim  had  advanced 
1,000  yards.  This  meant  that  the  distance  to  be 
covered  decreased  as  the  pivoting  point  was  neared. 
The  extreme  left  had  to  carry  five  Turkish  trenches, 
the  left  centre  no  more  than  two.  The  forces  to 
whom  the  task  was  entrusted  were,  from  right  to 
left,  the  I56th  Brigade  of  the  Scottish  Lowland 
Territorial  Division,  the  2Qth  Division,  and  the 
th  Indian  Brigade.  The  movement  was  in  the 
charge  of  General  Hunter- West  on. 

On  the  morning  of  28th  June  the  wind  blew 
steadily  from  the  west.  At  9  a.m.  the  bombard- 
ment began  with  high  explosive  shells,  cy  Q 
and  columns  of  dust  hid  Achi  Baba.  Ju 
The  French  lent  some  of  their  big  trench  mortars, 
and  the  cruiser  Talbot  and  the  destroyers  Wolverine 
and  Scorpion  from  the  sea  enfiladed  the  trenches  of 
the  Turkish  right.  Our  field  guns,  firing  shrapnel, 
succeeded  effectually  in  cutting  the  enemy's  wire. 
At  10.20  the  bombardment  increased,  every  Allied 
piece  firing  in  conjunction.  At  10.45  our  infantry 
leaped  from  the  trenches.  The  ist  Border  Regiment 


46  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

from  the  Syth  Brigade  carried  the  Boomerang  works 
on  the  east  side  of  the  ravine  with  little  opposition. 
The  place  was  full  of  dead,  and  the  survivors  were 
dazed  and  blinded  by  our  artillery.  At  n  a.m.  the 
gunners  lengthened  the  range,  and  the  rest  of  the 
8yth  Brigade,  under  Major-General  Marshall — the 
ist  K.O.S.B.,  ist  Royal  Inniskilling  Fusiliers,  and 
2nd  South  Wales  Borderers — captured  three  lines 
of  trenches  between  the  ravine  and  the  sea.  East 
of  the  gully  the  left  of  the  15  6th  Brigade — the  4th 
and  yth  Royal  Scots — made  good  progress,  and  took 
the  two  trench  lines  allotted  to  them.  But  their 
right  nearer  the  pivoting  point  met  with  heavy 
opposition,  and  could  make  little  ground. 

At  11.30  the  second  attack  was  launched.  The 
86th  Brigade,  led  by  the  2nd  Royal  Fusiliers,  passed 
through  the  8yth  Brigade,  and  carried  two  farther 
lines  of  trenches,  making  up  the  required  total  of 
five.  *  This  advance  was  a  magnificent  sight," 
wrote  a  correspondent,  "  the  men  never  wavering 
or  losing  their  formations  under  a  heavy  artillery 
and  rifle  fire."  On  the  extreme  left  the  Gurkhas 
from  the  2gth  Indian  Brigade,  moving  just  above 
the  shore,  carried  a  green  spur  called  the  Knoll, 
which  joined  up  the  line  from  the  farthest  captured 
Turkish  trench  to  the  sea,  while  some  companies  of 
the  ist  Lancashire  Fusiliers  completed  the  connec- 
tion with  the  86th  Brigade.  In  an  hour  and  a  half 
we  had  done  all  we  aimed  at,  except  for  a  small 
section  of  trench  near  the  pivoting  point.  That 
section  was  attacked  again  at  5.30  in  the  afternoon, 
but  it  proved  impregnable.  The  British  losses  were 
moderate,  some  1,750  in  all,  and  most  were  incurred j 
in  the  difficult  point  on  the  right  of  the  I56th  Brigade.! 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLL    47 

We  captured  large  quantities  of  rifles  and  many 
thousand  rounds  of  ammunition — booty  scarcely 
less  valuable  than  prisoners.  The  action  was  ad- 
mirably planned  and  conducted.  Our  artillery  work 
had  been  perfect,  and  the  path  of  the  infantry  was 
made  plain. 

The  whole  Saghir  Dere  was  now  in  our  hands, 
and  our  left  wing,  instead  of  facing  north-east,  now 
faced  due  east,  and  was  less  than  a  mile  west  of 
Krithia.  The  captured  upper  section  of  the  ravine 
was  a  horrible  place,  half  graveyard,  half  rubbish- 
heap,  for  the  Turks  had  no  gift  of  cleanliness. 
"  All  the  way  up,"  wrote  a  correspondent,  "  there  is 
a  litter  of  debris  of  the  camp  and  the  great  fight — 
scattered  bodies  half-protruding  from  the  ground, 
hastily-dug  graves,  hundreds  of  rifles  and  bayonets, 
some  broken  but  the  majority  intact,  thousands 
upon  thousands  of  rounds  of  ammunition  .  . 
entrenching  tools,  loaves  of  bread,  soldiers'  packs, 
Turkish  letters,  a  Mullah's  prayer  stool  (a  souvenir 
eagerly  sought  after),  greatcoats  and  kits,  blankets 
and  old  socks,  cooking  utensils  and  firewood,  left 
just  where  the  enemy  abandoned  them,  when  our 
gallant  infantry  broke  through  at  the  bayonet's 
point.  Great  fires  are  burning  at  intervals.  They 
are  avoided  by  all,  and  give  forth  a  horrid,  sickly 
stench.  On  these  the  Turkish  dead,  who  have  been 
hastily  collected,  are  being  burnt,  for  it  is  all  impor- 
tant to  get  the  dead  out  of  the  way  as  quickly  as 
possible  in  this  hot  climate."  Add  to  this  a  baking 
sun,  air  shimmering  with  heat,  some  stagnant  pools 
of  green  water,  an  indescribable  smell  of  decaying 
refuse,  and  everywhere  swarms  of  flies,  and  the 
picture  is  complete. 


48  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

The   Turkish   counter-attacks   of  the  afternoon 
were  repulsed,  and  the  night  of  the  28th  was  fairly 
<Y  quiet.     On  the   afternoon  of  the   29th 

9*  we  observed  a  moving  of  troops  on  the 
Turkish  right,  and  during  the  evening  there  were 
mines  exploded  against  our  right  centre,  a  good 
deal  of  firing,  and  an  abortive  bayonet  attack  on 
our  left.  At  the  same  time  there  was  much  activity 
at  Gaba  Tepe.  About  midnight  heavy  rifle  fire 
broke  out,  to  which  the  Australian  Corps  replied 
<v  with  cheers.  At  1.30  on  the  morning 

J*  '  30<  of  the  30th  a  Turkish  column  advanced 
with  bayonets  and  bombs  against  General  Godley's 
division.  It  never  came  to  the  shock,  for  it  was 
completely  broken  by  the  musketry  and  machine- 
gun  fire  of  the  yth  and  8th  Light  Horse.  By  two 
o'clock  the  enemy  were  routed,  and  many  fell  in 
the  withdrawal.  On  the  Australian  left  they  had 
come  up  against  a  well-concealed  sap  ahead  of  our 
main  line,  and  the  dead  lay  in  swathes  before  it. 
At  3  a.m.  they  tried  again.  A  small  party  came 
over  the  parapets  in  front  of  Quinn's  Post,  and  died 
to  a  man.  The  main  threat  against  the  left  and 
left  centre  was  similarly  broken  up  by  our  rifle  and 
gun  fire. 

There  was  fighting  all  round  the  peninsula  on  that 
last  day  of  June.  About  two  in  the  morning  the 
searchlights  of  the  Scorpion  discovered  the  enemy 
advancing  near  the  sea  north-west  of  Krithia,  and 
the  ship  drove  them  back  by  her  fire.  At  the  same 
time  the  Knoll  due  west  of  Krithia  was  attacked, 
the  point  which  we  had  captured  on  the  28th. 
The  Turks  got  within  forty  yards  of  the  parapet, 
and  then  melted  away  under  our  guns.  '(Several 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      49 

times  during  the  night  the  enemy  won  a  few  yards 
of  trenches  by  bomb  attack,  but  these  were  regained 
by  us  with  the  bayonet  in  the  morning.  At  5.30 
a.m.  on  ist  July,  2,000  Turks  attempted  to  get 
from  Krithia  into  the  Saghir  Dere,  but  <y  , 
were  driven  off  by  machine  guns.  At  *  ^ 
ten  o'clock  in  the  evening  another  bomb  attack  was 
delivered  against  the  most  northerly  of  the  trenches 
which  we  had  captured  on  the  28th.  Of  the  results 
let  Sir  Ian  Hamilton  tell :  "  An  officer  of  the 
Gurkhas  being  wounded — not  dangerously,  as  it 
turned  out — the  men  became  infuriated,  flung  all 
their  bombs  at  the  enemy,  and  then,  charging  down 
out  of  the  trench,  used  their  kukris  for  the  first 
time,  and  with  excellent  effect.  About  dawn  the 
Turks  once  more  attempted  an  attack  on  the  open, 
but  nearly  the  whole  of  their  attacking  forces,  about 
half  a  battalion,  were  shot  down ;  and  a  final  bomb 
attack,  though  commenced,  failed  utterly." 

On  the  Allied  right  there  was  heavy  fighting. 
On  the  night  of  the  2Qth  the  Turks  attempted  a 
surprise  attack  along  the  shore  of  the   ~ 
straits,    but    the    movement    was    dis-  ^ 
covered  by  the   searchlights  of  the   Wolverine  and 
brought  to  a   standstill.      The  van  of  the    attack 
was    not    stopped    till    it    was    some    forty    yards 
from   our  trenches.     At   6.30   on   the   morning  of 
the  30th  the  French  moved  forward,  and  in  less 
than  an  hour  had  carried  the  fortified   <y 
network    known    as    the    Quadrilateral,    *u 
east  of  the  head  of  the  Kereves  Dere.     The  Infan- 
terie  Coloniale  carried  seven  lines  of  trenches,  and 
their    leading    companies   for    a    moment    were    in 
danger  of  being  cut  off.     They  held,  however,  to 

IX.  4 


50  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

the  ground  they  had  won,  and  by  the  afternoon  had 
beaten  off  all  counter-attacks  and  consolidated  their 
position.  This  advance,  taken  in  conjunction  with 
the  advance  of  the  Allied  left  on  the  28th,  straight- 
ened out  the  dangerous  bulge  in  our  front. 

One  serious  loss  marred  the  success  of  the  day. 
General  Gouraud  was  struck  by  shell  splinters  while 
visiting  an  ambulance  on  his  return  from  congratu- 
lating his  troops  on  their  victory.  The  wound, 
which  later  involved  the  amputation  of  a  leg, 
compelled  him  to  return  home  and  relinquish  the 
command  of  the  French  Corps  to  General  Bailloud. 

These  violent  Turkish  counter-attacks  resulted 
in  nothing  but  the  needless  loss  of  many  brave 
men.  General  Liman  von  Sanders  had  instructed 
his  troops  to  act  strictly  on  the  defensive,  and  not 
to  attempt  to  recover  lost  ground.  But  Enver, 
arriving  during  the  fight  on  the  28th,  reversed  the 
policy,  and  ordered  counter-attacks  along  the  whole 
front.  He  is  believed  to  have  used  considerable 
reinforcements  for  the  purpose,  which  disappeared 
under  our  fire.  Sir  Ian  Hamilton  estimated  the 
Turkish  losses  during  the  five  days  following  upon 
28th  June  at  5,150  killed  and  15,000  wounded,  and 
these  casualties  produced  no  single  gain.  A  cap- 
tured order,  issued  by  the  Commander  of  the  nth 
Division,  showed  the  disquiet  felt  by  the  Turkish 
Staff  at  the  Allied  gains,  and  their  fear  of  demorali- 
zation among  their  men. 

"  There  is  nothing  that  causes  us  more  sorrow,  increases  the 
courage  of  the  enemy,  and  encourages  him  to  advance  more 
freely,  causing  us  great  losses,  than  the  losing  of  these  trenches. 
Henceforth  commanders  who  surrender  trenches,  from  what- 
ever side  the  attack  may  come,  before  the  last  man  is  killed, 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      51 

will  be  punished  in  the  same  way  as  if  they  had  run  away. 
Especially  will  the  commanders  of  units  told  off  to  guard  a 
certain  point  be  punished  if,  instead  of  thinking  about  their 
work,  supporting  their  units,  and  giving  information  to  the 
Higher  Command,  they  only  take  action  after  a  regrettable 
incident  has  taken  place.  I  hope  that  this  will  not  occur 
again.  I  give  notice  that  if  it  does,  I  shall  carry  out  the  pun- 
ishment. I  do  not  desire  to  see  a  blot  made  on  the  courage  of 
our  men  by  those  who  escape  from  the  trenches  to  avoid  the 
rifle  and  machine-gun  fire  of  the  enemy.  Henceforth  I  shall 
hold  responsible  all  officers  who  do  not  shoot  with  their  re- 
volvers all  the  privates  who  try  to  escape  from  the  trenches 
on  any  pretext." 

The  July  fighting  was  of  the  same  nature  as  that 
of  June,  save  that  it  did  not  reveal  any  large  Allied 
movement,  but  was  composed  mainly  of  sporadic 
Turkish  counter-attacks.  What  ground  we  won 
was  on  a  level  with  the  French  gains  in  the  Artois 
during  June,  when,  after  a  heavy  bombardment,  a 
small  advance  would  be  made  and  consolidated 
at  a  great  expense  of  life.  We  were  now  close 
up  against  the  main  strength  of  the  Achi  Baba 
fortress. 

On  and  July,  after  bombarding  our  advanced 
position  on  the  left  with  high  explosives  and  shrap- 
nel, the  enemy  attempted  an  advance,     cy  j 
but  was  repulsed  by  our  musketry  and    ^U^ 
the  guns  of  the  Scorpion.     At  seven  in  the  evening 
the  Turkish  artillery  began  again,  and  two  battalions 
emerged    from    the    nullah    beyond    Krithia,    and 
charged  in  two  lines  across  the  open.     Our  field 
batteries  played  havoc  with  them,  and  the  arrival 
of  Gurkha  supports  dispersed  the  attack  with  heavy 
losses.     Next   day  it   was   obvious   that     ~  / 
the    enemy    were    receiving    reinforce-    *W  3- 
ments,  which  some  put  as  high  as  10,000  men.     On 


52  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

the  morning  of  4th  July  a  general  attack  on  our 
CY  7  whole  position  was  undertaken.     About 

-  J  y  3  a.m.  all  the  Allied  front  and  hinterland 
was  bombarded,  a  Turkish  battleship  moored  be- 
tween Maidos  and  Chanak  assaulted  the  Australian 
lines  at  Gaba  Tepe,  and  aeroplanes  made  an  attempt 
to  drop  bombs  at  several  points  in  our  trenches. 
The  cannonade  did  little  harm,  and  died  away 
about  6  a.m.  The  infantry  attack  came  at  7.30, 
and  was  directed  chiefly  against  our  right  centre, 
where  the  British  Naval  Division  joined  with  the 
French.  At  the  start  the  Turks  gained  a  footing  in 
our  first  trenches,  but  we  drove  them  out  by  a 
counter-attack.  Their  advance  on  the  right  of  the 
29th  Division  was  checked  by  our  rifles  and  machine- 
gun  fire,  and  that  against  our  extreme  left  fared  no 
better.  Before  noon  the  action  had  died  away. 

From  the  French  report  it  would  appear  that 
the  affair  was  no  better  than  a  costly  fiasco.  "  Not- 
withstanding an  ostentatious  display  of  all  sorts  of 
reserves,  of  which  the  Turks  had  never  yet  given  us 
an  exhibition,  their  infantry  attacks  were  lifeless, 
spasmodic,  and  ineffective.  In  front  of  the  French 
left,  and  at  very  many  points  in  front  of  the  British 
line,  the  Ottoman  infantry  left  their  trenches  and 
advanced,  but  nowhere  with  the  valour  and  the  ar- 
dour which  they  had  manifested  in  previous  engage- 
ments. The  Allies  awaited  their  assailants  calmly, 
allowed  them  to  approach,  and  then  almost  at  point- 
blank  range  opened  a  murderous  fire  from  rifles  and 
machine  guns.  Very  few  survivors  indeed  were 
fortunate  enough  to  return  to  their  lines ;  the 
majority  remained  on  the  ground  in  front  of  our 
trenches.  The  hesitating  attempts  of  the  Turks 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      53 

had  never  for  a  single  moment  threatened  any  of  out 
positions,  and  had  resulted  only  in  hecatombs  in 
their  ranks.  Our  losses  were  slight. " 

On  1 2th  July  the  Allies  made  a  resolute  attempt 
to  advance  their  front  and  take  the  Krithia  position. 
The  first  attack  was  made  by  the  Allied  <y  7 
right  and  right  centre,  the  French  Corps,  *  * 
and  the  Scottish  Lowland  Division.  Our  bom- 
bardment began  at  dawn,  and  thereafter  our  in- 
fantry carried  the  first  two  lines  of  Turkish  trenches. 
The  Scots  Territorials  reached  a  third  line  ;  but  they 
could  not  hold  it,  for  they  lost  touch  with  the  French 
on  their  right.  The  bombardment  continued  all 
day,  and  at  4  p.m.  a  special  cannonade  was  delivered 
on  the  enemy  positions  in  the  upper  ravines  of  the 
Kereves  Dere,  where  they  run  into  the  face  of 
Achi  Baba.  On  the  right,  overlooking  a  ravine, 
the  Turks  had  a  great  rectangular  redoubt,  bristling 
with  machine  guns.  At  five  our  guns  lengthened 
and  attacked  the  ground  where  the  Turkish  reserves 
might  be  looked  for,  while  a  warship  bombarded 
the  observation  station  on  the  top  of  Achi  Baba 
with  12-inch  shells.  Then  the  Scots  surged  forward 
against  the  redoubt.  '  The  ground,"  wrote  an 
observer,  "  resembled  a  gigantic  steaming  cauldron, 
into  whose  thick  vapours  the  gallant  brigade  poured 
without  once  hesitating  or  looking  back/'  The  re- 
doubt, owing  to  the  preliminary  bombardment,  was 
carried  easily  with  the  bayonet.  The  second  line 
was  taken,  after  some  confused  fighting,  and  by 
nightfall  400  yards  of  ground  had  been  gained. 

The  night  was  thick  with  counter-attacks.  The 
Turks  came  on  repeatedly  with  bombs,  and  the 
British  right  centre,  which  had  advanced  too  far, 


54  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

was  forced  to  evacuate  two  lines  of  trenches.     At 
<Y  7  dawn   the   two   wearied    Scots   brigades 

J  y  3-  Were  withdrawn,  and  their  place  taken 
by  the  Naval  Division.  All  day  our  artillery  fire 
played  on  the  battered  trenches,  and  at  4.30  in  the 
afternoon  our  right  centre  succeeded  in  retaking 
the  two  trenches  lost  on  the  previous  night.  There 
we  stuck  fast ;  but  our  left,  which  now  came  into 
action,  had  an  easier  road,  and  advanced  our  front 
considerably.  The  French  on  the  extreme  right 
had  strengthened  the  line  by  extending  their  posi- 
tions to  the  mouth  of  the  Kereves  Dere.  During 
the  night  of  the  I3th  there  were  severe  counter- 
attacks, in  the  face  of  which  the  Allies  succeeded  in 
maintaining  the  ground  they  had  won.  It  was  a 
considerable  advance,  which  brought  us  very  near 
to  Krithia.  But  the  heights  of  Achi  Baba  were  as 
far  off  as  ever. 

The  rest  of  the  month  saw  the  inevitable  Turkish 

counter-attacks,  and  small   local  improvements  of 

,y  7  the  Allied  line.     Both  the   British   and 

July  21.    prencj1  sections  were  raided  on  the  i8th. 

On   the    2ist  a   small   Turkish  redoubt  was  cap- 

cy  7  tured.     On  the  23rd  there  was  an  attack 

July  23.    on  Qur  je£t  wjjicjji  was  repulsed  after  a 

twenty  minutes'  struggle.  .  On  the  28th  there  was 
CY  j  ~  &  slight  advance  by  the  French  right. 
July  25.  rpjie  ^y  Q£  concerted  frontal  attacks  was 

over,  and  the  mind  of  the  High  Command  was 

busied  with  a  new  plan. 

While  we  were  battling  against  the  outer  walls 
of  the  Turkish  fortifications  we  did  not  neglect  the 
duty  of  striking  at  the  routes  of  supply.  The  work 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      55 

of  our  submarines  in  the  Marmora  continued,  and 
there  is  no  question  but  that  we  hampered  and 
occasionally  held  up  both  munitions  and  reinforce- 
ments. At  the  same  time  the  complete  closing  of 
the  Marmora,  even  had  we  accomplished  it,  would 
not  have  cut  Turkish  communications,  as  was  too 
readily  assumed  in  some  quarters  at  the  time.  A 
brief  examination  of  Turkey's  transport  problem  is 
necessary  for  a  proper  understanding  of  the  situation. 
Turkey  had  three  possible  passages  to  her  Galli- 
poli  position.  She  could  send  troops  and  supplies 
by  sea  all  the  way  from  Constantinople  to  the  ports 
of  Maidos  and  Gallipoli.  She  could  send  them  by 
rail  through  Thrace  to  Uzun  Keupru,  whence  a  fair 
military  road  would  carry  them  to  the  peninsula  by 
way  of  Bulair.  For  troops  the  distance  from  rail- 
head was  perhaps  forty-eight  hours'  march ;  for 
heavy  transport,  by  means  of  oxen  and  buffalo  carts, 
it  would  mean  a  journey  of  some  five  days.  At 
Bulair,  it  is  true,  the  road  was  open  to  our  naval 
guns ;  but  in  dry  weather  the  wagons  could  leave 
the  path  and  find  a  more  sheltered  cross-country 
route.  Finally,  troops  and  supplies  could  travel  by 
the  Anatolian  and  Ottoman  railways  via  Smyrna 
and  Soma  to  the  port  of  Panderma,  in  the  south- 
western half  of  the  Marmora.  Most  of  the  reinforce- 
ments came  from  Syria  and  Anatolia ;  and  they 
naturally  used  the  Panderma  line,  embarking  at 
that  port  for  the  short  sea  journey  to  Gallipoli  in 
the  Bosphorus  passenger  steamers  which  were  used 
as  transports.  Heavy  material,  such  as  shells  and 
guns,  either  used  the  through  sea  route  from  Con- 
stantinople or  were  railed  down  to  Smyrna  and 
back  to  Panderma. 


I- 

i 


Q. 

a 
CO 

I*. 

o 

</> 
0) 

c 


/E  G  £  A  N      SEA 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      57 

Our  submarines  made  the  Marmora  road  nearly 
impossible.  They  also  interfered  gravely  with  the 
short  sea  voyage  from  Panderma  to  the  peninsula. 
Turkey  was  accordingly  flung  back  more  and  more 
upon  her  land  routes  —  by  rail  to  Uzun  Keupru  and 
thence  to  Bulair,  and  by  rail  to  Panderma  and 
thence  by  road  to  the  port  of  Lapsaki,  on  the  Dar- 
danelles, opposite  Galata.  This  was  a  real  incon- 
venience, but  it  was  by  no  means  an  insuperable 
difficulty.  Since  most  of  the  fresh  troops  came 
from  Asia,  Panderma  was  the  natural  point  of 
arrival,  and  the  farther  road  to  Lapsaki  was  easy. 
Nor  was  the  route  so  bad  for  shells  and  heavy  material 
which  came  from  Constantinople,  for  a  good  rail- 
way system  took  them  to  Smyrna,  and  the  railway 
journey  from  Smyrna  to  Panderma  occupied  no 
more  than  nine  hours,  while  there  was  the  Uzun 
Keupru-Bulair  road  as  an  alternative.  Our  sub- 
marine warfare,  brilliant  as  it  was,  hampered  and 
delayed,  but  it  did  not  cut,  or  perhaps  seriously 
cripple,  the  communications  of  the  Turkish  fortress. 

How  audacious  and  devoted  the  warfare  was  may 
be  gathered  from  the  exploit  of  Lieutenant  Guy 
D'Oyly-Hughes,  R.N.,  who  on  2ist 


August   made  a   single-handed  attempt  '  ' 

to  cut  the  first  section  of  the  Anatolian  railway  which 
runs  along  the  northern  shore  of  the  Gulf  of  Ismed, 
at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Marmora.  He  swam 
ashore  from  a  submarine,  pushing  a  raft  carrying 
his  clothes  and  explosives.  Finding  the  cliffs  un- 
climbable,  he  had  to  prospect  along  the  coast  till  he 
found  a  point  which  could  be  scaled.  He  then 
moved  towards  the  railway  line,  but  discovered  that 
it  was  strongly  guarded.  At  first  his  idea  was  to 


58  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

destroy  the  viaduct ;  but  finding  this  impossible, 
he  resolved  to  blow  up  a  low  brickwork  support 
over  a  small  hollow.  The  sound  of  the  fuse  pistol 
brought  up  the  guards,  and  Lieutenant  D'Oyly- 
Hughes  had  to  retire,  fighting  a  running  fight  for 
about  a  mile.  From  this  point  we  may  quote  the 
official  account  :— 

"  He  plunged  into  the  water  about  three-quarters 
of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  small  bay  in  which 
the  boat  was  lying.  The  charge  exploded  as  he 
entered  the  water,  fragments  falling  into  the  sea 
near  the  boat,  although  the  distance  between  the 
boat  and  the  charge  was  between  a  quarter  and 
half  a  mile.  After  swimming  for  four  or  five  hun- 
dred yards  straight  out  to  sea,  he  blew  a  long  blast 
on  his  whistle ;  but  the  boat,  being  in  a  small  bay 
behind  the  cliffs,  did  not  hear  it. 

"  Day  was  breaking  very  rapidly,  so  after  swim- 
ming back  to  the  shore,  and  resting  for  a  short  time 
on  the  rocks,  he  commenced  swimming  towards 
the  bay  in  which  the  boat  was  lying.  At  this  point 
he  discarded  his  pistol,  bayonet,  and  electric  torch, 
their  weight  making  his  progress  very  slow.  It  was 
not  until  he  had  rounded  the  last  point  that  the 
whistle  was  heard,  and  at  the  same  time  he  heard 
shots  from  the  cliffs  overhead,  and  rifle  fire  was 
opened  on  the  boat. 

"As  the  boat  came  astern  out  of  the  bay  the 
early  morning  mist  made  her  appear  to  him  to  be 
three  rowing  boats — the  bow,  the  gun,  and  the  con- 
ning tower  being  the  three  objects  actually  seen. 
He  swam  ashore,  and  tried  to  hide  under  the  cliffs ; 
but  on  climbing  a  few  feet  out  of  the  water  he 
realized  his  mistake,  and  shouted  again  before  enter- 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      59 

ing  the  water.  We  picked  him  up  in  an  extremely 
exhausted  condition  about  forty  yards  from  the 
rocks,  after  he  had  swum  the  best  part  of  a  mile  in 
his  clothes."  * 

The  work  of  the  Navy  was  not  confined  to  below 
the  water.  In  Sir  Ian  Hamilton's  phrase,  the  Fleet 
was  father  and  mother  to  the  Army  on  land.  The 
appearance  of  German  submarines  in  the  middle  of 
May  compelled  us  to  keep  our  large  transports  at 
Mudros.  From  Lemnos  to  the  peninsula  was  forty 
miles,  and  all  troops  and  stores  had  to  be  brought  in 
fleet  sweepers,  trawlers,  drifters,  and  other  small 
craft  which  were  least  vulnerable  to  submarine 
attack.  Apart  from  the  good  work  done  by  the 
naval  guns  in  the  land  battle,  the  mere  transport 
services  of  the  ships  could  not  be  overstated.  Take 
the  work  of  the  picket  boats,  the  steam  pinnaces 
which  towed  the  laden  lighters  to  the  beaches.  Their 
crews  were  often  at  work  for  sixteen  hours  out  of 
the  twenty-four,  and  were  constantly  under  fire. 
Mr.  Ashmead-Bartlett  has  drawn  an  interesting 
picture  of  this  strenuous  and  well-ordered  activity. 

'  The  line  of  demarcation  between  the  authority 
of  the  Army  and  of  the  Navy  is  strictly  drawn.  As 
long  as  a  soldier,  a  horse,  a  gun,  or  a  biscuit  is  in 
a  ship  or  in  a  lighter  on  its  way  to  the  shore,  all  are 
under  the  control  of  our  beach  parties.  Standing 
on  one  of  the  piers  in  the  sweltering  heat  of  the 
last  few  days,  with  the  beach  behind  him  crammed 
with  men,  stores,  and  animals,  a  young  officer,  with 
a  megaphone  in  his  hand,  shouts  orders  to  a  dozen 
different  lighters,  each  towed  by  a  steam  pinnace, 

*  Lieutenant  D'Oyly-Hughes  received  the  Distinguished 
Service  Order. 


60  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

in  the  offing.  One  contains  mules,  another  guns,  a 
third  biscuits,  a  fourth  tinned  meat,  a  fifth  ammuni- 
tion, a  sixth  troops,  a  seventh  generals  and  staff 
officers.  Every  one  is  directed  to  its  right  destina- 
tion as  if  by  some  enchanter's  wand,  and  no  one 
dares  to  step  ashore  until  he  has  received  his  orders. 
At  the  end  of  the  pier  the  naval  authority  ceases  and 
that  of  the  army  begins.  Here  are  Army  Service 
Corps  officers,  who  are  waiting  to  seize  what  the 
Navy  has  brought  them.  The  thousand  miscella- 
neous articles,  which  look  as  if  they  never  could  be 
sorted  out,  are  speedily  divided,  checked,  and  sent 
on  their  way  down  the  lines  of  communication  to 
the  troops  in  the  front  trenches.  The  whole  is  a 
marvel  of  organization." 

Splendid,  too,  was  the  work  of  the  Allied  airmen, 
who  fulfilled  the  duties  of  long-range  artillery. 
Turkish  camps  far  back  on  the  peninsula,  or  on  the 
southern  shore  of  the  Marmora,  were  bombarded 
from  the  heavens.  The  Narrows  and  both  sides 
of  the  Straits  were  always  under  their  surveillance. 
They  regulated  the  range  of  our  guns,  and  they 
detected  the  movements  of  the  enemy's  transports 
and  battleships.  The  Turk  is  a  stolid  and  most 
courageous  fighter,  but  he  did  not  like  the  menace 
from  the  sky,  which  came  suddenly  upon  him  like 
the  destroying  wings  of  Azrael.  It  is  probable  that 
this  risk  had  a  more  sinister  effect  upon  his  spirits 
than  the  shells  and  cold  steel  of  the  Achi  Baba 
battles. 

The  discomforts  of  the  life  in  the  peninsula  grew 
as  the  summer  advanced  and  the  heat  waxed  greater. 
The  whole  of  our  position  was  honeycombed  with 
trenches  and  dug-outs  like  a  colony  of  sand-martins 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      61 

in  the  bank  of  a  river.  There  was  no  shade  from 
nature,  for  the  copses  were  only  scrub.  The  sun 
beat  down  pitilessly  on  the  acres  of  rock  and  gravel, 
and  was  reflected  from  the  blue  waters  around.  Our 
men  were  very  close  together,  and  the  whole  earth 
soon  became  tainted  in  spite  of  all  our  care.  .Sun- 
stroke cases  were  few,  for  the  sun  of  Gallipoli  is  not 
the  sun  of  India  ;  but  fevers  and  dysentery  began 
to  take  their  toll.  The  scarcity  of  water,  the  diffi- 
cult journeys  for  the  sick  down  communication 
trenches  and  cliff  roads,  and  the  long  voyage  before 
hospital  was  reached,  intensified  our  discomfort. 
And  everywhere  fell  a  plague  of  flies.  Men  who 
had  fought  in  South  Africa  remembered  the  curse 
of  the  fly  on  the  veld,  but  the  South  African  scourge 
was  feeble  compared  to  the  clouds  which  hung  over 
the  baked  peninsula.  Remember  there  was  no 
movement  or  chance  of  movement.  The  troops 
had  to  sit  still  in  their  stifling  trenches,  and  every 
acre  of  that  butt-end  of  Gallipoli  was  searched  by 
the  enemy's  fire. 

Under  such  conditions — no  movement,  grave 
losses,  grave  discomforts — it  was  a  marvel  that  we 
maintained  so  high  a  spirit  and  so  steady  a  cheerful- 
ness. Men  returned  to  the  habits  of  their  first 
parents.  Khaki  "  shorts,"  a  shirt,  and  a  sun-helmet 
formed  the  only  wear  of  even  exalted  generals. 
The  Australians  and  New  Zealanders  especially, 
perched  in  their  eyrie  at  Gaba  Tepe,  showed  a 
noble  disregard  of  apparel.  These  troops,  embra- 
cing in  their  ranks  every  class  and  condition,  had 
shown  themselves  superb  fighting  men.  There  was 
a  perpetual  competition  for  the  posts  of  danger,  and 
money  was  offered  freely  for  the  right  to  a  place  in 


62  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

some  hot  corner.  Their  easy  discipline  knew  none 
of  the  usual  military  conventions  ;  but  it  was  real 
enough,  and  got  through  the  work  required.  There 
were  endless  tales  of  their  keenness.  "  The  other 
day  a  group  of  four  millionaires  were  working  at  a 
mine-shaft.  The  task  was  not  done  when  another 
regiment  came  to  relieve  the  one  to  which  they 
belonged.  These  four  men  refused  to  go  with  their 
battalion  till  they  had  finished  the  job,  as  they  wished 
it  to  be  known  as  their  job  and  no  one  else's." 
They  probably  represented  the  finest  average  of 
physique  in  any  of  the  belligerent  armies — those 
lean,  great-limbed  men,  without  an  ounce  of  soft 
flesh  on  their  bodies.  In  the  midsummer  heats 
they  were  burned  to  a  dull  brick-red,  for  they  fought 
almost  naked.  Coats,  shirts,  boots,  and  putties 
disappeared  in  succession,  their  trousers  shrank 
into  "  shorts,"  as  they  toiled  in  the  dust  of  the 
trenches  till  the  hour  of  relief  came,  and  they  could 
wash  in  the  shrapnel-dotted  ^Egean.  The  oversea 
nations  of  the  Empire  had  won  great  honour — the 
South  Africans  among  the  deserts  of  German  terri- 
tory, the  Canadians  in  the  sickly  meadows  of  the 
Ypres  Salient.  Not  less  glorious  was  the  record  of 
the  Australians  in  a  land  as  sunburnt  as  their  own. 

Humour  never  fails  the  British  soldier.  He 
showed  it  in  the  fantastic  names  he  gave  to  the 
various  points  within  his  survey,  and  in  the  notice- 
boards  in  the  trenches,  like  that  which  read,  "  Cas- 
ualty Corner.  Do  not  pass  this  Board,  but  if  you 
have  to,  for  God's  sake  hustle."  There  were  trench 
newspapers,  which  contained  as  much  authentic 
news  as  the  journals  at  home.  And  in  those  days 
of  heart-searching  they  found  out  the  officers  who 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      63 

were  leaders  of  men,  and  gave  them  their  undivided 
trust.  General  Birdwood,  of  the  Anzac  Corps,  to 
take  one  conspicuous  case,  was  a  commander  after 
the  heart  of  his  soldiers. 

The  three  summer  months  had  been  among  the 
most  costly  in  our  military  history.  Out  of  some 
six  British  divisions  we  had  lost  by  the  end  of  May 
over  38,000.  By  the  end  of  June  the  total  was  over 
42,000  ;  by  the  end  of  July  it  was  nearly  50,000, 
pf  whom  8,000  were  killed,  30,000  wounded,  and 
11,000  missing.  The  French  losses  were  on  a 
similar  scale,  and  the  naval  losses  must  be  added 
to  the  total  casualties  of  the  expedition.  All  our 
divisions  had  suffered,  and,  to  the  people  of  the 
Scottish  Lowlands  especially,  the  word  Dardanelles 
came  to  bear  the  fateful  meaning  which  Flodden 
bore  for  their  ancestors.  The  results  gained  were 
not  proportionate  to  this  huge  wastage.  But  not 
even  at  Ypres  had  our  troops  shown  a  more  daunt- 
less courage,  a  more  complete  devotion,  or  a  more 
stubborn  resolution.*  No  kind  of  warfare  involves 
a  sterner  trial  for  the  human  spirit  than  the  slow 
sapping  towards  a  fortress,  when  there  is  no  obvious 
advance,  no  chance  of  the  swift  excitement  of  a 
manoeuvre  battle.  We  may  take  the  2Qth  Division 
as  a  type  of  the  others.  Sir  Ian  Hamilton's  words 

*  In  addition  to  the  instances  mentioned  in  the  text,  the 
Victoria  Cross  was  conferred  on  Captain  Gerald  O'Sullivan,  of 
the  ist  Inniskilling  Fusiliers,  for  his  gallantry  in  retaking  lost 
trenches  on  the  nights  of  i8th  June  and  ist  July  ;  on  Second- 
Lieutenant  Herbert  James,  of  the  4th  Worcesters,  for  rallying 
an  attack  on  28th  June,  and  for  holding  a  trench  with  bombs 
single-handed  on  3rd  July ;  and  to  Sergeant  James  Somers,  of 
the  ist  Inniskilling  Fusiliers,  for  a  similar  performance  on  the 
night  of  ist  July. 


64  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

of  praise,  addressed  to  it  after  the  battle  of  28th 
June,  were  applicable  to  the  whole  British  army  :— 

"  The  General  Officer  Commanding  feels  sure  that  he  voices 
the  sentiments  of  every  soldier  serving  with  this  army  when  he 
congratulates  the  incomparable  2Qth  Division  upon  yesterday's 
splendid  attack,  carried  out,  as  it  was,  in  a  manner  more  than 
upholding  the  best  traditions  of  the  distinguished  regiments 
of  which  it  is  composed. 

"  The  29th  suffered  cruel  losses  at  the  first  landing.  Since 
then  they  have  never  been  made  up  to  strength,  and  they  have 
remained  under  fire  every  hour  of  the  night  and  day  for  two 
months  on  end.  Opposed  to  them  were  fresh  troops,  holding 
Hne  upon  line  of  entrenchments,  flanked  by  redoubts  and 
machine  guns. 

"  But  when,  yesterday,  the  2Qth  Division  were  called  upon 
to  advance,  they  dashed  forward  as  eagerly  as  if  this  were  only 
their  baptism  of  fire.  Through  the  entanglements  they  swept 
northwards,  clearing  our  left  of  the  enemy  for  a  full  thousand 
yards.  Heavily  counter-attacked  at  night,  they  killed  or 
captured  every  Turk  who  had  penetrated  their  incomplete 
defences,  and  to-day  stand  possessed  of  every  yard  they  had 
so  hardly  gained. 

"  Therefore  it  is  that  Sir  Ian  Hamilton  is  confident  he  carries 
with  him  all  ranks  of  his  force  when  he  congratulates  Generals 
Hunter- Western  and  De  Lisle,  the  Staff,  and  each  officer,  N.C.O., 
and  man  in  this  Division,  whose  sustained  efforts  have  added 
fresh  lustre  to  British  arms  all  the  world  over." 

Not  less  splendid  was  the  performance  of  the 
French  Corps.  Under  d'Amade  and  Gouraud  the 
newest  recruits  had  fought  like  heroes,  and  had 
shown  the  Turks  that  furia  francese  which  centuries 
before  had  carried  the  walls  of  Jerusalem.  "  Shall 
not  thou  and  I,"  said  King  Harry  in  the  play  to  the 
Princess  Katharine,  "  between  St.  Denis  and  St. 
George,  compound  a  boy  half -French,  half -English, 
that  shall  go  to  Constantinople  and  take  the  Turk 
by  the  beard  ?"  The  first  half  of  Shakespeare's 


THE  DEADLOCK  AT  GALLIPOLI.      65 

prophecy  had  come  true.  Saint  Denis  and  Saint 
George  fought  in  unison,  but  the  beard  of  the 
Soldan  was  still  unplucked. 

In  this  rivalry  of  gallant  men  the  enemy  was  not 
outdone.  The  Turks  fought  with  all  their  old 
patient  steadfastness.  They  advanced  to  hopeless 
assaults,  and  died  in  hundreds  in  the  open  ;  they 
clung  to  ruined  trenches  when  the  Allied  steel  was 
upon  them  ;  but  the  stolid  Anatolian  peasants  did 
not  waver.  The  prisoners  we  took  showed  no 
anger  against  Britain,  save  in  the  matter  of  our 
tactless  confiscation  of  their  battleships,  which  had 
been  laboriously  provided  by  the  contributions  of 
the  humblest.  To  them  the  war  was  Kismet,  and 
they  obeyed  orders  uncomplainingly.  They  were 
humane  adversaries,  too.  The  conflict  was  stained 
by  no  atrocities,  but  brightened  by  many  deeds  of 
chivalry.  A  wounded  soldier,  who  had  already 
fought  on  the  Western  front,  after  expounding  the 
hardships  of  the  Dardanelles  campaign,  added  : 
'  There's  one  comfort  there.  You're  fighting 
against  white  men."  It  was  a  fine  tribute  to  the 
former  allies  of  Britain. 

By  the  end  of  July  the  complete  stalemate  had 
compelled  the  High  Command  to  revise  its  strategy. 
A  certain  daring  Englishman,  who  knew  Turkey  well, 
contrived  to  be  taken  blindfold  one  night  into  the 
enemy's  trenches,  and  for  several  hours  talked  to 
the  Turkish  officers.  He  was  told  on  parting  : 
I  Some  day  you  may  take  Constantinople,  but  Achi 
Baba — never."  This  was  rapidly  becoming  the 
view  of  those  responsible  for  the  expedition.  Large 
reinforcements  had  been  asked  for,  and  during  July 
were  arriving  at  Egypt  and  Lemnos.  To  fling  these 

IX.  C 


66 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


into  the  congested  butt  of  the  peninsula  was  clearly 
folly.  A  new  strategical  plan  was  being  devised, 
which  should  utilize  them  against  a  fresh  objective. 
As  we  shall  see  later,  the  peninsula  still  dominated 
the  minds  of  those  responsible  for  our  policy.  That 
is  the  worst  of  a  false  step.  It  is  hard  to  retrace, 
and,  though  the  road  may  be  shifted  a  point  or  two, 
it  still  tends  to  bear  in  the  same  direction. 

Meanwhile  during  these  summer  months  strange 
things  were  happening  in  the  Balkan  States.  Under- 
ground forces  were  at  work,  which  were  shortly  to 
give  birth  to  events  that  staggered  the  otiose  souls 
who  had  let  that  old  storm-centre  of  Europe  slip 
from  their  minds.  To  understand  the  situation  now 
developing,  it  is  necessary  to  glance  for  a  little  at 
the  tangled  labyrinth  of  Balkan  politics. 


CHAPTER   LXVI. 

THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH. 

The  Strategic  Importance  of  the  Balkans — Topography  of  the 
Peninsula — The  Main  Thoroughfares — The  Alley-Way  of 
Macedonia — The  Ambitions  of  the  several  States — Balkan 
History — The  Turkish  Domination — The  Struggle  for  Liberty 
—The  Treaty  of  San  Stefano — The  Treaty  of  Berlin— The 
Recent  History  of  Bulgaria — Prince  Alexander — Stambolov 
—The  Balkan  League — The  First  Balkan  War — The  Second 
Balkan  War— The  Treaty  of  Bucharest— Bitter  Feeling 
between  the  States — Greece — Serbia — Bulgaria — Rumania — 
Position  in  1914 — Outbreak  of  European  War — M.  Venezelos 
— Character  of  King  Ferdinand  of  Bulgaria — Attitude  of 
Rumania — Attitude  of  Greece — M.  Venezelos's  Letter  to  the 
King — Attitude  of  Bulgaria — The  Secret  Treaty  of  iyth  July 
— Failure  of  Allied  Diplomacy. 

IN  the  present  chapter  we  can  only  attempt  a 
sketch  of  the  main  features  of  that  Balkan 
problem  which  for  nearly  a  century  had  per- 
plexed the  statesmen  of  Europe.  It  was  the  land 
of  surprises,  where  nationalities  had  no  recognized 
boundaries.  It  lacked  the  contours  of  modern  civi- 
lization, that  which  elsewhere  was  moulded  to  use 
being  there  left  sharp  and  ragged.  On  the  out- 
break of  the  great  war  the  peninsula  was  at  first 
dismissed  as  negligible,  and  its  recent  struggles 
regarded  as  no  more  than  the  quarrels  of  kites  and 
crows.  But  as  the  tide  of  the  campaign  moved 
eastwards,  as  the  guns  sounded  in  the  /Egean  and 


68  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Russia  fell  back  from  Poland,  men  woke  with  a 
start  to  the  importance  which  those  barren  hills 
might  bear  in  the  later  stages  of  the  contest.  That 
importance  Germany  had  not  forgotten  while  the 
Allies  slumbered.  To  understand  it,  we  must  con- 
sider the  determining  factors  in  the  labyrinthine 
Balkan  politics. 

The  immediate  strategic  significance  of  the 
peninsula  was  obvious.  Serbia,  Bulgaria,  and  Ru- 
mania stood  between  the  Teutonic  League  and  its 
Turkish  ally.  While  the  two  latter  remained  neu- 
tral it  could  not  easily  munition  or  reinforce  the 
armies  holding  the  gate  of  Constantinople.  Should 
either  or  both  take  up  arms  against  it,  there  was  a 
possibility  of  a  flank  attack  on  the  exposed  Teutonic 
right  flank  or  an  addition  to  the  fighting  strength 
of  the  Allies  in  Gallipoli  which  might  overbear 
Turkish  resistance.  The  Balkan  races  were  for  the 
most  part  military  peoples — those  hard-bitten  up- 
land dwellers  who,  from  the  beginning  of  time, 
have  made  good  soldiers.  Accustomed  to  hard- 
ships, they  could  fight  with  a  slender  commissariat, 
and  they  had  the  bravery  of  those  not  accustomed 
to  overvalue  human  life.  If  united,  they  could 
put  into  the  field  an  army  equivalent  to  that  of  a 
first-class  Power,  and,  even  without  Serbia,  their 
fighting  strength  stood  at  a  million  bayonets. 

Again,  the  Balkans  were  a  fine  field  for  diplomatic 
activity,  for  they  represented  the  incalculable.  Each 
state  was  still  in  a  fluid  condition.  Each  looked  to 
extend  its  borders,  for  each  owned  many  '"  na- 
tionals "  outside  its  territorial  limits.  The  Serb 
race  was  widely  spread  over  Bosnia  and  Herze- 
govina and  Austria-Hungary  ;  there  were  Bulgarians 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  69 

in  Rumania,  and  the  partition  of  Macedonia  by  the 
Treaty  of  Bucharest  did  not  correspond  to  nation- 
alities. Each  state  had,  therefore,  its  Alsace-Lor- 
raine to  which  it  turned  jealous  eyes.  Moreover, 
while  each  state  had  nominally  a  constitutional 
government  and  believed  itself  a  democracy,  each, 
owing  to  the  comparatively  recent  date  of  its  eman- 
cipation from  Turkish  bondage,  was  liable  to  the 
rule  of  a  camarilla,  an  army,  or  a  dynasty.  Ex- 
cepting Serbia  and  Montenegro,  all  had  alien  royal 
houses.  Rumania  had  a  Catholic  Hohenzollern  on 
the  throne,  Bulgaria  a  Coburg,  Greece  a  prince  of 
the  House  of  Schleswig-Holstein.  History  has 
shown  that  such  conditions  offer  a  unique  chance 
for  tortuous  diplomacy. 

To  understand  the  Balkan  situation  a  short 
survey  is  necessary  of  the  topography  and  the 
history  of  the  peninsula.  It  is  a  knot  of  moun- 
tains, with  no  great  valleys  and  no  natural  geo- 
graphical centre  round  which  settled  and  civilized 
conditions  of  life  could  gather.  Its  peoples  owe 
their  nationalities  primarily  to  race  and  historical 
accidents,  rather  than  to  geographical  compulsion 
such  as  destined  Britain  and  Italy  to  be  nations. 
They  were  for  long  refugees  in  the  uplands,  and 
as  mountain  dwellers  they  continued  to  look  down 
upon  the  plains  of  Thrace  and  Hungary.  But 
the  country  was  not  a  barrier  but  a  thoroughfare, 
for  through  it  lay  the  road  from  Central  Europe 
to  the  ^Egean  and  Constantinople.  It  was  the 
nature  of  these  alleys  of  traffic  which  determined 
the  development  of  the  Balkan  States  so  soon  as 
their  independence  was  secured. 

The  old  Roman  roads  are  the  best  guide  to  the 


70  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

natural  possibilities  of  movement.  The  greatest, 
the  Via  Egnatia,  ran  from  Durazzo  on  the  Adriatic 
by  Monastir  and  Salonika  to  Constantinople.  An- 
other ran  from  Belgrade  by  Nish  and  Sofia  to  the 
Bosphorus  ;  a  third  from  Skutari  to  Nish,  and  on 
to  the  Danube  ;  a  fourth  from  Monastir  to  the 
Danube  by  way  of  Sofia  ;  a  fifth  from  Salonika  by 
Uskub  and  Novi  Bazar  to  Serajevo.  Looked  at 
geographically,  there  are  two  great  gaps  in  this 
mountain  system.  One  lies  between  the  main  Balkan 
and  the  Rhodope  ranges,  to-day  the  route  of  the 
trunk  railway  from  the  West  to  Constantinople. 
The  second  is  the  gap  of  Macedonia,  a  much- 
encumbered  gap,  but  nevertheless  a  true  alley 
between  the  Rhodope  and  the  Western  Mountains, 
through  which  by  way  of  the  Vardar,  Ibar,  and 
Western  Morava  valleys  a  way  could  be  found  to 
the  Save  and  the  Upper  Danube.  Of  the  alley, 
Kavala  is  now  the  eastern  gate,  as  Philippi  was  in 
ancient  days.  It  is  this  alley -country,  Macedonia, 
which  has  been  littered  with  fragments  of  all  the 
Balkan  races,  and  which  throughout  history  has  been 
the  storm-centre  of  the  Balkans.  "  In  this  narrow 
belt,  bounded  westwards  by  the  cruel  karst  hills, 
eastwards  by  the  wooded,  pasture-bearing  central 
uplands,  open  widely  at  both  ends,  all  but  blocked 
at  the  sides — within  this  belt  is  concentrated  most 
of  the  drama  and  most  of  the  tragedy  of  the  penin- 
sula. Whether  we  think  of  the  wistful  Serb,  with 
memories  of  past  glories  ;  the  Bulgar,  looking  down 
from  his  upland  boundary  to  his  compatriots  in  the 
storm-swept  plains  below ;  the  Greek,  with  his 
trader's  instinct,  pushing  inland  from  the  seaports 
of  the  coast  ;  the  Albanian,  sweeping  down  from 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  71 

his  mountains  in  brigand's  raid,  or  creeping  onward 
in  peaceful  agricultural  penetration  ;  or,  again,  of 
Teuton  and  Hungarian  in  the  north  ;  of  Italian, 
watching  the  gaps  of  the  Coastal  Mountains  ;  of 
the  cynical  Turk,  still  finding  peasants  to  work  for 
him  in  the  midst  of  the  pervading  tumult — with 
whatever  party  our  interests  and  our  sympathies  lie, 
we  have  to  remember  that  here,  in  this  alley- way, 
which  we,  quite  inappropriately,  still  call  Macedonia, 
in  this  gap  between  western  mountains  and  central 
land  mass,  lies  the  key  to  the  history  of  the  whole 
peninsula/'  * 

Such  a  geographical  position  had  decisive  effects 
on  the  ambitions  of  the  several  states.  Greece, 
with  a  population  of  seafarers  and  coast-dwellers, 
stood  outside  the  main  problem.  Her  natural  ex- 
tension was  towards  the  islands  of  the  /Egean  and 
the  coast  of  Asia  Minor.  Bulgaria,  stretching  out 
to  the  sea,  looked  naturally  southwards.  Her  two 
main  rivers,  the  Maritza  and  the  Struma,  flowed  to 
the  ^Egean,  and  national  expansion  tends  to  follow 
the  river  valleys.  Her  small  Black  Sea  coast-line 
was  insufficient ;  the  Marmora  was  blocked  by 
Turkey  ;  and  at  their  best,  Black  Sea  and  Marmora 
were  not  open  to  the  world  like  the  /Egean.  Serbia, 
too,  looked  southwards.  She  was  land-locked,  and 
had  no  outlet  for  her  commerce  save  through  the 
lands  of  strictly  protectionist  neighbours.  Her 
natural  road  was  to  Salonika,  but  if  this  failed  she 
had  an  alternative.  A  route  to  the  Adriatic  was 
possible,  which  should  debouch,  like  the  Via  Egnatia, 
at  Durazzo,  on  the  flats  of  coastal  Albania.  Such 

*  Marion  E.   Newbigin:   Geographical  Aspects  of  Balkan 
Problems,  p.  9. 


72  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

an  outlet,  while  more  difficult  than  that  to  the  /Egean, 
offered  greater  advantages,  for  it  brought  the  markets 
of  Southern  and  Western  Europe  within  easier  reach. 

Macedonia  therefore,  both  its  coast  and  its 
hinterland,  was  certain  sooner  or  later  to  become 
an  acute  problem  for  Serbia  and  Bulgaria,  and  in  a 
lesser  degree  for  Greece,  and  this  purely  on  geo- 
graphical grounds.  It  represented  for  the  upland 
principalities  the  simplest  path  to  the  sea.  If  Serbia 
sought  the  ^Egean  she  must  have  south-east  Mace- 
donia ;  if  the  Adriatic,  she  must  control  the  northern 
districts.  For  Bulgaria  to  reach  the  /Egean  meant 
the  possession  of  eastern  Macedonia,  since  the  in- 
hospitable Thracian  coast  offered  no  good  harbours. 
Moreover,  to  both  Serb  and  Bulgar  Macedonia  was 
irredenta  in  the  full  meaning  of  the  Italian  term. 
There,  under  foreign  rule,  dwelt  many  thousands 
of  the  compatriots  and  co-religionists  of  both.  An 
alley- way  full  of  unemancipated  kinsmen,  which  to 
both  states  was  the  pivot  upon  which  their  racial 
ambitions  moved,  meant,  so  soon  as  they  attained 
national  stability,  a  contest  first  with  Turkey  and 
then,  in  all  likelihood,  with  each  other.  The  con- 
figuration of  the  earth's  surface  has  been  the  ulti- 
mate cause  of  most  of  the  quarrels  of  mankind. 

If  Balkan  geography  determined  the  general 
character  of  the  problems,  Balkan  history  had  de- 
cided the  special  form  in  which  they  were  presented 
to  the  modern  world.  "  History,"  in  M.  Sorel's 
famous  phrase,  "  never  stops  short."  The  fruits 
of  forgotten  deeds  remain  as  a  living  legacy  for  the 
future.  Under  the  Roman  Empire  the  peninsula 
had  become  latinized  and  settled,  and  great  trunk 
roads  led  from  the  Illyrian  coast  to  the  trans-Danube 


\ 

MONTENEGRO   ^ 

s\>*S  \ 


The  Balkan 


N     r     A  I 

bv-l— t-Hf H-*— *J 


and  Frontiers. 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  73 

territories  and  the  shores  of  the  Bosphorus.     But  in 
the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries  after  Christ  the  Slavs 
swept  down  from  the  north,  and  absorbed  the  an- 
cient Greek,  Thracian,  and  Illyrian  races,  or  drove 
them  into  the  hills  or  the  islands  of  the  /Egean.    At 
the  close  of  the  seventh  century  the  Bulgars  ap- 
peared, a  Turanian  race  akin  to  the  Finns  whose 
home  was  the  country  between  the  Urals  and  the 
Volga.     Then  followed  fleeting  Bulgarian  empires, 
when  the  horse-tail  standards  reached  the  gates  of 
Byzantium.     In  the  fourteenth  century  the  Serbs 
rose  to  power,  and  for  a  short  time  dominated  the 
peninsula.     Then  came  the  Turks.     The  Bulgarians 
fell  before  the  conquerors  in  1366,  and  in  1389  the 
Serbians  were  vanquished  at  Kossovo —          Q 
that    fatal    "Field    of    Blackbirds,"    in      X3*9- 
memory  of  which  a  black  patch  is  still  worn  in  the 
caps  of  the  Montenegrins.     Constanti- 
nople was  taken  in  1453,  and  with  the      ^II* 
defeat  of  the  Albanians  under  Skander- 
beg  in  1466  the  peninsula  was  in  Ottoman  hands. 

For  three  hundred  and  fifty  years  their  dominion 
was  unshaken.  The  armies  of  the  Crescent  used 
the  Balkans  as  the  thoroughfare  along  which  they 
marched  to  their  campaigns  on  the  plains  of  Hun- 
gary. The  conquered  peoples  lived  in  their  little 
villages  in  the  hills,  and  had  no  traffic  with  the 
conqueror.  The  Turk  did  not  try  to  assimilate  his 
subject  races ;  he  was  too  proud  and  too  indolent 
to  proselytize  on  a  serious  scale,  and  he  left  them 
their  language,  religion,  and  customs  with  an  easy 
toleration.  Accordingly,  when  his  rule  grew  feeble, 
there  was  a  nucleus  of  nationality  left  to  reassert 
itself.  Greece,  with  the  aid  of  France,  Russia,  and 


74  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Britain,  became  independent  in  1829.    Serbia,  under 
1820       t'ie  ^rst  Karageorge,  raised  the  standard 
of  revolt  in  1804,  and  by  1820  had  won 
o  4"       a  spectral  autonomy  as  a  tributary  state. 
The  Danubian  principalities  of  Moldavia 
and  Wallachia  had  long  had  an  uneasy  separate  life, 
and  by  1 859  they  had  become  united  under 
the  name  of  Rumania.     Bulgaria  alone 
remained  in  complete  subjection  till  1876, 
when  a  rising  broke  out  which  was  put  down  by 
Turkey  with  the  barbarities  which  Western  Europe 
came  to  know  as  the  "  Bulgarian  atrocities. "     That 
event,  and  the  previous  declaration  of  war  against 
£  Turkey  by  Serbia,  led  to  Russia's  partici- 

77*      pation  in  the  struggle,  and  the  outbreak 
of  the  Russo-Turkish  War  in  April  1877. 

In  that  war  the  Bulgarian  contingent  fought  gal- 
lantly with  Gourko  in  the  Balkans,  and  the  Ru- 
manians, under  Prince  Charles,  contributed  much 
^  «  to  the  success  of  Russian  arms.  On  the 
7  '  3rd  of  March  1878,  when  Russia  was 
approaching  Constantinople,  the  Treaty  of  San 
Stefano  was  signed,  under  which  Rumania  was  to 
surrender  to  Russia  her  portion  of  Bessarabia,  and 
receive  in  return  the  Dobrudja  territory,  south  of 
the  mouth  of  the  Danube.  Bulgaria  was  consti- 
tuted an  autonomous  state,  with  boundaries  which 
fulfilled  her  wildest  dreams,  and  which  included 
every  detached  fragment  of  the  Bulgarian  race  and 
something  more.  Her  borders  ran  from  the  Black 
Sea  to  the  Albanian  hills,  and  from  the  Danube  to 
the  ^Egean,  and  included  the  port  of  Kavala  on 
the  /Egean  and  most  of  Macedonia.  This  arrange- 
ment was  not  allowed  to  stand,  since  the  Powers  of 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  75 

Europe  suspected  that  the  new  state  would  become 
a  Russian  dependency.  By  the  Treaty  of  Berlin, 
signed  on  I3th  July  of  that  year,  Bulgaria  was  given 
only  the  land  between  the  Balkan  range  and  the 
Danube,  and  the  country  south  of  the  Balkans  was 
created  into  the  autonomous  province  of  Eastern 
Rumelia.  Serbia  was  given  Nish,  and  Greece  Thes- 
saly ;  Bessarabia  went  to  Russia ;  Rumania  retained 
the  Dobrudja  ;  and  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina  were  put 
under  Austrian  administration.  Turkey  was  left  with 
Macedonia,  Albania,  and  Thrace  on  the  continent 
of  Europe,  though  she  remained  the  suzerain  of  Bul- 
garia, Eastern  Rumelia,  Bosnia,  and  Herzegovina. 

The  modern  history  of  the  Balkans  dates  from 
the  Treaty  of  Berlin.  It  is  not  an  edifying  record, 
being  concerned  chiefly  with  the  quarrels  of  the 
separate  states,  and  their  indecision  as  to  which  of 
the  Great  Powers  might  most  profitably  be  culti- 
vated. The  chief  international  importance  is  to  be 
found  in  the  record  of  Bulgaria.  In  1879  the  As- 
sembly of  the  young  state  elected  as  g 
sovereign  Prince  Alexander  of  Batten-  «'" 
berg,  who  identified  himself  completely  with  Bul- 
garian national  aspirations.  In  defiance  of  the 
Powers,  he  brought  about  a  union  with  Eastern 
Rumelia  in  1885.  This  led  to  a  quarrel  ™ 
with  Russia,  and  the  withdrawal  of  all 
Russian  officers  from  the  Bulgarian  army.  Serbia 
chose  the  moment  to  declare  war,  but  was  decisively 
defeated  by  Prince  Alexander  at  Slivnitza  on  iQth 
November.  Russia  attempted  to  abduct  the  Prince  ; 
but  a  counter-revolution,  organized  by  Stambolov, 
the  President  of  the  Assembly,  restored  him.  Un- 
fortunately he  now  made  a  false  move  by  offering 


76  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

to  resign  his  crown  into  Russian  hands,  and  was 

1886  compelled    to    abdicate    and    leave    the 
country  on  September  8,  1886. 

In    1887    Prince    Ferdinand    of    Saxe-Coburg- 

1887  Gotha  was  elected  to  the  vacant  throne ; 
'"      and  the  history  of  the  following  twenty 

years  was  made  up  of  the  rivalries  of  the  Russian 
party  and  the  anti-Russians,  who  adhered  to  the 
policy  of  Stambolov  and  attempted  to  reach  an 
understanding  with  Turkey.  War  with  the  Porte 
was  brought  very  near  at  times  by  Turkish  barbari- 
ties among  the  Bulgarian  population  of  Macedonia 
«  — barbarities  which  no  doubt  occurred, 
but  which  were  at  least  equalled  by  the 
doings  of  the  komitadjis.  In  1908  the  Austrian 
annexation  of  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina  inspired 
Prince  Ferdinand  to  declare  Bulgaria  an  independent 
kingdom.  The  matter  was  settled  by  the  payment  of 
an  indemnity,  for  which  Russia  advanced  the  funds. 
This  brings  us  to  the  eve  of  the  Balkan  Wars, 
and  we  may  summarize  the  situation  thus.  Bul- 
garia owed  gratitude  to  Russia  for  her  action  in 
1877  and  1908,  and  as  the  consistent  protector  of 
Slav  nationalities  ;  but  the  Stambolovists  had  a 
grudge  against  her  for  her  treatment  of  Prince 
Alexander,  and  were  inclined  to  look  rather  to 
Austria  as  a  patron.  Serbia  had  a  general  reliance  on 
Russia,  and  had  many  scores  to  settle  with  Austria, 
partly  on  account  of  her  treatment  of  the  Southern 
Slavs  under  her  sway,  partly  because  of  the  Bosnian 
annexation,  and  partly  because  of  old  tariff  wars  as 
to  the  passage  of  Serbian  live-stock  beyond  the 
borders.  Rumania  had  a  grudge  against  Russia 
because  of  Bessarabia,  and  a  grudge  against  Austria 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  77 

because  of  the  Rumanian  districts  of  Transylvania. 
Greece  had  little  love  for  Russia  because  of  the 
Russian  hankerings  for  Constantinople.  All  four 
Powers,  too,  were  deeply  suspicious  of  the  Austro- 
German  Drang  nach  Osten,  the  covetous  eye  cast  on 
the  shores  of  the  /Egean  and  the  road  thither,  which 
might  put  an  end  to  their  national  existence.  Bul- 
garia was  suspected  by  Greece  because  of  the  old 
ecclesiastical  quarrel  between  the  Patriarchate  and 
the  Exarchate,  and  the  strife  of  the  rival  komitadjis 
in  Macedonia — a  suspicion  which  she  returned  with 
interest.  Bulgaria,  too,  looked  askance  on  Serbia 
because  of  the  unprovoked  war  of  1885,  and  on 
Rumania  because  of  the  Dobrudja  and  its  Bulgarian 
population.  The  only  bond  which  could  unite 
these  jealous  little  nations  was  a  common  grievance 
against  Turkey ;  for  in  Macedonia,  under  the  rule 
of  the  Porte,  Serbs,  Bulgars,  Greeks,  and  Vlachs 
suffered  indiscriminately. 

An  alliance  between  such  disparate  peoples  might 
well  have  seemed  impossible,  even  under  the  spur 
of  the  Macedonian  grievance.  A  Balkan  League 
had  been  tried  in  the  past,  and  had  failed.  The 
Serbian  Ristitch,  fifty  years  ago,  had  advocated  the 
scheme  ;  there  were  discussions  on  the  subject  after 
the  Russo-Turkish  War,  and  King  Charles  of  Ru- 
mania and  Prince  Alexander  of  Bulgaria  approved 
it  ;  in  1891  the  Greek  statesman  Tricoupis  at- 
tempted to  form  an  alliance,  but  was  met  by  the 
opposition  of  Bulgaria  under  Stambolov.  Six  years 
later  Bulgaria  herself  revived  the  proposal.  To  the 
most  sanguine  idealist  the  stubborn  particularism 
and  the  secular  antagonisms  of  the  states  might  well 
have  seemed  an  insuperable  bar.  The  one  common 


78  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

ground — hatred  of  Turkey — might  unite  them  for 
a  little,  but  presently  interests  would  diverge,  and 
alliance  give  place  to  conflict. 

This,  as  it  happened,  was  the  course  of  events. 
In  the  spring  of  1912  a  league  was  formed  for  the 

purpose  of  driving  Turkey  out  of  Europe. 

Its  moving  spirit  was  M.  Venezelos,  and 
he  was  assisted  by  M.  Gueshov,  the  Bulgarian 
Premier,  by  the  Serbian  M.  Pashitch,  and  not  least 
by  the  Times  correspondent  in  the  Balkans,  Mr. 
J.  D.  Bourchier.  It  was  agreed  that  any  territory 
conquered  should  be  held  in  trust  until  the  allies 
arranged  for  its  partition.  But  a  special  treaty  was 
made  in  February  between  Serbia  and  Bulgaria, 
under  which  it  was  arranged  that  north-west 
Macedonia — that  is,  Novi  Bazar  and  the  Prizrend 
and  Prishtina  districts — should  go  to  Serbia  unre- 
servedly ;  that  in  the  same  way  Bulgaria  should 
have  the  south  and  south-eastern  parts,  notably 
Monastir  and  Ochrida ;  and  that  the  zone  between, 
comprising  the  Uskub  territory,  should  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  arbitration  of  Russia. 

The  story  of  the  First  Balkan  War  need  not  be 
recounted  here.  The  Bulgarian  armies  marched 
into  Thrace,  defeated  the  Turks  decisively  at  Lule 
Burgas,  invested  Adrianople,  and  were  only  checked 
by  the  Chatalja  lines.  Greece  drove  the  enemy  north- 
wards beyond  Salonika,  and  Serbia  cleared  northern 
Macedonia  and  won  the  brilliant  victory  of  Kuma- 
novo.  There  was  an  armistice  in  December  1912, 
and  an  abortive  conference  held  thereafter  in  London. 

Hostilities  were  resumed :  Adrianople  at 

last  fell  on  March  26,  1913,  to  the  Bul- 
garians, and  on  5th  March  Jannina  had  surrendered 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  79 

to  the  Greeks.  Meantime,  in  the  previous  December, 
Serbia  had  reached  the  Adriatic  at  Durazzo,  and  in 
April  the  Montenegrins  took  Scutari. 

It  was  now  that  the  real  trouble  began.  The 
Triple  Alliance  refused  categorically  to  allow  Serbia 
and  Montenegro  a  share  of  the  Adriatic  coast.  This 
was  the  natural  outlet  on  the  sea  for  Serbia,  the 
direction  to  which  her  ambitions  had  always  tended. 
But  since  the  road  was  closed  to  her  here,  she  de- 
clared that  she  must  find  compensation  elsewhere ; 
and  that  her  arrangement  with  Bulgaria,  which  had 
been  founded  on  the  assumption  of  an  Adriatic 
port,  no  longer  held  good.  Bulgaria  stuck  to  the 
letter  of  the  treaty,  which  had  not  mentioned  the 
Adriatic.  Serbia  was  willing  to  meet  Bulgaria  and 
to  accept  arbitration,  provided  that  the  whole  allo- 
cation of  territory  was  arbitrated  on,  and  not  merely 
the  Uskub  districts  as  formerly  arranged.  The 
Treaty  of  London,  signed  on  3Oth  May,  deprived 
Turkey  of  all  her  European  possessions  north  and 
west  of  the  Enos-Midia  line.  But  the  allocation  of 
the  conquered  land  among  the  victors  was  post- 
poned by  the  outbreak  of  a  new  war.  For  a  moment 
there  seemed  a  chance  of  peace  when  Russia  invited 
Serbia  and  Bulgaria  to  Petrograd.  Serbia  accepted, 
but  Bulgaria  insisted  on  laying  down  conditions 
about  the  limits  of  arbitration.  Her  intransigence 
was  generally  attributed  to  the  influence  of  King 
Ferdinand.  It  was  certainly  not  approved  by  her 
civilian  ministers  or  by  the  people  at  large. 

The  Second  Balkan  War  broke  out  in  the  be- 
ginning of  July  1913.  The  Greeks  and  Serbians 
had  occupied  land  on  the  frontiers  of  the  territory 
which  Bulgaria  held,  and  the  latter  state  took  the 


8o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


initiative  in  hostilities.  In  a  week  Bulgaria  found 
herself  attacked  on  four  sides.  The  Turks,  disre- 
garding the  Treaty  of  London,  retook  Adrianople 


T  T.   Districts  where  there  is  a  Turkish  element. 


Lands  outside  Bulgaria 
(in  Serbia  and  Greece) 
where  it  is  claimed  the 
population  is  Bulgar. 


District  of  mixed  Bui  gar 
and  Albanian  popula- 
tion. 


Map  showing  the  Macedonian  Districts  beyond  their 
present  Frontiers  which  the  Bulgarians  claim  to  be 
mainly  peopled  by  the  Bulgar  Race. 

and  advanced  to  the  old  Bulgarian  frontier.  Greece 
and  Serbia  pressed  in  from  south  and  west.  Ru- 
mania, hastening  to  fish  in  troubled  waters,  annexed 
a  further  slice  of  the  Dobrudja,  which  included 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  81 

Silistria  and  a  population  of  a  quarter  of  a  million 
Bulgarians,  and  without  striking  a  blow  marched 
her  armies  to  within  fifteen  miles  of  Sofia. 

Bulgaria  had  no  alternative  but  unconditional 
surrender.  On  roth  August  the  Treaty  of  Bucharest 
was  signed  by  the  Balkan  States,  and  a  separate 
treaty  was  signed  later  at  Constantinople  between 
Bulgaria  and  Turkey.  As  a  result  of  two  sanguinary 
wars,  and  losses  of  at  least  100,000,  Bulgaria  gained 
only  a  strip  of  Thrace,  a  fraction  of  Macedonia,  and 
the  open  roadstead  of  Dedeagatch.  The  place  was 
useless  to  her,  for  Turkey,  by  regaining  Adrianople, 
controlled  the  only  railway  from  Bulgaria  to  the 
/Egean.  Moreover,  she  lost  to  Rumania  a  slice  of 
her  north-eastern  territory.  Serbia  gained  all  cen- 
tral and  northern  Macedonia,  including  Uskub, 
Ochrida,  and  Monastir,  and  Greece  received  most 
of  the  rest.  The  Greek  gains  included  not  only 
Salonika,  which  was  a  legitimate  object  of  Greek 
ambition,  but  the  port  of  Kavala,  which  was  Bul- 
garia's natural  outlet.  The  Balkan  League  had 
ended  in  producing  a  hostility  the  more  deeply  felt 
because  it  could  not  be  expressed  in  deeds :  a  hos- 
tility compared  to  which  the  old  quarrels  had  been 
friendship  itself.  In  Sir  Edward  Grey's  words, 
'  The  war  began  as  a  war  of  liberation.  It  became 
rapidly  a  war  of  conquest.  It  ended  in  being  a 
war  of  extermination."  The  beaten  intriguers  at 
Constantinople,  Berlin,  and  Vienna  had  builded 
better  than  they  knew. 

Such  was  the  situation  a  year  before  the  out- 
break of  the  European  contest.  Let  us  take  the 
different  states  in  turn.  Greece  alone  was  satisfied, 
for  she  had  won  most  with  least  effort,  and  in  her 

ix.  6 


82  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

winnings  had  gained  something  more  than  her  eco- 
nomic needs  warranted.  Her  true  line  of  expansion 
was,  as  a  maritime  people,  towards  the  islands  and 
the  Anatolian  coast.  Even  if  we  grant  that  the 
great  port  of  Salonika  was  justly  hers,  the  addition 
of  Kavala  was  beyond  her  due.  But  towards  Bul- 
garia she  felt  a  jealousy  and  bitterness  which  made 
her  unwilling  to  surrender  an  acre.  Ecclesiastical 
quarrels  in  the  past ;  the  brigandage  in  which  the 
scum  of  both  countries  had  indulged  for  years  in 
Macedonia  ;  and  above  all,  the  fear  lest  Bulgaria,  with 
her  industrious  population,  might  beat  the  Greeks 
in  the  race  for  numbers  and  wealth,  shut  her  eyes 
to  the  desirability  for  Balkan  development  of  a  peace 
founded  upon  a  just  allocation  of  territory.  Ru- 
mania stood  somewhat  aloof.  She  had  got  what 
she  wanted,  and  did  not  intend  to  give  it  back  ; 
but  she  suspected  Bulgaria,  as  a  man  suspects 
another  whom  he  has  not  treated  quite  fairly. 

Serbia  had  gained  some  of  her  desires,  but  had 
missed  the  vital  one — an  outlet  to  the  sea — though 
she  had  certain  running  powers  on  the  Salonika 
railway,  and  had  been  granted  a  shadowy  permit 
to  construct  a  line  through  Albania.  In  the 
scramble  after  the  Balkan  War  she  had  on  the  whole 
behaved  with  the  most  dignity.  In  her  argument 
with  Bulgaria  on  the  question  of  the  secret  treaty 
she  was  probably  in  the  right ;  for  her  main  object 
had  always  been  to  secure  free  exports,  and  the| 
prohibition  by  the  Powers  of  access  to  Durazzo 
meant,  if  she  surrendered  central  Macedonia  to 
Bulgaria  while  Greece  held  the  North  /Egean  coast, 
that  two  protectionist  states  would  intervene  be- 
tween her  and  the  sea.  It  was  clearly  a  case  for 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  83 

the  revision  of  any  agreement,  since  the  conditions 
had  so  materially  altered.  But  the  fact  remained  that 
she  had  not  won  her  salt-water  outlet,  and  she  had 
acquired  in  her  new  Macedonian  territory  districts 
largely  peopled  by  Bulgars,  whom  not  even  the  familiar 
Balkan  methods  of  proselytizing  were  likely  to  turn 
into  good  Serbians.  The  little  state  was  under  the 
guidance  of  a  sane  and  politic  statesman,  M.  Pashitch. 
She  was  a  true  democracy,  full  of  valour,  confidence, 
and  no  small  military  experience,  having  within  a 
century  fought  Turkey  four  times  and  Bulgaria 
twice,  and  including  among  her  citizens  men  who 
had  seen  five  campaigns.  After  many  dynastic 
troubles  she  had,  in  the  grandson  of  Black  George 
the  Swineherd,  a  popular  monarch.  Her  people, 
the  Latins  of  the  Balkans,  fond  of  song  and  story, 
and  thrilling  to  heroic  traditions,  were  beginning  to 
envisage  with  some  sobriety  the  kind  of  future  which 
was  their  due.  Her  wisest  brains  were  thinking  less 
of  the  East  than  of  the  West  and  South-west,  of 
that  Adriatic  port  which  must  some  day  be  theirs, 
and  of  the  championship  of  the  Jugoslavs — Serbs, 
Montenegrins,  Bosnians,  Herzegovinans,  Dalmatians, 
Croats,  Slavonians,  and  Slovenes — most  of  them 
now  the  uneasy  subjects  of  the  Dual  Monarchy. 
As  it  has  been  well  put,  Serbia  in  1914  stood 
to  the  Southern  Slavs  as  Piedmont  in  the  Italian 
Risorgimento  stood  to  Italy.* 

Bulgaria  was  left  sullen  and  dissatisfied,  with  her 
pride  deeply  hurt  and  the  glory  won  at  Lule  Burgas 
sadly  tarnished.  She  had  staked  all  on  a  throw  of 
the  dice,  and  had  lost.  She  had  taken  the  first  step 
in  hostilities  against  her  former  allies,  and  in  the 
*  Mr.  Noel  Buxton  in  The  War  and  the  Balkans. 


84  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

summer  campaign  of  1913  had  violated  many  of  the 
decencies  of  war.  But  she  considered,  with  some 
justice,  that  her  punishment  was  disproportionate  to 
her  offence.  The  war  for  which  she  had  sacrificed 
so  much  had  left  her  in  an  impossible  position.  She 
possessed  no  part  of  that  district  of  Macedonia 
which  was  inhabited  chiefly  by  Bulgars.  The  great 
route  by  the  Struma  valley  which  debouches  at 
Kavala  was  in  the  hands  of  Greece,  who  already  had 

Eorts  enough  and  to  spare.  The  route  to  the  ./Egean 
y  the  Maritza  valley  was  cut  by  the  Turkish  re- 
occupation  of  Adrianople.  Finally,  in  the  north- 
east she  had  suffered  the  greatest  grievance  of  all. 
The  Treaty  of  Berlin  had  left  Bulgaria  the  south-west 
corner  of  the  Dobrudja  plateau,  including  the  town 
of  Silistria  on  the  Danube.  Rumania  at  the  time 
had  protested  against  this,  since  the  railway  from 
Bucharest  to  the  chief  Rumanian  port  of  Constanza 
crossed  the  river  by  the  only  bridge  between  Bel- 
grade and  the  sea,  at  a  point  only  twenty-two  miles 
from  the  Bulgarian  border.  She  had  been  told  in 
reply  that  Bulgaria  was  not  a  military  state,  and 
constituted  no  danger  ;  but  after  the  Bulgarian  ex- 
ploits in  the  Balkan  War  she  demanded  some  recti- 
fication of  this  frontier,  and  carried  her  point.  The 
result  was  that  Bulgaria  not  only  lost  a  piece  of 
territory  essentially  Bulgarian  in  character,  but, 
instead  of  gaining  new  outlets  on  the  coast,  lost  two 
Black  Sea  ports,  Kavarna  and  Baltchik,  which  she 
had  held  for  thirty  years.  The  Bulgarian  people 
are  the  least  emotional  of  Balkan  races.  They  have 
been  called  the  Scots  of  the  peninsula,  and,  like  the 
men  of  North  Britain,  are  shrewd,  cautious,  and 
industrious.  The  losses  of  1913  were  precisely  of 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  85 

the  kind  which  they  would  feel  most  deeply.  No 
talk  of  Slav  brotherhood  could  blind  them  to  the 
fact  that  they  had  lost  very  definite  practical  ad- 
vantages which  they  had  long  looked  forward  to, 
and  which  they  believed  they  were  entitled  to  claim. 
This  prosaic  and  tangible  grievance,  rankling  in  the 
minds  of  such  a  race,  was  more  explosive  material 
than  any  whimsies  about  wounded  honour. 

On  the  eve  of  the  great  war  it  was  pretty  clearly 
recognized  by  the  wisest  heads  in  the  Balkans  and 
by  the  statesmen  of  the  Triple  Entente  that  the 
Treaty  of  Bucharest  had  been  a  blunder,  and  could 
not  last.  No  state — except  Greece,  who  had  gained 
most — really  accepted  it  as  final.  The  aim  of  Ger- 
many and  Austria,  as  of  Turkey  before  them,  was 
to  keep  the  Balkans  in  a  state  of  ferment  and  dis- 
union. It  was  Austria  that  inspired  the  ill-omened 
Second  Balkan  War.  Cut-throat  warfare  among  the 
little  nations  was  the  best  prelude  to  that  movement 
to  the  Bosphorus  of  which  Berlin  and  Vienna 
dreamed,  and  which  would  put  a  speedy  ending  to 
the  chaos  of  nationalities.  The  Triple  Entente,  on 
the  other  hand,  could  secure  its  interests  only  by 
the  peace  and  unity  of  the  several  states,  and  to 
win  this  end  there  must  be  a  redivision  of  territory. 

It  was  easy  to  suggest  schemes  for  a  fairer  divi- 
sion, but  it  was  difficult  to  see  where  the  motive 
power  was  to  come  from  to  force  their  acceptance. 
Observers  in  the  West  were  accustomed  to  fix  on 
some  particular  state  and  idealize  it — Greece  be- 
cause of  the  tradition  of  Hellas,  Bulgaria  because 
of  its  sufferings,  Serbia  because  of  its  warlike  prow- 
ess. But  the  world  was  apt  to  forget  that  these 
were  peasant  states,  nations  of  small  cultivators  but 


86  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

lately  emancipated  ;  that  in  such  states  there  is  apt 
to  be  much  of  the  cunning  and  parochialism  of  the 
peasant ;  and  that  to  ask  them  for  broad  views  on 
world  politics,  more  especially  when  such  views 
demanded  some  sacrifice  of  present  advantage,  was 
like  seeking  grapes  from  thistles.  Some  strong  per- 
suasive influence  from  without  was  necessary  before 
union  could  grow  out  of  such  sturdy  differences. 

Into  this  confusion  of  struggling  interests  fell 
the  thunderbolt  of  the  European  War. 

Serbia's  part  alone  was  beyond  doubt.  The 
fates  had  placed  her,  like  Uriah  the  Hittite,  in  the 
forefront  of  the  battle.  Rumania  was  torn  between 
rival  affections.  King  Charles,  to  whom  she  owed 
so  much,  was  a  Hohenzollern  ;  German  money  had 
built  up  most  of  her  industries  ;  in  Germany  and 
Austria  she  found  her  chief  markets  ;  she  had  not 
forgotten  Russia's  snatching  of  Bessarabia.  On  the 
other  hand,  if  she  looked  to  the  west,  she  saw  three 
million  citizens  of  her  blood  in  Transylvania  under 
the  Magyar  yoke.  On  the  south  lay  Bulgaria, 
watchful  and  unappeased  Clearly,  whatever  her 
sympathies,  Rumania  could  not  enter  the  war  un- 
less a  prior  understanding  with  Bulgaria  were  arrived 
at.  Greece  had  nothing  to  gain  from  the  Teutonic 
Alliance,  and  much  to  lose  ;  but  she,  too,  was 
obliged  to  keep  an  eye  on  Bulgaria's  movements. 
Bulgaria  had  a  court  and  king  whose  Teutonic  sym- 
pathies were  pronounced ;  but  her  people  and  her 
most  conspicuous  statesmen,  such  as  M.  Gueshov, 
inclined  to  the  Allies.  Yet  not  unnaturally  she  was 
suspicious  and  hesitating.  She  must  be  sure  of  her 
"  rights,"  whatever  way  she  moved.  The  urgent 
need  from  the  Allies'  point  of  view  was  a  new  Balkan 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  87 

League  which  could  promulgate  a  common  policy 
for  all  the  states,  since  each  was  so  busily  engaged 
watching  her  neighbour  that  she  had  no  eyes  for 
the  clouds  gathering  in  the  West.  Such  a  League 
would  have  been  the  more  justified  since,  if  the 
Central  Empires  won,  the  danger  would  not  menace 
one  state  alone,  but  the  very  existence  of  Balkan 
nationality. 

At  this  point  two  personalities  enter  the  tale. 
Topography  and  history  will  not  by  themselves 
wholly  account  for  a  problem  ;  the  human  element 
plays  its  part ;  and  the  quality  of  the  actors  deter- 
mines the  climax  of  the  drama.  The  first  is  Eleu- 
therios  Venezelos,  the  Prime  Minister  of  Greece. 
No  one  who  first  saw  that  slim  figure  and  grave 
scholar's  face  could  have  guessed  at  the  strange 
career  or  the  dauntless  will-power  of  the  man. 
He  had  been  the  leader  of  the  Cretan  rebels,  and 
had  held  his  own  in  the  mountains  in  a  life  where 
the  hand  keeps  the  head.  Called  suddenly  to  deal 
with  the  military  revolution  in  Athens  in  1910,  he 
had  quelled  faction,  won  over  the  court,  and  re- 
formed the  constitution  by  sheer  dominance  of 
character  and  mind.  He  feared  nothing — neither 
the  bullets  of  his  enemies  nor  the  reproaches  of 
his  followers.  A  democrat  in  policy,  he  could,  if 
necessary,  defy  the  populace  and  control  it.  As  he 
told  M.  Take  Jonescu, "  I  have  always  spoken  to  my 
fellow-countrymen  the  truth  and  the  whole  truth, 
and  I  have  always  been  quite  prepared  to  lay  down 
my  power  without  regret/'  His  broad,  sane  ideal- 
ism worked  soberly  in  a  world  of  facts.  He  had 
founded  the  Balkan  League ;  he  had  striven  to  pre- 
vent the  second  war,  and  to  modify  the  vindictive 


88  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Treaty  of  Bucharest.  He  saw  what  was  implied  in 
a  Teutonic  victory,  and,  like  a  true  Nationalist, 
wrought  for  the  enduring  good  of  his  nation  and 
not  for  a  temporary  gain.  Before  the  war  his  policy 
had  been  that  of  the  Triple  Entente,  and  from  the 
first  day  of  hostilities  he  took  his  stand  on  the 
Allies'  side. 

Far  different  was  the  second  figure,  Ferdinand 
of  Bulgaria.  As  a  character  in  fiction,  if  truly 
drawn,  he  would  have  amused  the  world,  but  would 
have  been  condemned  on  the  ground  of  his  manifest 
improbability.  From  the  day  when,  twenty-eight 
years  before,  he  had  been  selected-- faute  de  mieux — 
by  Stambolov  to  fill  the  throne  which  Prince  Alex- 
ander had  vacated,  his  career  had  been  half  melo- 
drama and  half  romance.  His  mother,  Princess 
Clementine,  the  daughter  of  Louis  Philippe,  and, 
according  to  Gladstone,  the  cleverest  woman  in 
Europe,  had  kept  him  secure  in  his  early  days  in 
that  uneasy  seat.  His  treatment  of  Stambolov  re- 
vealed his  coldness  of  heart,  but  his  quick  assump- 
tion of  Bulgarian  nationalism  proved  his  accuracy 
of  judgment.  He  was  like  a  parody  of  a  Bourbon 
king  in  his  tastes  and  manners.  His  hobbies  were 
many — farming,  gardening,  ornithology,  clothes, 
jewels  ;  and  in  his  youth  he  had  dabbled  in  the 
sciences,  and  had  written  a  book  on  his  travels  in 
Brazil.  His  court  was  ridiculously  ostentatious,  so 
that  the  frugal  Bulgarians  stared  and  pondered. 
Physical  courage  had  been  denied  him,  and  he 
would  babble  to  all  and  sundry  about  his  fears  and 
disappointments.  Surely  the  strangest  monarch  for 
a  taciturn  and  martial  people  ! 

But  there  was  a  method  behind  all  this  vanitv 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  89 

and  affectation.  Ferdinand  had  a  shrewd  eye  for 
his  own  safety  and  well-being,  and,  since  his  fate 
was  bound  up  with  Bulgaria's,  he  deserved  well  of 
his  land.  He  gave  it  prosperity  and  international 
importance.  He  interpreted  the  saying  "  Apres 
moi  le  deluge  "  in  a  different  sense  from  its  author, 
and  was  resolved  that  if  the  deluge  were  to  come 
it  would  follow  him,  for  he  would  be  leading  it. 
Fears  of  assassination  made  him  determined  to  be 
the  figurehead  of  the  national  advance,  whitherso- 
ever it  tended.  M.  de  Kallay,  the  Governor  of 
Bosnia,  who  knew  him  well,  is  reported  to  have  put 
his  dominant  characteristics  in  the  form  of  a  parable. 
'  We  are  here  on  the  first  floor.  If  I  tell  you  that 
assassins  are  waiting  for  you  with  loaded  pistols  at 
the  door  of  my  room,  and  advise  you  to  jump  from 
the  window  at  the  risk  of  breaking  your  neck,  you 
will  hesitate  ;  but  if  you  see  a  cart  laden  with  straw 
passing  under  your  window  you  will  jump.  So  will 
Ferdinand,  but  not  till  he  sees  the  cart  coming." 
The  Balkan  League  gave  him  the  chance  of  fighting 
Turkey  in  comparative  safety  ;  but  Austria  proved 
an  inadequate  cart  in  the  Second  Balkan  War,  and 
he  had  a  heavy  fall.  In  the  great  European  War 
he  waited  patiently  for  the  straw  till  he  believed  he 
had  found  it. 

Vanity  was  his  main  trait,  and  for  all  his  timidity 
he  had  the  occasional  boldness  of  the  vain  man. 
He  knew  also  how  to  work  on  the  vanity  of  others, 
believing,  like  de  Tocqueville,  that  "  with  the 
vanity  of  man  you  do  most  good  business."  He  was 
an  incomparable  sentimentalist.  To  one  visitor  he 
would  deplore  his  fate  as  the  leader  of  an  ungrateful 
nation,  in  constant  danger  because  of  his  virtues. 


90  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

To  another  he  would  pose  as  the  lover  of  peace  in 
the  midst  of  strife.  "  I  am  like  a  blind  man,"  he 
would  say,  "  running  about  with  a  lighted  torch 
among  haystacks.  Whichever  way  I  turn,  I  must 
set  something  on  fire."  Ambassadors  of  rival  groups 
would  be  dismissed  with  dignified  tears,  and  bidden 
to  take  an  old  man's  blessing  with  them.  Some 
ingenuous  souls  were  deceived  ;  the  more  wary  under- 
rated him,  and  set  him  down  as  a  farceur,  which 
was  probably  the  exact  impression  which  he  desired 
to  produce.  A  fool's  cap  has  before  this  covered 
a  very  shrewd  and  persistent  brain.  About  the 
shrewdness  of  Ferdinand  there  was  no  question, 
and  it  was  to  that  quality  that  he  owed  his  hold 
upon  his  people.  A  monarch  of  such  a  state  must 
be  either  braver  or  more  cunning  than  those  he 
rules  over.  Ferdinand  had  no  courage  to  speak  of, 
but  his  cunning  was  immense,  and  very  generally 
respected  by  his  subjects.  They  had  had  their 
hero  in  Prince  Alexander,  and  had  not  greatly 
profited  thereby  ;  now  they  were  inclined  to  pin 
their  faith  to  the  politique. 

The  course  of  Balkan  diplomacy  since  the  war 
has  already  been  referred  to  in  earlier  chapters,  but 
a  short  summary  of  the  main  events  may  be  of  value 
to  the  reader.  By  the  beginning  of  1915  there  was 
little  doubt  but  that  Rumania's  sympathies  were  pre- 
ponderantly on  the  Allied  side,  and  statesmen  such 
as  M.  Take  Jonescu  and  M.  Diamandy  announced 
her  speedy  entrance  into  the  war.  In  January  M. 
Ghenadiev,  the  ex-Foreign  Minister  of  Bulgaria, 
was  at  Rome,  and  it  was  believed  generally  that  an 
agreement  had  been  arrived  at  between  Bulgaria 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  91 

and  Rumania.  The  Rumanian  army,  half  a  million 
strong,  and  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  Europe,  was 
in  a  state  of  complete  preparedness.  During  the 
early  spring  negotiations  went  on  with  Russia  to 
determine  Rumania's  reward  for  intervention.  At 
that  time,  with  Russia  in  the  Carpathian  passes,  the 
chance  of  an  effective  strategic  blow  by  Rumania 
was  good.  Suddenly  there  came  a  hitch  in  the 
arrangements.  Petrograd,  it  was  generally  believed, 
put  difficulties  in  the  way  on  one  point  which 
Bucharest  regarded  as  vital,  and  nothing  was  done 
during  March  and  April.  By  the  time  that  matters 
were  arranged  the  situation  had  changed.  Russia 
had  suffered  her  debacle  on  the  Donajetz,  and  the 
easiest  road  for  Rumanian  participation  was  now 
blocked.  The  little  state  was  in  a  difficult  posi- 
tion, with  the  Teutonic  League  triumphant  on  her 
northern  border,  and  Bulgaria,  on  the  south,  once 
more  plunged  in  the  mire  of  indecision.  She  could 
do  nothing  but  keep  her  army  in  readiness  and  wait. 
The  attitude  of  Greece  was  from  the  start  benev- 
olent to  the  Allied  interests.  In  the  second  month 
of  the  war  M.  Venezelos  intimated  to  France  and 
Britain  that,  should  the  necessity  arise,  they  might 
count  on  the  certain  assistance  of  his  country.  In 
January  he  realized  that  that  necessity  might  be 
near,  and  on  the  nth  of  the  month  addressed  to 
his  king  a  letter  which  so  admirably  states  the  obli- 
gations of  Greece  arising  both  from  honour  and 
national  interest  that  it  deserves  quotation  in  full  : — 

"  Until  to-day  our  policy  simply  consisted  in  the  preserva- 
tion of  neutrality,  in  so  far  at  least  as  our  treaty  obligation 
with  Serbia  did  not  oblige  us  to  depart  therefrom.  But  we 
are  called  upon  to  participate  in  the  war,  no  longer  in  order  to 


92  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

fulfil  simply  moral  obligations,  but  in  view  of  compensations, 
which  if  realized  will  create  a  great  and  powerful  Greece,  such 
as  not  even  the  boldest  optimist  could  have  imagined  only  a 
few  years  back. 

"  In  order  to  obtain  these  great  compensations  great 
dangers  will  certainly  have  to  be  faced,  But  after  long  and 
careful  study  of  the  question  I  end  with  the  opinion  that  we 
ought  to  face  these  dangers. 

"  We  ought  to  face  them  chiefly  because,  even  though  we 
were  to  take  no  part  in  the  war  now,  and  endeavour  to  pre- 
serve our  neutrality  until  the  end,  we  should  still  be  exposed 
to  dangers. 

"If  we  allow  Serbia  to  be  crushed  to-day  by  another 
Austro-German  invasion,  we  have  no  security  whatever  that 
the  Austro-German  armies  will  stop  short  in  front  of  our 
Macedonian  frontiers,  and  that  they  will  not  be  tempted  as 
a  matter  of  course  to  come-down  as  far  as  Salonika.  But 
even  if  this  danger  is  averted,  and  we  admit  that  Austria, 
being  satisfied  with  a  crushing  military  defeat  of  Serbia,  will 
not  wish  to  establish  herself  in  Macedonia,  can  we  doubt  that 
Bulgaria,  at  the  invitation  of  Austria,  will  advance  and  occupy 
Serbian  Macedonia  ?  And  if  that  were  to  happen,  what 
would  be  our  position  ?  We  should  then  be  obliged  to  hasten 
to  the  aid  of  Serbia  unless  we  wished  to  incur  the  dishonour 
of  disregarding  our  treaty  obligations.  Even  if  we  were  to 
remain  indifferent  to  our  moral  debasement  and  impassive, 
we  should  by  so  doing  have  to  submit  to  the  disturbance  of 
the  Balkan  equilibrium  in  favour  of  Bulgaria,  who,  thus 
strengthened,  would  either  now  or  some  time  hence  be  in  a 
position  to  attack  us,  when  we  should  be  entirely  without 
either  a  friend  or  an  ally.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  had  then 
to  help  Serbia  in  order  to  fulfil  the  duty  incumbent  on  us, 
we  should  do  so  in  far  more  unfavourable  circumstances  than 
if  we  went  to  her  assistance  now,  because  Serbia  would  already 
be  crushed,  and  in  consequence  our  aid  would  be  of  no,  or 
at  best  of  little,  avail.  Moreover,  by  rejecting  now  the  over- 
tures of  the  Powers  of  the  Triple  Entente,  we  should,  even  in 
the  event  of  victory,  secure  no  tangible  compensation  for  the 
support  we  should  have  lent. 

"  We  must  now  examine  on  what  conditions  we  ought  to 
take  part  in  the  contest.  Above  all5  we  must  seek  the  co-opera- 
tion not  only  of  Rumania,  but  if  possible  of  Bulgaria  as  well. 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  93 

"  If  this  co-operation  could  be  obtained,  and  all  the  Christian 
States  of  the  Balkans  could  form  an  alliance,  not  only  would 
every  serious  danger  of  local  defeat  be  averted,  but  their  parti- 
cipation would  bring  a  most  important  influence  to  bear  on 
the  struggle  of  the  Entente  Powers.  For  it  is  no  exaggeration 
to  say  that  their  participation  would  exercise  an  important 
influence  in  favour  of  the  ascendency  of  the  latter. 

"  For  the  success  of  this  plan,  I  think  we  should  make 
adequate  concessions  to  Bulgaria.  So  far  we  have  refused 
even  to  discuss  any  concessions  of  this  kind.  Not  only  that, 
but  we  have  declared  that  we  should  oppose  any  important 
concessions  by  Serbia  which  might  disturb  the  balance  of 
power  established  in  the  Balkans  by  the  Treaty  of  Bucharest. 

"  So  far  this  policy  has  obviously  been  the  only  one  to  follow. 

"  But  now  matters  have  evidently  changed.  The  instant 
that  visions  open  out  for  the  realization  of  our  national  aims 
in  Asia  Minor,  it  becomes  possible  to  consider  some  concessions 
in  the  Balkans  in  order  to  secure  the  success  of  so  great  a 
policy.  To  begin  with,  we  should  withdraw  our  objections  to 
concessions  on  the  part  of  Serbia  to  Bulgaria,  even  if  these 
concessions  extend  to  the  right  bank  of  the  Vardar ;  and  if 
these  concessions  do  not  suffice  to  induce  Bulgaria  to  co- 
operate with  her  former  Allies,  or  at  least  to  induce  her  to 
maintain  a  benevolent  neutrality,  I  would  not  hesitate,  how- 
ever painful  the  severance,  to  recommend  the  sacrifice  of 
Kavala,  in  order  to  save  Hellenism  in  Turkey,  and  to  ensure 
the  creation  of  a  real  Magna  Grsecia  which  would  include 
nearly  all  the  provinces  where  Hellenism  flourished  through 
the  long  centuries  of  its  history. 

"  This  sacrifice,  however,  would  not  merely  be  the  price 
of  Bulgaria's  neutrality,  but  would  be  in  exchange  for  the  active 
participation  of  Bulgaria  in  the  war  with  the  other  Allies. 
If  my  opinion  were  accepted,  the  Powers'  of  the  Triple  Entente 
should  guarantee  that  Bulgaria  would  undertake  to  redeem 
the  property  of  all  those  inhabitants  of  this  ceded  district 
who  wish  to  emigrate  to  Greece.  At  the  same  time  it  would 
be  agreed  that  the  Greek  population  living  within  the  boun- 
daries of  Bulgaria  should  be  interchanged  with  Bulgarian 
population  living  within  the  boundaries  of  Greece,  each  State 
respectively  buying  their  properties.  It  would  be  understood 
that  this  interchange  of  population  and  the  purchase  of  their 
properties  would  be  carried  out  by  Commissions  consisting  of 


94  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

five  members,  one  member  to  be  appointed  severally  by 
England,  France,  Russia,  Greece,  and  Bulgaria.  The  actual 
cession  of  Kavala  would  only  take  effect  after  the  fulfilment 
of  all  these  conditions.  In  this  way  a  definite  ethnological 
settlement  in  the  Balkans  would  be  arrived  at,  and  the  idea 
of  a  confederation  could  be  realized,  or,  at  any  rate,  an  Alli- 
ance with  mutual  guarantees  between  the  States  which  would 
allow  them  to  devote  themselves  to  their  economic  and  other 
developments,  without  being  primarily  absorbed  almost  exclu- 
sively in  the  task  of  strengthening  their  military  organization. 

"  At  the  same  time,  as  a  partial  compensation  for  this 
concession,  we  should  ask  that,  if  Bulgaria  extended  beyond 
the  Vardar,  the  Doiran  Ghevgeli  district  should  be  ceded  to 
us  by  Serbia,  so  that  at  least  we  could  acquire,  as  to  Bulgaria, 
a  strong  boundary  on  the  north,  since  we  should  be  deprived 
of  the  present  excellent  frontier  on  the  east. 

"  Unfortunately,  on  account  of  Bulgaria's  greed,  it  is  not 
at  all  certain  that,  whatever  concession  we  make,  we  shall  be 
able  to  satisfy  Bulgaria  and  to  secure  her  co-operation.  If 
we  cannot  obtain  Bulgaria's  co-operation,  then  it  would  be 
important  we  should  at  least  secure  Rumania's  co-operation, 
for  without  it  our  joining  in  the  war  would  be  too  hazardous. 

"  My  opinion,  that  we  should  accept  the  invitation  to  join 
in  the  war,  is  also  supported  by  other  considerations.  In  fact, 
if  we  remain  impassive  spectators  of  the  present  struggle  we 
not  only  run  the  above-mentioned  dangers,  which  the  crush- 
ing of  Serbia  will  create  against  us.  For,  even  if  a  fresh  inva- 
sion of  Serbia  were  abandoned,  and  Austria,  with  Germany, 
should  seek  to  secure  victory  in  the  two  principal  theatres  of 
war,  in  Poland  and  in  Flanders,  again  the  danger  for  us  would 
be  great,  first  because  if  they  were  victorious  they  would  be 
able  to  impose  the  same  changes  on  the  Balkans  which  I  have 
previously  indicated  as  possible  results  of  the  crushing  of 
Serbia.  Beyond  that,  their  victory  would  mean  the  death- 
blow to  the  independence  of  all  small  States,  besides  the 
direct  damage  which  we  would  suffer  through  the  loss  of 
the  islands.  And  again,  if  the  war  did  not  end  by  a  decisive 
superiority  either  of  the  one  or  the  other,  but  by  a  return  of 
the  status  quo  ante  bellum,  still  there  would  come,  swift  and 
sure,  the  complete  destruction  of  Hellenism  in  Turkey.  Turkey, 
emerging  unharmed  from  a  war  which  she  had  braved  against 
the  three  big  Powers  and  emboldened  by  the  feeling  of  security 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  95 

which  her  alliance  with  Germany  would  give  her — an  alliance 
which  clearly  will  last  in  the  future,  since  it  serves  Germany's 
aim — will  complete  at  once  and  systematically  the  work  of 
destroying  Hellenism  in  Turkey,  driving  out  the  population 
pitilessly  and  in  masses,  and  appropriating  their  possessions. 
In  this  she  will  not  only  find  no  opposition  from  Germany, 
but  will  be  encouraged  by  her,  inasmuch  as  Germany  will  be 

?lad  to  get  rid  of  a  competitor  for  Asia  Minor,  which  she  covets, 
he  driving  away  in  masses  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  Greeks 
living  in  Turkey  will  not  only  destroy  these,  but  drag  down 
the  whole  of  Greece  into  economic  ruin.  For  all  these  reasons 
I  hold  that  pur  participation  in  the  struggle,  under  the  above 
conditions,  is  absolutely  imperative. 

"  It  is  fraught,  as  I  previously  stated,  with  serious  danger. 
But,  unfortunately,  for  us  to  keep  any  longer  aloof  offers  also 
grave  danger,  as  I  have  said  above.  As  against  the  dangers  to 
which  we  shall  expose  ourselves  in  taking  part  in  the  war, 
there  is  the  hope — a  well-founded  hope — that  we  may  save 
the  greater  part  of  Hellenism  in  Turkey,  and  that  we  may 
create  a  great  and  powerful  Greece.  And  even  if  we  do  not 
succeed,  we  shall  at  least  have  our  conscience  at  peace  in  the 
conviction  that  we  have  struggled  to  save  our  fellow-Greeks 
from  slavery  and  worse  dangers,  and  fought  for  the  good  of 
humanity  and  for  the  liberty  of  small  nations  which  German 
and  Turkish  rule  would  irretrievably  endanger.  And,  last, 
even  if  we  fail,  we  shall  preserve  the  esteem  and  friendship  of 
powerful  nations — those,  indeed,  who  created  Greece  and  so 
often  since  have  helped  and  supported  her  ;  while  our  refusal 
to  fulfil  our  obligations  to  our  ally  Serbia  would  not  only 
destroy  our  moral  standing  as  a  State,  and  would  riot  only 
expose  us  to  the  above  dangers,  but  would  leave  us  without 
friends  and  destroy  all  trust  in  us  in  the  future. 

"  Under  these  conditions  our  national  life  would  be  gravely 
endangered." 

We  have  already  seen  the  consequences  of  the 
Greek  Premier's  policy.  Our  Dardanelles  scheme 
failed  to  attract  the  support  of  the  Greek  General 
Staff;  and  King  Constantine,  relying  on  this  cir- 
cumstance, and  swayed  by  his  German  relation- 
ship, insisted  upon  neutrality,  and  brought  about 


96  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

M.  Venezelos's  resignation.  An  appeal  to  the  people 
restored  him  to  power,  and  by  the  middle  of  August 
he  was  again  in  possession  of  the  reins  of  govern- 
ment. But  no  step  was  taken,  for  Bulgaria  was 
being  wooed  with  concessions  wrung  with  difficulty 
from  Greece  and  Serbia. 

Bulgaria,  so  it  seemed  in  the  early  part  of  the 
year,  might  be  won  for  the  Allies  if  her  price  were 
paid.  Serbia  was  slow  to  relinquish  any  part  of 
Macedonia,  more  especially  after  the  December 
Battle  of  the  Ridges  had  freed  her  for  the  moment 
from  Austrian  invasion.  The  Greek  people — but 
not  M.  Venezelos — were  also  loth  to  surrender 
Kavala.  The  compensating  gains,  it  should  be 
remembered,  like  the  Slav  provinces  of  Austria  and 
a  slice  of  Asia  Minor,  were  only  for  the  future, 
whereas  Bulgaria  insisted  upon  a  bird  in  the  hand. 
There  is  reason  to  believe  that  during  the  first 
months  of  the  year  Bulgaria,  in  spite  of  the  Ger- 
man intrigues  of  her  king,  was  honestly  anxious  for 
an  understanding  with  her  neighbours,  and  her 
most  distinguished  generals  favoured  a  Russian 
alliance.  Some  anxiety,  it  is  true,  was  caused  by 
the  payment  in  February  by  a  German  bank  of  a 
second  instalment  of  the  loan  concluded  in  Berlin 
the  year  before,  and  people  asked  if  it  was  likely 
that  the  money  had  been  transferred  without  some 
substantial  guarantee.  In  March  there  were  Cabinet 
difficulties,  and  the  Premier,  M.  Radoslavov,  found 
it  necessary  to  reassure  the  world  that  Bulgarian 
policy  was  one  of  strict  and  loyal  neutrality.  The 
»  >j  attack  on  the  Salonika  line  on  2nd  April 
^Pr  l  2'  by  Bulgarian  bands  looked  ugly ;  but  it 
was  assumed  that  it  was  only  a  raid  of  the  lawless 


THE  BALKAN  LABYRINTH.  97 

Bulgarian  komitadjis,  for  whom,  in  Dr.  Johnson's 
phrase,  patriotism  was  the  last  refuge  of  the  scoundrel. 
But  in  May  came  von  Mackensen's  Galician 
advance,  and  from  that  date  it  is  fair  to  assume  that 
the  opinions  of  King  Ferdinand  and  his  camarilla 
hardened  in  favour  of  the  Central  Empires.  The 
Russian  retreat  and  the  Allied  stalemate  in  the  Dar- 
danelles seemed  to  have  convinced  them  that  vic- 
tory would  lie  with  the  Teutonic  League.  On  29th 
May  the  Allies  made  a  definite  proposal  ,* 
to  Bulgaria,  and  throughout  the  summer 
Serbia  and  Greece  were  brought  into  line,  the 
representations  to  M.  Pashitch  on  4th  * 
August  by  all  the  Allies  being  ~t-kar»c  u£-  4- 


98  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Serbian  Macedonia  and  Salonika.  To  this  Epirus 
was  added,  a  Greek  territory  which  had  never 
before  been  mentioned  in  connection  with  Bul- 
garian claims.  This  momentous  act,  which  was 
to  have  a  far-reaching  influence  on  the  war,  was 
not  the  work  of  the  whole  Bulgarian  people,  prob- 
ably not  of  the  majority.  It  was  concealed  from 
M.  Gueshov  and  the  Opposition,  and,  apparently, 
from  the  greater  chiefs  of  the  army.  The  peasants, 
who  still  held  to  Russia  as  their  fathers  had  done 
in  1877,  were  not  consulted.  If  John  Bright  was 
right,  and  the  nation  in  every  country  dwells  in 
its  cottages,  the  treaty  had  no  national  sanction. 

The  Allied  diplomacy  had  failed,  more  espe- 
cially that  of  Britain,  which  was  entrusted  with 
most  of  the  work.  We  had  begun  by  refusing  to 
take  the  Balkans  seriously,  and  ended  by  passing 
from  apathy  to  hustle.  Two  policies  might  have 
been  followed,  each  in  itself  reasonable.  Balkan 
unity  might  have  been  secured  in  the  first  half 
year  of  war  by  putting  sufficient  pressure  upon 
both  Serbia  and  Greece.  Neither  was  in  a  posi- 
tion to  withstand  the  resolute  representations  of 
the  Allies.  Or  Bulgaria  might  have  been  isolated, 
and  Greece,  Serbia,  and  Rumania  brought  into 
active  alliance.  As  it  was,  by  urging  concessions 
ineffectually,  we  did  not  satisfy  Bulgaria,  and  we 
made  difficulties  for  the  leaders  of  the  other  states. 
The  ill-considered  policy  which  produced  the 
Gallipoli  landing  was  responsible  no  less  for  the 
treaty  of  i7th  July.  The  Balkan  States,  like  many 
of  a  more  advanced  civilization,  could  be  won  only 
by  straight  and  resolute  dealing,  backed  by  an 
adequate  force  of  arms. 


CHAPTER   LXVII. 

THE    AFFAIR    AT    HOOGE. 

The  New  British  Divisions — The  Elements  composing  Them — 
Their  Training — The  Topography  of  Hooge — Importance  of 
the  Position — The  British  Dispositions  on  the  Salient  in  July 
—The  "  Liquid  Fire  "  Attack— The  Counter- Attack  by  the 
4ist  Brigade — Its  Failure  and  Losses — The  British  Bom- 
bardment— The  Counter-Attack  of  pth  August — Its  Re- 
sults. 

THE  new  divisions,  of  which  the  raising  had 
begun  in  the  first  weeks  of  the  war,  were  by 
the  end  of  April  ready  for  the  field.  Recruit- 
ing had  gone  on  busily  during  the  winter,  and  five 
new  armies  were  in  being.  The  first  of  these — 
containing  the  gth  to  the  I4th  Division — represented 
the  levy  of  the  early  autumn,  and  by  April  its  troops 
were  fully  trained  and  equipped — if  anything,  over- 
trained, for  the  last  month  or  two  had  been  a  matter 
of  marking  time.  The  men  who  enlisted  in  August 
were  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  class  as  had 
thronged  to  the  Yeomanry  regiments  in  South  Africa. 
Some  of  them  loved  fighting  for  its  own  sake,  and 
eagerly  sought  the  adventure  of  war  ;  some  of  them 
joined  out  of  sheer  devotion  to  duty ;  some,  young 
men  not  yet  harnessed  to  a  profession,  welcomed 
the  chance  of  an  honourable  occupation.  As  the 
months  passed,  and  the  magnitude  of  the  contest 


ioo  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

revealed  itself,  thousands  enlisted  out  of  a  reasoned 
patriotism,  who  had  no  natural  attraction  to  the 
soldier's  life.  But  the  First  New  Army  contained  a 
large  proportion  of  those  who  entered  the  profes- 
sion of  arms  for  the  same  reason  as  our  Regulars — 
because  they  liked  the  notion  of  it,  and  were  endowed 

"  with  a  sense 
And  faculty  for  storm  and  turbulence." 

They  made  splendid  recruits.  Their  standard 
of  physique  was  very  high,  and  they  contained  the 
best  of  British  athletes.  Their  keenness  made  them 
learn  quickly,  and  submit  willingly  to  a  severe  dis- 
cipline. At  the  start  the  ranks  contained  many  men 
of  birth  and  education,  but  gradually  most  of  these 
were  given  commissions  in  the  different  battalions. 
The  educated  man  in  the  ranks  is  always  something 
of  a  problem.  At  first  he  makes  rapid  strides,  but 
as  the  battalion  settles  down  to  the  slow  routine  of 
training  his  past  may  make  the  life  intolerably  irk- 
some. Unlike  the  man  from  the  factory,  the  mine, 
or  the  farm,  he  has  never  been  accustomed  to  long 
hours  daily  of  monotonous  labour  without  the  stimu- 
lus of  an  intellectual  interest.  The  discipline  is 
harder  for  him  than  for  his  fellows,  and  it  may  be 
doubted  whether  on  the  average  he  makes  as  satis- 
factory a  soldier. 

The  question  of  officers  for  the  new  battalions 
had  always  been  recognized  as  our  chief  difficulty 
in  the  event  of  a  sudden  improvisation  of  armies. 
But  the  First  New  Army  was  fortunate  in  this  respect. 
It  could  draw  on  the  various  Officers'  Training 
Corps  which  Lord  Haldane  had  established.  A 


THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE.  101 

stiffening  could  be  got  from  the  Regulars  and  the 
Special  Reserve.  A  certain  number  of  experienced 
Indian  soldiers  were  available,  and  retired  officers 
returned  to  the  colours  and  did  invaluable  work  in 
training  the  new  troops.  The  truth  is,  that  we  were 
better  off  in  this  respect  than  most  people  recog- 
nized. There  was  a  type  of  man  in  Britain  whom 
the  Germans  overlooked  in  their  calculations — the 
man  who  spends  a  few  years  in  the  army,  and  then 
leaves  it  to  take  the  hounds  somewhere,  or  travel 
abroad.  Nearly  all  that  class  was  now  available, 
and  in  the  fullest  degree  serviceable. 

The  work  of  the  long  winter  months  had  been 
trying.  The  training  of  the  new  battalions  was 
intensive,  and  the  keenness  of  the  men  was  strin- 
gently tested.  The  weather  was  wet  beyond  the 
usual,  and  the  discomfort  of  some  of  the  camps  was 
little  less  than  that  of  the  Flanders  trenches.  The 
most  difficult  time,  perhaps,  was  the  early  spring, 
when  training  had  been  practically  completed,  and 
officers  were  hard  put  to  it  to  prevent  their  men 
from  growing  "  stale. "  But  the  new  troops  had 
acquired  something  of  the  traditional  patience  and 
stamina  of  the  British  army,  and  the  battalions 
that  marched  along  the  roads  of  Northern  France 
in  the  beginning  of  May  impressed  every  onlooker 
with  their  alert  and  martial  bearing,  their  discipline, 
and  their  superb  physique.  "  Britain,"  said  one 
French  observer,  "  has  sent  out  an  army  of  athletes. " 

The  fighting  at  Hooge  at  the  end  of  July  and 
the  beginning  of  August  had  no  strategic  significance. 
It  was  only  an  incident  in  the  eternal  struggle  of 
small  losses  and  small  gains  to  which  the  policy  of 


io2  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

holding  the  Ypres  Salient  condemned  us.  But  it  is 
worthy  of  special  notice,  both  because  of  the  des- 
perate nature  of  the  conflict  and  because  it  was 
the  first  appearance  in  battle  of  one  of  the  new 
divisions. 

In  an  earlier  chapter  we  have  seen  that  the 
grounds  of  the  chateau  of  Hooge  at  the  south-eastern 
corner  of  the  Salient  had  been  the  scene  of  much 
confused  fighting  during  the  midsummer  months. 
The  position  needs  careful  note.  The  Menin  road 
ascends  gradually  from  Ypres,  and  reaches  its  highest 
point  on  the  low  ridge  at  Hooge.  North  of  the 
road  lie  the  grounds  of  the  chateau  and  the  Belle- 
waarde  Lake,  the  chateau  itself  being  near  the 
south-east  corner  of  the  lake,  and  its  stables  and 
outbuildings  a  little  farther  to  the  west.  South  of 
the  Menin  road  is  some  open  ground,  and  then  two 
moderate-sized  pieces  of  woodland — which  we  named 
the  Zouave  Wood  and  the  Sanctuary  Wood — sepa- 
rated by  some  fields. 

The  Germans  had  held  the  chateau  itself  and 
the  Bellewaarde  Lake  since  May.  During  the 
summer  we  fought  for  the  outbuildings,  and  occa- 
sionally held  the  rubbish  heap  which  had  once 
been  the  stables.  Early  in  July  the  Germans  won 
them  back,  and  by  the  middle  of  the  month  had 
pushed  their  front  considerably  west  and  south- 
west of  the  Bellewaarde  Lake,  making  an  ugly  sag 
in  the  Salient  line.  About  that  time  the  British  3rd 
Division  succeeded  in  exploding  a  mine  below  the 
German  trenches  just  north  of  the  Menin  road, 
and  thereby  formed  a  big  hollow  which  we  called 
the  "  Crater."  Our  first  line  at  this  part  was  a 
little  east  of  the  Crater,  between  it  and  the  out- 


THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE.  103 

buildings  of  the  chateau.  One  other  point  must 
be  noted.  South-east  of  the  Bellewaarde  Lake  the 
German  front  ran  forward  in  a  long  wedge  culmina- 
ting in  afortin  just  north  of  the  Menin  road.  There 
was  a  similar  fortin  south  of  the  road  in  the  north- 
east corner  of  Sanctuary  Wood. 

The  British  dispositions  in  July,  owing  to  the 
coming  of  the  first  detachments  of  the  New  Army, 
had  undergone  drastic  changes.  Here  it  is  suffi- 
cient to  note  that  on  the  2Qth  day  of  July  the  Salient 
was  held  by  the  new  Sixth  Corps,  under  ~  j 
Major- General  Keir,  who  had  formerly  •'  ^ 
commanded  the  6th  Division.  On  the  left  was 
the  49th  (West  Riding)  Division  of  Territorials, 
under  Major-General  Perceval.  In  the  centre, 
with  its  right  near  the  Roulers  railway,  was  the 
6th  Division,  under  Major-General  Congreve,  V.C. 
South  of  it,  in  front  of  the  Bellewaarde  Lake 
and  Hooge,  and  extending  down  to  Sanctuary 
Wood,  was  the  I4th  Division  *  of  the  New  Army, 
under  Major-General  Couper.  On  their  right  lay 
the  3rd  Division,  running  south-west  to  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  St.  Eloi.  The  Germans  at  Hooge 
were  the  ia6th  Regiment  of  Wurtemberg.  Our 
trenches  east  of  the  Crater  were  occupied  by  two 
companies  of  the  8th  Rifle  Brigade  from  the  4ist 
Brigade,  troops  who  had  just  come  up  and  had 
not  been  in  these  trenches  before. 

About  3  a.m.  on  the  morning  of  Friday,  3Oth 
July,  the   Germans   delivered   a  violent     «*  / 
attack    upon   the   trenches   east   of  the    ^u^  ? 
Crater.     They  were  not  good  trenches,  having  been 

*  It  comprised  the  4ist,  42nd,  and  43rd  Brigades,  and  was 
a  light  division  composed  of  light  infantry. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


improvised  only  a  short  time  before  under  fire,  and 
they  had  the  misfortune  to  be  completely  open  to 
shelling  from  several  points.  Hooge,  as  we  have 
seen,  represents  the  crest  of  the  ridge.  South  and 
west  of  it  the  ground  slopes  away  and  rises  again 


\ 


*&&?' 


•£•££& 


Plan  of  the  Hooge  Area. 

(The  black  line  shows  German  position  on  morning  of  July  30.) 

in  the  Zillebeke  ridge.  It  could,  therefore,  be 
shelled  not  only  by  the  German  guns  to  the  north 
and  east,  but  from  Hill  60  in  the  south-west ;  and 
this  applied  not  only  to  the  Hooge  position,  but  to 
all  the  British  front  beyond  the  Zouave  Wood. 


THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE.  105 

But  the  main  attack  that  morning  was  not  made 
by  artillery.  The  enemy  had  sapped  up  very  close 
to  our  line,  and  at  three  o'clock  launched  a  torrent 
of  liquid  fire.  The  liquid  was  pumped  from 
machines  in  the  saps,  and  ignited  itself  in  its  pas- 
sage. Now  we  knew  the  meaning  of  the  accusa- 
tion which  had  preceded  the  Crown  Prince's  move- 
ment in  the  Argonne.  This  liquid  fire  had  been 
prepared  since  the  beginning  of  the  war,  for  we 
captured  directions  for  its  use"  in  October ;  but  the 
precise  situation  when  it  could  be  profitably  used 
had  not  revealed  itself  until  now.  Combined  with 
the  fire  was  an  assault  by  minenwerfers,  those  trench 
mortars  fired  from  close  range  which  our  troops 
hated  beyond  every  other  weapon.  The  Germans, 
too,  had  a  great  number  of  bombers,  who  stormed 
our  trenches  with  their  grenades. 

The  combination  of  artillery  bombardment, 
liquid  fire,  trench  mortars,  and  bombs  was  irresistible. 
The  two  companies  of  the  8th  Rifle  Brigade  were 
nearly  blotted  out.  The  Germans  carried  our  first 
line,  and  won  the  Crater.  Our  troops  fell  back  to 
the  second  line,  which  ran  north-west  from  the 
corner  of  the  Zouave  Wood.  Thereupon  the  enemy 
began  to  plaster  with  shell  the  region  behind  our 
front,  and  turned  the  Zouave  Wood  into  a  death- 
trap. Second-Lieutenant  Sidney  Woodroffe,  a  boy 
of  nineteen,  held  his  trenches  to  the  last,  and  brought 
off  his  men  in  good  order.  He  fell  heroically,  under 
the  fire  of  machine  guns,  in  a  desperate  attempt  to 
counter-attack.  He  was  the  first  man  of  the  New 
Army  to  earn  the  Victoria  Cross. 

The  general  commanding  the  Sixth  Corps  or- 
dered a  counter-attack  for  the  afternoon  of  that  day. 


106  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

It  was  entrusted  to  the  yth  Rifle  Brigade,  which  was 
brought  up  for  the  purpose  from  Vlamertinghe, 
seven  miles  off,  and  to  what  remained  of  the  8th 
Rifle  Brigade.  For  three-quarters  of  an  hour  be- 
fore it  our  artillery  bombarded  the  German  posi- 
tion, but  without  much  effect.  Far  more  deadly 
were  the  German  shells,  which  swept  Zouave  and 
Sanctuary  Woods  and  the  country  between  and 
behind  them. 

The  counter-attack  began  at  2.45  p.m.,  and  was 
doomed  to  failure  from  the  start.  The  battalions 
were  mown  down  in  Zouave  Wood,  and  the  few 
that  emerged  into  the  open  fell  under  the  blast  of 
machine  guns.  They  were  under  fire  from  the 
German  fortins  and  from  the  German  position  on 
the  Hooge  ridge,  and  they  had  to  face  as  well  a 
devastating  artillery  storm.  The  Rifle  Brigade  never 
wavered,  and  no  exploit  in  its  long  and  splendid 
regimental  history  surpassed  in  desperate  valour  the 
advance  of  its  new  battalions  towards  certain  de- 
struction. Only  a  remnant  remained  in  the  trenches 
outside  Zouave  Wood.  The  fields  and  coppices 
were  strewn  with  dead,  platoons  and  companies 
disappeared,  and  few  were  the  officers  who  returned. 
Among  those  who  fell  were  two  of  the  most  brilliant 
of  younger  Oxford  men,  Lieutenant  Gilbert  Talbot 
of  the  yth  Battalion,  and  Second-Lieutenant  the 
Hon.  G.  W.  Grenfell  of  the  8th.* 

What  was  left  of  the  4ist  Brigade  was  now  taken 

*  Mr.  Grenfell  was  the  fourth  member  of  his  family  to  fall 
in  the  war,  the  third  to  fall  in  the  Ypres  Salient.  His  brother, 
Captain  the  Hon.  Julian  Grenfell  of  the  Royals,  and  his  cousin, 
Captain  Francis  Grenfell  of  the  gth  Lancers,  fell  in  the  May 
righting. 


THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE.  107 

out,  and  its  place  filled  by  the  43rd  Brigade,  which 
contained  battalions  of  the  Duke  of  Cornwall's  Light 
Infantry,  the  Durham  Light  Infantry,  the  Somerset 
Light  Infantry,  and  the  Yorkshire  Light  Infantry. 
No  further  attempt  was  made  to  repeat  the  suicidal 
daylight  advance.  Instead,  our  gunners  took  up 
the  tale,  and  for  the  next  ten  days  most  successfully 
bombarded  the  German  lines  with  9.2-inch  and 
8-inch  heavy  guns.  That  shelling  achieved  its 
purpose,  for  it  put  a  stop  to  the  German  artillery, 
and  gave  us  leisure  to  reorder  our  line  and  draw 
out  the  broken  remnants.  It  did  more,  for  it  put 
new  heart  into  our  troops.  They  felt  that  condi- 
tions were  changing  since  the  Second  Battle  of 
Ypres,  when  we  had  been  powerless  to  reply  to  the 
German  guns.  Now  at  last  we  seemed  to  be  on 
an  equality.  The  best  tonic  for  overwrought  nerves 
and  sinking  spirits  was  the  sound  of  our  great  shells 
screaming  overhead,  and  the  sight  of  mushrooms  of 
dust  above  the  enemy's  line.  This  bombardment 
was  the  more  to  our  credit  since  our  position  in 
the  Salient  was  inferior  to  the  German,  inasmuch 
as  it  gave  us  few  opportunities  for  artillery  obser- 
vation. They  held  all  the  best  view-points,  and 
every  gunner  knows  that  it  is  one  thing  to  fire  by 
the  map,  and  quite  another  to  have  hits  chronicled 
and  ranges  found  by  direct  observation. 

The  great  counter-attack  was  fixed  for  Monday, 
9th  August.     Some  changes  had  been  made  in  the 
British    front.     The    3rd    Division    had     /, 
taken  up  the  ground  held  by  the  6th 
Division,  and  two   brigades  of  the  6th  Division — 
the  i6th  and  i8th — relieved  the  4ist  and  43rd  Bri- 
gades in  the  trenches  opposite  Hooge.     It  was  to 


io8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

the    1 6th   and    i8th   Brigades  *   that   the   counter- 
attack was  entrusted. 

The  attack  was  made  just  before  dawn,  and 
moved  from  the  west  against  the  Crater  position, 
and  from  the  south  from  Sanctuary  Wood  against 
the  two  sides  of  the  new  German  salient.  The 
artillery  work  which  preceded  it  was  admirably 
managed.  The  difficulty  of  the  movement  was 
the  great  extent  of  ground  to  be  covered.  Between 
our  lines  and  the  main  German  position  on  the 
Hooge  ridge  was  a  space  of  at  least  500  yards,  and 
it  was  all  uphill.  The  enemy,  after  the  bombard- 
ment, was  naturally  on  the  alert,  but  what  was  lost 
in  surprise  was  gained  in  the  perfect  co-ordination 
of  infantry  and  guns.  The  York  and  Lancaster  men 
advanced  from  Zouave  Wood  against  the  Menin 
road,  with  the  Durham  Light  Infantry  on  their 
right.  It  became  a  race  between  these  two  bat- 
talions as  to  which  should  first  reach  the  Crater, 
and  the  Durhams  won.  On  their  right  were  the] 
Sherwood  Forest ers,f  with  the  Queen's  Westminsters 
(Territorial)  in  reserve,  but  the  fortin  in  Sanctuary 
Wood  enfiladed  them  and  made  progress  impos- 
sible. Over  the  horrible  no-man's-land,  strewn 
with  barbed  wire  entanglements  and  the  bodies  of 
our  unburied  dead,  our  infantry  swept  right  up  to 
the  fringe  of  our  own  shell  fire.  Then  the  gunners 

*  i6th  Brigade — ist  Buffs,  ist  Leicesters,  ist  Shropshire 
Light  Infantry,  2nd  York  and  Lancaster.  i8th  Brigade — 
ist  West  Yorks,  ist  East  Yorks,  2nd  Sherwood  Foresters,  2nd 
Durham  Light  Infantry. 

t  The  7th  and  8th  Sherwood  Foresters  (Territorial),  the 
left  wing  of  the  46th  (North  Midland)  Division,  had  done 
brilliantly  on  3oth  July,  holding  their  ground  with  their  flank 
in  the  air  after  the  4ist  Brigade  had  been  driven  in. 


THE  AFFAIR  AT  HOOGE.  109 

lengthened  their  range,  and  our  men  were  into  the 
I  German  trenches.  With  bayonet  and  bomb  they 
cleared  out  the  enemy,  especially  the  extraordinary 
series  of  dug-outs  which  honeycombed  the  Crater. 
The  two  hundred  Germans  and  more  who  were 
ensconced  in  that  pit  of  death  died  to  a  man.  The 
attack  swept  beyond  the  Crater,  and  carried  the 
ruins  of  the  stables.  There  we  halted  and  en- 
trenched ourselves.  Sandbags  and  spades  were 
brought  up,  and  the  Royal  Engineers,  under  heavy 
fire,  succeeded  in  putting  up  barbed  wire  defences 
in  front  of  our  new  lines. 

The  attack  had  succeeded.  The  dangerous 
German  for  tin  west  of  the  lake  was  in  our  hands, 
as  were  the  Crater  and  the  stables.  Our  losses 
were  extraordinarily  few.  The  two  battalions  who 
counter-attacked  on  the  afternoon  of  3Oth  July 
had  had  2,000  casualties,  including  sixty  officers. 
The  difference  in  losses  was  the  difference  between 
a  well-considered  and  adequately-prepared  move- 
ment and  a  hasty  improvisation. 

About  half-past  nine  the  Germans  began  to  shell 
our  new  front  from  the  direction  of  Hill  60,  as  well 
as  from  east  and  north.  All  day  the  bombardment 
continued,  and  our  losses  began  to  increase  till 
they  reached  before  nightfall  a  total  of  nearly  2,000 
for  the  two  brigades.  We  were  forced  back  from 
some  of  the  trenches  north  of  Sanctuary  Wood,  and 
we  retired  a  little  way  in  front  of  the  Crater.  The 
heavy  shelling  of  the  country  behind  our  lines  made 
it  very  difficult  to  get  up  reliefs.  The  battalion 
which  had  carried  the  Crater  and  entrenched  itself 
at  the  stables  was  ordered  to  withdraw,  but  four 
officers  and  200  men  did  not  receive  the  order  and 


no  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

held  on  all  night,  and  were  not  relieved  till  late 
the  following  morning.  A  small  party,  under  Lance- 
Corporal  Smith  of  the  Durham  Light  Infantry, 

Eosted   in  the   stables  themselves,   held   out   even 
mger  before  giving  place  to  fresh  troops. 

A  day  or  two  later  the  iyth  Brigade  was  brought 
up  to  consolidate  the  line.  The  2nd  Leinsters 
occupied  the  Crater,  and  for  a  little  there  were  a 
good  many  casualties  from  the  German  bombard- 
ment. Presently  the  fighting  died  away,  and  the 
opposing  lines  returned  to  their  normal  condition 
of  intermittent  artillery  fire.  We  had  restored  the 
Hooge  part  of  our  front,  which  had  been  left  in  a 

frecarious  state  by  the  German  success  of  3Oth 
uly,  to  as  good  a  condition  as  was  possible  in  that 
ill-omened  Salient.  We  had  proved  that  when  we 
chose  we  could  do  as  effective  work  with  our  heavy 
guns  as  the  enemy,  and  we  had  provided  another 
instance  of  the  futility  of  weak  daylight  counter- 
attacks. The  New  Army  had  won  its  spurs,  but] 
at  a  heavy  cost. 


CHAPTER   LXVIII. 

THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF   "  GRANDEUR." 

Indicting  a  Nation — Meaning  of  National  Madness — The  Two 
Parties  in  Germany — The  Politiques  and  the  Fanatics — 
German  "  Reasonableness  " — The  Speech  of  the  Imperial 
Chancellor — Sir  E.  Grey's  Reply — Who  were  the  Fanatics  ? 
— The  Importance  of  the  Commercial  and  Academic  Classes 
— Nature  of  German  Fanaticism — Grandeur  and  Gloire — 
Historical  Antecedents  of  German  Self- Worship — Professor 
Werner  Sombart's  Handler  und  Helder — Germany  the 
"  Chosen  Race  " — Megalomania  and  Peace. 

THERE  is  no  sentence  in  Burke  more  often 
quoted  than  that  in  which  he  forbids  us  to 
draw  an  indictment  against  a  nation.  The 
warning  is  opportune  in  times  of  war,  when  belli- 
gerents exhaust  their  ingenuity  in  unfavourable 
generalizations  about  their  opponents.  No  sweep- 
ing condemnation  will  cover  all  aspects  of  a  national 
life,  and  therefore  you  cannot  deduce  from  a  gen- 
erality an  accurate  judgment  of  an  individual  or  of 
a  section  of  the  society  criticised.  Again,  national 
faults  are  different  in  kind  from  the  personal  failings 
with  which  we  are  familiar.  A  country  publicly 
disloyal  to  its  bond  may  boast  a  majority  of  strictly 
honourable  private  citizens.  But  Burke's  dictum 
must  not  be  pressed  too  far.  A  nation  can  have 
national  vices  ;  it  can  sin  as  a  community  ;  and 
the  historian  is  permitted  now  and  then  to  fasten 


ii2  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

guilt  upon  that  corporate  existence  which  we  call 
a  people. 

Very  notably  a  people  may  go  mad.  This  does 
not  mean  that  every  individual  loses  his  wits,  but 
that  the  governing  and  dominant  elements  in  a 
nation  fall  into  a  pathological  state  and  see  strange 
visions.  A  malign  spirit  broods  over  the  waters. 
Something  which  cannot  be  put  into  exact  words 
flits  at  the  back  of  men's  minds.  Perspective  goes, 
exaltation  fires  the  fancy,  the  old  decencies  of 
common  sense  are  repudiated,  men  speak  with 
tongues  which  are  not  their  own.  We  are  justi- 
fied in  saying  that  France  went  mad  in  the  days  of 
the  Terror,  though  there  were  some  millions  of 
sober  citizens  who  repudiated  her  follies.  That 
viewless  thing  which  we  call  national  spirit  had 
become  tainted  with  insanity.  Such  communal 
mania  is  far  more  dangerous  than  the  obsessions  of 
individuals,  for  it  is  harder  to  diagnose,  to  locate, 
and  to  restrain. 

The  position  in  Germany,  judging  by  her  Press 
and  the  speeches  and  writings  of  her  public  men, 
had  become  curious  and  interesting  very  early  in 
the  second  year  of  war.  While  she  was  still  amaz- 
ingly united  in  her  belligerent  purpose,  two  dis- 
tinct attitudes  had  revealed  themselves  among  her 
leaders.  We  may  call  the  parties  thus  created  the 
politiques  and  the  fanatics.  The  first  claimed  the 
Imperial  Chancellor,  the  Foreign  Office,  and  prob- 
ably most  of  the  civilian  ministers  ;  perhaps  the 
Kaiser  ;  certainly  many  of  the  army  chiefs,  and 
some  of  the  ablest  military  and  naval  critics,  such 
as  Major  Moraht  and  Captain  Persius.  They  recog- 
nized that  a  war  of  straightforward  conquest  was 


PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "  GRANDEUR."     113 

no  longer  possible.  They  hoped  for  a  draw,  a 
peace  in  which  the  conditions  should  favour  Ger- 
many. Accordingly  they  laboured  to  prepare  the 
public  mind  of  the  world  for  it,  and  relinquished 
most  of  the  inflated  superman  business  which  was 
rampant  among  them  at  the  outset.  They  were  no 
longer  contemptuous  in  speech  of  their  opponents. 
They  became  complimentary,  as  towards  brave  men 
fighting  under  a  misconception.  They  talked  much 
of  the  purity  and  reasonableness  of  Germany's 
aims,  of  her  desire  for  an  honourable  peace,  and 
they  endeavoured  to  curb  the  ardent  spirits  who 
had  already  begun  to  divide  up  hostile  territories. 
Above  all,  they  were  assiduous  in  their  efforts  to 
explain  away  the  events  which  led  to  war,  and  to 
get  rid  of  the  most  damning  counts  against  German 
policy.  These  explanations  were  only  aimed  in  a 
small  degree  at  their  own  people,  for  Germany  had 
been  long  ago  convinced  on  the  subject.  They 
were  addressed  to  neutral  countries,  especially 
America,  and  to  what  German  statesmen  fondly 
hoped  were  wavering  and  uncertain  elements  among 
the  population  of  their  enemies. 

A  striking  example  is  to  be  found  in  the  speech 
which  the  Imperial  Chancellor  made  in  the  Reichs- 
tag on  i Qth  August.  Herr  von  Beth-  * 
mann-Hollweg  had  never  been  among  *'  9* 
the  fire-eaters,  and  had  lost  popularity  in  conse- 
quence. In  that  speech  he  laboured  to  fasten  the 
guilt  of  war  on  British  Ministers,  who,  he  said, 
had  already  violated  Belgian  neutrality  by  a  secret 
agreement,  and  had  refused  Germany's  offer  of  a 
pacific  alliance,  preferring  an  offensive  pact  with 
France.  He  tried  to  prove  that  Germany,  in  the 

ix.  8 


ii4  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

crisis  of  July  1914,  had  striven  for  peace,  and  had 
not  scorned  the  proposal  for  a  conference.  He 
talked  much  of  the  future  of  Poland  when  emanci- 
pated from  Russian  tyranny.  He  declared  that 
Germany  must  win  the  freedom  of  the  seas — "  not  as 
England  did,  to  rule  over  them,  but  that  they  should 
serve  equally  all  peoples."  Germany,  he  said,  would 
be  the  shield  of  defence  in  the  future  for  small 
nations.  And  he  concluded  with  a  hope  that  the 
day  would  come  when  the  belligerent  nations  would 
exact  a  terrible  retribution  from  the  leaders  who 
had  so  gravely  misled  them.  "  We  do  not  hate  the 
peoples  who  have  been  driven  into  war  by  their 
Governments.  We  shall  hold  on  through  the  war 
till  these  peoples  demand  peace  from  the  really 
guilty,  till  the  road  becomes  free  for  the  new  liber- 
ated Europe — free  of  French  intrigues,  Muscovite 
desire  of  conquest,  and  English  guardianship." 

There  is  no  need  to  discuss  the  arguments  of  a 

speech  which  was  convincingly  disposed  of  by  Sir 

*          s    Edward  Grey  a  week  later.*     The  in- 

u*'  '  teresting  point  is  the  light  it  shed  on 
the  role  which  Germany  now  desired  to  play  in  the 
world's  eyes.  She  stood  for  reason,  public  honour, 
international  decency,  and  peace,  said  the  Imperial 
Chancellor.  She  had  been  terribly  sinned  against ; 
but,  like  a  good  Christian,  she  would  forgive  her 
enemies.  There  was  little  trace  of  the  high-handed 
superman  in  his  arguments.  He  laboured  to  justify 
Germany's  doings  by  the  old-fashioned  canons  of 
right  and  wrong.  He  was  a  politique,  desirous  of 
preparing  the  way  for  an  advantageous  settlement. 
That  was  intelligible  enough,  but  the  conclusion 
*  See  Appendix  II. 


PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "  GRANDEUR/'     115 

was  inconsequent.  It  asked  for  German  supremacy, 
neither  more  nor  less.  She  was  to  be  mistress,  and 
other  nations  were  to  have  the  measure  of  freedom 
which  she  chose  to  give  them.  In  Sir  Edward 
Grey's  words :  "  Germany  supreme,  Germany 
alone  would  be  free — free  to  break  international 
treaties  ;  free  to  crush  when  it  pleased  her  ;  free 
to  refuse  all  mediation  ;  free  to  go  to  war  when  it 
suited  her  ;  free,  when  she  did  go  to  war,  to  break 
again  all  rules  of  civilization  and  humanity  on  land 
and  at  sea  ;  and,  while  she  may  act  thus,  all  her 
commerce  at  sea  is  to  remain  as  free  in  time  of  war 
as  all  commerce  is  in  time  of  peace." 

The  Imperial  Chancellor's  conclusion  was  a 
non  sequitur.  It  did  not  follow  upon  his  laborious 
earlier  arguments  ;  nay,  it  clashed  sharply  with  them. 
It  was  the  same  conclusion  as  that  of  the  fire-eaters, 
who  were  the  more  logical  inasmuch  as  they  would 
have  none  of  the  Chancellor's  premises.  The  cautious 
politique  had  been  infected  with  the  same  disease 
as  the  fanatics. 

Who  were  the  fanatics  ?  Perhaps  three-fourths 
of  the  German  people.  It  is  more  difficult  to  deter- 
mine the  chief  fount  of  the  virus.  It  was  not  to 
be  found  in  the  National  Liberal  and  Agrarian 
stalwarts,  who  presented  memorials  demanding  the 
annexation  of  half  Europe.  They  were  merely 
stupid  people,  swollen  with  the  vainglory  of  suc- 
cess.* It  was  probably  not  to  be  found  in  the 
army  itself.  Its  chiefs  were  professional  zealots, 

*  An  early  expression  of  this  vainglory  may  be  found  in 
the  words  of  Bronsart  von  Schellendorf,  one  of  the  men  of 
1870,  and  a  former  Prussian  Minister  of  War  :  "  Do  not  let 
us  forget  the  civilizing  task  which  the  decree  of  Provi- 


n6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

who  did  not  as  a  rule  trouble  their  heads  about 
grandiose  political  theories.  Nor  was  it  to  be 
traced  to  the  coterie  of  Admiral  von  Tirpitz,  for 
whom  Count  zu  Reventlow  played  in  the  Press  the 
part  of  dancing  dervish.  The  German  navy  chiefs 
had  no  victories  to  console  themselves  with,  and 
their  wounded  pride  made  them  vindictive  and 
relentless  enemies,  soothing  their  chagrin  with 
violent  words.  But  that  was  an  intelligible  human 
motive. 

It  is  more  likely  that  history  will  put  the  chief 
blame  upon  a  class  which  Britain  was  apt  to  over- 
look in  the  enumeration  of  her  enemies — the  Ger- 
man high  financial  and  industrial  circles,  with  their 
obedient  satellites,  the  university  professors.  This 
class  was  a  comparatively  new  phenomenon  in  Ger- 
many. For  the  most  part  humbly  born,  and  often 
Jewish  in  blood,  it  had  found  itself  exalted  from 
social  ostracism  to  the  confidence  of  the  Court 
and  a  chief  voice  in  the  national  councils.  It  had 
been  astonishingly  successful.  The  industry  of  the 

dence  has  assigned  to  us.  Just  as  Prussia  was  destined  to 
be  the  nucleus  of  a  new  Germany,  so  the  regenerated  Germany 
shall  be  the  nucleus  of  a  future  Empire  of  the  West.  And  in 
order  that  no  one  may  be  left  in  doubt,  we  here  proclaim 
from  henceforth  that  our  continental  nation  has  a  right  to 
the  sea — not  only  to  the  North  Sea,  but  to  the  Mediterranean 
and  to  the  Atlantic.  Hence  we  intend  to  absorb,  one  after 
another,  all  the  provinces  that  neighbour  on  Prussia.  We 
shall  successively  annex  Denmark,  Holland,  Belgium,  North- 
ern Switzerland  ;  then  Trieste  and  Venice  ;  finally,  Northern 
France  from  the  Sambre  to  the  Loire.  This  programme  we 
fearlessly  announce.  It  is  not  the  work  of  a  madman.  The 
empire  we  intend  to  found  will  be  no  Utopia.  We  have  ready 
to  our  hands  the  means  of  founding  it,  and  no  coalition  in 
the  world  can  stop  us." 


PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "  GRANDEUR."     117 

German  people  exploited  by  these  entrepreneurs  had 
produced  results  which  might  well  leave  the  pro- 
moters dizzy.  The  standard  of  living  had  changed, 
and  extravagant  expenditure  on  luxury  had  become 
the  fashion  among  industrial  magnates  ;  a  fashion 
which  was  reproduced  in  the  bourgeois  life  of  the 
cities.  Being  genuine  nouveaux  riches,  they  had  no 
tradition  to  conform  to,  no  perspective  to  order 
their  outlook  on  the  world.  The  kingdoms  of  the 
earth  had  fallen  to  them,  and,  like  Jeshurun,  they 
waxed  fat  and  kicked. 

Some  of  the  wiser  brains  among  the  magnates 
had  a  reason  of  policy  behind  this  megalomania. 
They  saw  that  nothing  short  of  a  colossal  and  un- 
disputed victory  could  safeguard  their  supremacy. 
Unless  Germany  could  pay  her  war  bills  with  indem- 
nities unimagined  before  in  history,  there  would  be 
bankruptcy  to  face — bankruptcy  which  at  the  best 
would  mean  a  decade  of  lean  years.  The  brightest 
military  glory  would  not  restore  their  overseas 
trade  or  redeem  the  wastes  of  paper  currency.  A 
generation  of  hard  living  and  preparation  for  a 
further  effort,  which  anything  less  than  absolute 
victory  must  involve,  had  no  terrors  for  the  hardier 
souls  of  the  army  or  the  ancient  squirearchy.  But 
it  seemed  the  end  of  all  things  to  the  soft  and  vain- 
glorious kings  of  German  trade.  They  became 
fanatics,  partly  from  policy,  and  partly  because  they 
had  the  disease  in  their  blood. 

They  had  strong  allies  in  the  academic  class. 
Not  all,  for  there  were  many  professors  who  sounded 
a  note  of  warning,  and  one  or  two  who  had  the 
courage  to  speak  unpopular  truths.  But  the  in- 
tense specialization  of  German  scholarship  and 


n8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

science  did  not  tend  to  produce  minds  with  a  high 
sense  of  proportion,  and  sedentary  folk  have  at  all 
times  been  inclined  to  blow  a  louder  trumpet  than 
men  of  action  and  affairs.  What  Senacour  called 
"  le  vulgaire  des  sages  " — the  absorption  in  dreams 
and  theories  to  which  pedants  are  prone — was  a 
characteristic  of  the  great  bulk  of  the  German 
teaching  profession. 

What  was  this  fanaticism  which  the  politiques 
reprobated,  and  to  which  nevertheless  they  fell 
victims  ?  It  is  best  described,  perhaps,  by  the 
French  phrase,  folie  de  grandeur.  As  such  it  must 
be  clearly  distinguished  from  that  other  vice  of 
success,  la  gloire.  The  greatest  leaders  in  history 
— Julius  Caesar,  Charlemagne,  Cromwell,  Gustavus 
Adolphus,  Washington — have  striven  for  a  profound 
political  and  religious  ideal  which  made  mere  fame 
of  no  account  in  their  eyes.  Others,  like  Alexander, 
have  been  possessed  by  a  passion  for  glory,  and 
have  blazed  like  comets  across  the  world.  The 
most  perfect  example  is  Charles  XII.  of  Sweden, 
who,  in  his  short  career  of  nineteen  years,  followed 
glory  alone  and  drew  no  material  benefit  from  his 
conquests.  In  his  old  clothes  he  shook  down 
monarchies  and  won  thrones  for  other  people. 
Glory  may  be  a  futile  quest,  but  it  has  a  splendour 
and  generosity  which  raise  it  beyond  the  level  of 
low  and  earthy  things.  Its  creed  is  Napoleon's  : 
"  J 'avals  le  gout  de  la  fondation  et  non  celui  de  la 
propriete.  Ma  propriete  a  moi  etait  dans  la  gloire  et 
la  celebrite"  It  is  to  the  end  of  time  an  infirmity 
of  minds  which  are  not  ignoble. 

But  grandeur  is  a  perversion,  an  offence  against 
our  essential  humanity.  It  may  be  the  degeneration 


PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "  GRANDEUR."      119 

of  a  genius  like  Napoleon,  but  more  often  it  is  the 
illusion  of  excited  mediocrities.  It  is  of  the  earth 
earthy,  intoxicating  itself  with  flamboyant  material 
dreams.  Its  heroics  are  mercantile,  and  the  cloud- 
palaces  which  it  builds  have  the  vulgarity  of  a  fash- 
ionable hotel.  It  seeks  a  city  made  with  hands  and 
heavily  upholstered.  Its  classic  exponents  were 
those  leaden  vulgarians  the  later  Roman  emperors, 
of  the  worst  of  whom  Renan  wrote  :  "  He  resembled 
what  a  modern  tradesman  of  the  middle  class  would 
be  whose  good  sense  was  perverted  by  reading 
modern  poets,  and  who  deemed  it  necessary  to  make 
his  conduct  resemble  that  of  Hans  of  Iceland  or  the 
Burgraves."  *  Grandeur  has  always  vulgarity  in  its 
fibre,  vulgarity  and  madness. 

The  German  fanaticism  was  compounded  of 
commercial  vainglory  and  a  rhetorical  persuasion 
that  the  Teutonic  race  were  God's  chosen  people. 
This  kind  of  belief  is  beyond  the  reach  of  argument. 
But  what  in  the  Hebrews  had  been  a  sombre  and 
magnificent  confidence  became  in  this  modern 
German  imitation  something  very  like  smugness. 
There  had  always  been  a  tendency  towards  such 
racial  arrogance  in  the  German  mind.  It  had  noth- 
ing to  do  with  Nietzsche's  doctrines,  which  did  not 
exalt  any  race  stock,  least  of  all  the  German.  It 
descended  rather  from  the  classic  days  of  their 
literature — from  Hegel,  for  example,  who,  con- 
templating the  stately  process  of  the  Absolute  Will, 
found  its  final  expression  up  to  date  in  the  Germany 
before  1840.  It  blossomed  out  in  humbler  quarters 
in  the  stupid  insolence  of  German  officialdom.  As 
a  literary  fashion  it  was  innocent  and  preposterous 
*  L' Antichrist. 


120  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

— an  essay  in  provincialism  which  was  pardonable 
because  of  its  absurdity.  As  a  social  failing  it  was 
at  least  as  comic  as  it  was  offensive.  But  exalt  this 
mannerism  into  a  creed,  base  on  it  a  thousand 
material  interests,  and  give  it  great  armies  to  make 
it  real,  and  you  are  confronted  with  a  dangerous 
mania.  Self-worshippers  are  harmless  till  they 
seek  to  compel  the  rest  of  mankind  to  make  the* 
same  obeisance. 

A  good  instance  of  the  spirit  is  to  be  found  in 
a  little  book  published  in  February  by  Professor 
Werner  Sombart  of  Berlin,  under  the  title  of  Huck- 
sters and  Heroes.*  The  author,  who  has  been  already 
quoted  in  these  pages,  had  earned  some  reputation 
as  an  exponent  of  academic  socialism.  He  had 
published  an  account  of  the  part  played  by  the 
Jews  in  modern  civilization,  and  now  he  appeared 
as  the  high  priest  of  Germanenthum.  He  was  not 
a  profound  thinker  or  a  pleasing  writer,  but  his  work 
was  typical  of  the  spirit  then  dominant  in  his  country. 
It  is  the  sciolist  who  has  his  ear  most  ready  to  catch 
a  hint  of  popular  desires,  and  his  work  has  always 
documentary  value. 

Two  quotations  will  make  clear  his  meaning. 
'  Our  kingdom  " — he  speaks  for  Germany — "  is  of 
this  world.  If  we  desire  to  remain  a  strong  state 
we  must  conquer.  A  great  victory  will  make  it 
possible  not  to  trouble  any  more  about  those  who 
are  around  us.  When  the  German  stands  leaning 
on  his  mighty  sword,  clad  in  steel  from  his  sole  to 
his  head,  whatsoever  will  may  down  below  dance 
around  his  feet,  and  the  intellectuals  and  the  learned 
men  of  England,  France,  Russia,  and  Italy  may  rail 
*  Handler  und  Helder. 


PSYCHOLOGY  OF  "  GRANDEUR/'     121 

at  him  and  throw  mud.  But  in  his  lofty  repose  he 
will  not  allow  himself  to  be  disturbed,  and  he  will 
only  reflect  in  the  sense  of  his  old  ancestors  in 
Europe  :  Oderint  dum  metuant"  * 

The  conception  of  the  chosen  people  is  de- 
veloped in  his  peroration  :  "  No.  We  must  purge 
from  our  soul  the  last  fragments  of  the  old  ideal  of 
a  progressive  development  of  humanity.  .  .  .  The 
ideal  of  humanity  can  only  be  understood  in  its 
highest  sense  when  it  attains  its  highest  and  richest 
development  in  particular  noble  nations.  These 
for  the  time  being  are  the  representative  of  God's 
thought  on  earth.  Such  were  the  Jews.  Such 
were  the  Greeks.f  And  the  chosen  people  of  these 
centuries  is  the  German  people.  .  .  .  Now  we 
understand  why  other  people  pursue  us  with  their 
hatred.  They  do  not  understand  us,  but  they  are 
sensible  of  our  enormous  spiritual  superiority.  So 
the  Jews  were  hated  in  antiquity,  because  they  were 
the  representatives  of  God  on  earth." 

Such  was  the  simple  philosophy  of  history  which 
in  varying  degrees  had  captured  the  majority  of  the 
German  race.  It  is  right  and  fitting  that  a  people 
should  have  a  great  tradition,  and  believe  itself 
dowered  with  a  great  destiny.  Wordsworth  in  a 
famous  sonnet  has  written  : — 

*  Much  the  same  language  was  used  by  a  scholar  whom 
all  must  respect,  Herr  von  Wilamowitz-Moellendorff,  in  his 
inaugural  address  as  Rector  Magnificus  of  Berlin  University. 

t  Even  a  scholar  like  Dbllinger  took  this  view.  The  Ger- 
man people,  he  said,  are  most  like  the  Greeks  of  old.  "  They 
have  been  called  to  an  intellectual  priesthood,  and  to  this 
high  vocation  they  have  done  no  dishonour."  Vanity  he 
considered  "  the  accepted  characteristic  of  the  French  nation." 
— Conversations  of  Dr.  Dollinger. 


i22  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

"  In  every  thing  we  are  sprung 
Of  Earth's  first  blood,  have  titles  manifold/' 

But  to  what  purpose  is  this  consciousness  to  be 
used  ?     The  poet  has  told  us  : — 

"  We  must  be  free  or  die,  who  speak  the  tongue 
That  Shakespeare  spoke  ;  the  faith  and  morals  hold 
Which  Milton  held." 

Such  noble  confidence  is  directed  to  one  end — 
'national  liberty.  But  when  it  degenerates  into 
megalomania,  and  seeks  to  set  itself  above  the 
human  family  ;  when,  crazy  with  a  belief  in  a 
divine  mission,  it  regards  itself  as  absolved  from  all 
obligations  of  morality  and  law  ;  when  it  demands 
that  the  fires  before  its  altars  shall  be  fed  with  the 
rights  and  ideals  of  every  other  people  ;  when  it 
claims  for  itself  the  only  freedom,  and  would  make 
all  nations  dependent  upon  its  good  pleasure ;  then 
it  becomes  a  childish  mania  to  be  suppressed,  a 
malignant  growth  for  which  surgery  is  the  only 
cure.  If  Germany's  claim  were  admitted,  few  honest 
men  would  desire  to  continue  their  life  on  this 
planet. 

It  was  the  existence  of  this  disease  which  made 
no  terms  of  peace  conceivable.  The  Imperial 
Chancellor,  seeing  whither  his  country  was  tending, 
might  seek  to  diffuse  an  atmosphere  of  reasonable- 
ness, and  pave  the  way  for  a  settlement.  But  mad- 
ness is  a  prepotent  thing,  and  the  fanatics  would 
continue  to  call  the  tune  till  the  day  of  cataclysm. 
The  spirits  which  had  been  summoned  from  the 
unclean  deeps  could  not  be  laid  by  a  few  puzzled 
politicians. 


CHAPTER   LXIX. 

THE  STRAINING  OF  AMERICAN   PATIENCE. 

Difficulties  of  American  Neutrality — American  Popular  Temper 
Anti-German — Small  Part  played  by  German-Americans — 
Growing  Friendship  between  America  and  Britain — The 
American  Philosophy  of  Politics — Her  Belief  in  Law — Her 
Ethical  Code — Humanitarianism — Pacificism — German  Diplo- 
matic Blunders — America's  Reasons  for  Non-intervention — 
Mr.  Roosevelt — President  Wilson — Germany's  Attitude — 
Consequences  of  the  Lusitania  Incident — The  Arabic — Count 
Bernstorff's  Pledge — German  Peace  Talk — The  Hesperian — 
Germany's  Underground  Activity — The  Dumba  Case — The 
German  Embassy  implicated — Captain  von  Papen's  Letter — 
Dumba  given  his  Passports — Effect  of  Incident  on  American 
Temper. 

IT  is  worth  while  to  turn  from  the  narrative  of 
the  campaigns  in  the  Old  World  and  consider 
the  difficulties  which  confronted  the  greatest  of 
neutral  Powers,  the  Republic  of  the  United  States. 
A  man  who  is  engaged  in  a  life-and- death  struggle  is 
inclined  to  resent  the  detachment  of  a  friend,  even 
though  that  friend  has  no  share  in  the  cause  of 
quarrel.  Analogies  from  private  life  are  too  readily 
and  too  loosely  applied  to  the  affairs  of  nations, 
and  surprise  and  irritation  are  engendered  which 
seem  baseless  on  a  dispassionate  survey  of  the  facts. 
During  August  the  neutrality  of  America  became 
from  various  causes  a  razor-edge  on  which  it  seemed 
impossible  for  any  government  to  continue  to  walk. 


124  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR, 

The  case  for  and  against  intervention  was  habitually 
overstated  by  the  Press  of  both  continents,  and  in 
Britain  especially  there  was  a  tendency  to  under- 
estimate the  difficulty  of  President  Wilson's  prob- 
lem. America,  even  as  a  neutral,  was  called  on  to 
play  so  large  a  part  in  the  war,  and  her  attitude  was 
so  vital  to  the  ultimate  issues,  that  it  may  be  well 
to  examine  with  some  care  the  intricacies  of  her 
position  after  the  first  year  of  conflict. 

The  temper  of  her  people  at  that  time  and  the 
reasoned  convictions  of  her  leaders  were  prepon- 
derately  hostile  to  the  German  cause.  The  large 
Teutonic  admixture  in  her  population  had  not  played 
the  part  which  German  publicists  had  forecast.  In 
1910  the  foreign-born  elements  numbered  13^ 
millions  out  of  a  total  of  92  millions.  There  were 
just  over  2^  million  Germans,  nearly  i£  million 
Austrians,  and  half  a  million  Hungarians.  The 
Irish,  who  numbered  well  over  ij  million,  had 
largely  lost  their  hatred  of  Britain,  save  for  a  few 
fanatical  organizations,  and  the  bulk  of  them,  even 
if  they  had  little  love  for  England,  had  less  for 
Germany.  The  German- Americans,  a  thrifty,  in- 
dustrious, and  law-abiding  element,  tended  far  more 
than  most  immigrants  to  be  speedily  absorbed,  and 
to  take  on  the  native  American  characteristics. 
They  had  never  played  a  large  part  in  public  life, 
and  had  developed  no  distinctive  race  stock.  The 
younger  generation  was  as  a  rule  distinguishable 
only  by  its  enthusiastic  Americanism.  Hence,  ex- 
cept for  recent  immigrants,  there  were  few  bearers 
of  German  names  who  felt  any  real  kinship  with 
German  ideals  and  interests.  There  was  certainly 
no  racial  tradition  strong  enough  to  stand  out  against 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    125 

the  very  real  anti- German  feeling  which  soon  pre- 
dominated. 

The  origin  of  this  feeling  must  be  sought  in  a 
number  of  converging  lines  of  development.  One 
was  the  growing  sense  of  community  with  Britain. 
In  the  past  there  had  been  endless  misunderstand- 
ings, for  a  common  tradition  held  with  a  difference 
may  be  the  most  potent  of  disruptive  forces.  The 
American  Revolution,  and  still  more  the  War  of 
1812,  had  left  the  seeds  of  bitterness.  Britain's 
part  during  the  Civil  War  did  not  improve  matters, 
for  the  best-intentioned  neutrality  in  such  a  struggle 
must  be  provocative  of  criticism.  American  his- 
tory-writing in  those  days  was  a  design  in  snow 
and  ink — the  simple  virtues  of  the  republican  set 
against  the  scowling  infamies  of  the  monarchist. 
But  as  America  advanced  in  power  and  wealth 
her  outlook  broadened.  She  became  more  critical, 
and  discovered  a  truer  perspective.  Her  scholars 
and  thinkers  were  less  inclined  to  the  worship  of 
mere  words,  and  no  longer  found  republicanism  the 
source  of  all  the  virtues.  Her  social  reformers  dis- 
covered that  a  republic  might  be  an  oligarchy  and 
a  monarchy  a  democracy.  As  she  moved  towards 
a  truer  national  culture  of  her  own,  she  began  to 
realize  her  debt  to  the  Old  World,  above  all  to 
those  islands  from  which  she  had  inherited  lan- 
guage, literature,  law,  and  a  thousand  habits  of 
thought.  The  touch  of  superciliousness  which  had 
marred  the  British  attitude  towards  her  through 
much  of  the  nineteenth  century  disappeared  on  a 
closer  understanding,  and  the  whole-hearted  admira- 
tion of  modern  Englishmen  for  her  great  personali- 
ties like  Lee  and  Lincoln  awakened  an  equal  interest 


126  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

in  contemporary  British  movements.  American 
flamboyance  was  a  defence  against  British  patronage, 
and  the  two  tended  to  decline  together.  As  America 
took  her  place  in  the  larger  life  of  the  world,  she 
developed  a  new  appreciation  of  that  old  land  which 
had  been  battling  with  world-problems  for  four 
hundred  years.  She  discovered,  somewhat  to  her 
surprise,  that  in  the  last  resort  she  had  the  same  way 
of  looking  at  the  major  matters  of  life  as  her  cousin 
across  the  seas. 

The  recognition  of  what  an  American  writer  has 
called  "  like-mindedness  "  did  not  mean  that  the 
two  peoples  would  always  see  eye  to  eye  in  everyday 
matters.  There  was  a  great  deal  of  foolish  talk 
about  kinship  by  British  writers  and  statesmen 
which  was  in  defiance  of  the  proved  facts  of  history. 
Blood  relationship  and  common  standards  do  not 
prevent  members  of  a  family  from  moments  of 
acute  exasperation  with  each  other.  But  in  those 
ultimate  crises  which  now  and  then  confront  nations 
and  families,  "  like-mindedness  "  awakens  all  the 
subconscious  instincts  and  dormant  memories,  and 
makes  apparent  the  strong  common  structure  below 
the  surface  differences.  Even  the  most  critical  and 
contumacious  households  are  likely  in  emergencies 
to  show  a  solid  front  to  the  world. 

A  second  reason  was  to  be  found  in  the  American 
philosophy  of  politics.  The  United  States  has  pro- 
duced many  learned  publicists,  but  we  shall  not  find 
her  popular  political  philosophy  in  their  admirable 
works.  That  philosophy,  like  all  popular  creeds, 
was  crude  and  nai've,  but  it  was  universally  held, 
and  impregnated  the  habits  of  thought  of  the  ordinary 
man  to  an  extent  which  was  probably  not  to  be 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    127 

paralleled  from  any  other  people.  Its  keynote  was 
liberty — an  unanalyzed  term  which  degenerated 
often  into  a  mere  catchword,  but  which  repre- 
sented a  very  deep  and  abiding  instinct.  It  was 
the  old  English  instinct  expounded  with  a  new 
accent.  Usually  stated  in  the  high-coloured  Jeffer- 
sonian  style,  it  was  interpreted  in  practice  with 
Alexander  Hamilton's  wary  good  sense.  A  man 
should  be  allowed  to  live  his  life  in  the  greatest 
freedom  compatible  with  the  enjoyment  of  the  same 
right  by  his  fellows.  The  State  had  no  doubt  rights 
against  the  individual,  but  the  individual  had  most 
vital  rights  against  the  State.  It  was  for  this  freedom, 
construed  in  different  senses,  that  both  sides  had 
fought  in  the  Civil  War.  It  was  this  worship  of 
the  individual  which  made  America  the  stoniest 
soil  on  the  globe  for  Socialist  propaganda.  It  was 
this  instinct  which  was  responsible  for  much  slack- 
ness and  corruption  and  anarchy  in  American  ad- 
ministration, since  no  half-truth  can  be  safely  wor- 
shipped. Hence  the  bureaucratic  state,  such  as 
Prussia,  was  of  all  forms  of  government  the  most 
repellent  to  American  minds.  And  this  right  of  the 
individual  to  live  freely  was  a  right,  too,  of  nations, 
however  humble.  Caesarism,  as  well  as  bureaucracy, 
was  anathema. 

Another  item  in  the  creed  was  a  profound  belief 
in  law,  an  inheritance  from  English  progenitors. 
The  nation  which  had  produced  Story  and  Mar- 
shall, which  lived  by  a  written  constitution,  which 
had  created  the  Supreme  Court,  which  had  fought 
a  great  war  on  the  construction  of  a  clause  in  an  old 
document,  which  had  to  forgo  direct  taxation  be- 
cause of  a  phrase  in  its  charter  of  government,  and 


128  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

which  submitted  time  and  again  to  serious  adminis- 
trative embarrassment  rather  than  shake  loose  a 'single 
legal  fetter — such  a  nation  was  not  likely  to  have 
much  sympathy  with  Germany's  view  that  "  reasons 
of  State  "  might  override  any  law,  and  that  inter- 
national law  in  especial  was  only  a  pious  make- 
believe  to  keep  the  world  quiet  while  the  strong 
man  armed.  Laws  might  be  broken  in  a  fit  of 
wrong-headedness  or  weakness,  but  that  Law  should 
be  deliberately  contemned  seemed  to  her  an  outrage 
on  civilization. 

Lastly,  into  her  philosophy  of  the  State  she  read 
the  ordinary  ethical  code  of  Christianity.  She  be- 
lieved in  old-fashioned  conservative  right  and  wrong. 
The  ethical  anarchism  which  set  special  individuals 
or  nations  above  Christian  morals  seemed  to  her 
at  once  blasphemous  and  silly.  She  had  no  meta- 
physics in  her  national  soul.  Good  was  good  and 
evil  was  evil,  and  no  rhetoric  or  hair-splitting  would 
make  them  otherwise.  The  strong  Puritan  strain  at 
the  back  of  her  mixed  ancestry  was  conspicuous  in 
her  public  professions.  Her  practice  might  limp 
behind  her  creed,  but  at  any  rate  she  would  never 
blaspheme  the  light.  Such  an  attitude  was  not 
hypocrisy  ;  it  was  fidelity  to  a  profound  conviction. 

A  third  reason  for  fighting  shy  of  Germany  was 
to  be  found  in  that  humanitarianism  which  is  part 
of  the  American  character.  There  is  no  reason  to 
question  the  reality  of  this  attribute.  Monstrously 
cruel  in  its  results  as  was  much  of  her  civilization, 
it  was  never  so  consciously  or  deliberately.  She 
could  not  be  brutal,  since  brutality  implies  pre- 
meditation. The  nation  was  tender-hearted,  with 
a  great  pity  for  weakness  and  suffering.  Her  des- 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    129 

perate  Civil  War  was  waged  on  both  sides  with  a 
singular  chivalry.  The  German  outrage  on  Belgium 
and  the  long  series  of  infamies  proved  against  the 
armies  of  the  Kaiser  revolted  America  in  her  inmost 
soul.  The  detestation  was  increased  when  it  pres- 
ently became  clear  that  these  barbarities  were  cal- 
culated and  were  part  of  a  carefully  thought-out 
system.  She  might  forgive  the  lapses  of  passion, 
but  never  the  outrages  of  copybook  desperadoes. 

A  fourth  cause  was  the  pacificism  to  which  as  a 
national  ideal  she  had  long  been  committed.  Her 
Civil  War,  one  of  the  bloodiest  in  history,  had  in- 
volved the  death  of  a  million  men,  and  had  destroyed 
the  best  of  her  race  stocks.  The  memory  of  that 
holocaust  had  inspired  her  with  an  intense  hatred 
of  war.  Outside  the  ordinary  diplomatic  entangle- 
ments of  the  world,  she  had  not  brought  herself  to 
envisage  an  armed  struggle  between  nations  as  an 
eternal  contingency.  Moreover,  as  a  commercial 
people,  she  saw  the  economic  loss  and  folly  of  war- 
fare, and  for  long  she  had  striven  to  give  effect  to 
her  views  and  to  lead  the  nations  into  the  pleasant 
paths  of  conference  and  arbitration.  The  elements 
of  militarism  in  her  daily  life  were  few.  Her  army 
was  small,  and  as  a  profession  made  little  appeal  to 
her  youth.  Her  navy  was  unknown  to  most  of  the 
inhabitants  of  her  vast  territories.  Expenditure 
even  upon  defence  seemed  to  her  waste,  for  she  had 
no  urgent  menace  before  her.  Her  love  of  abstrac- 
tions and  of  high-sounding  phrases  made  peace  a 
favourite  counter  in  her  popular  oratory.  In  this 
attitude  there  were,  no  doubt,  unworthy  elements. 
There  was  something  of  the  pedant  who  generalizes 
from  an  exceptional  case.  There  was  much  of  the 

IX.  Q 


130  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

prosperous  rich  man  who  repudiates  whatever  has  no 
immediate  cash  value.  There  was  a  touch,  too,  of 
self-righteousness,  which  is  not  the  quality  that 
exalteth  a  nation.  Vapourings  such  as  Mr.  Bryan's 
were  the  product  of  a  mind  drunk  with  its  ample 
rhetoric.  But  behind  all  these  pacificist  follies 
America  had  a  sober  conviction  which  did  credit 
alike  to  her  head  and  her  heart.  She  had  a  vision 
of  a  wiser  and  not  less  virile  world  where  "  the  glories 
of  our  blood  and  state  "  would  be  independent  of  the 
sword.  To  such  an  idealism  the  creed  of  the  new 
children  of  Odin  seemed  the  last  and  fatalest  heresy. 
Last,  but  not  least,  among  these  causes  we  must 
rank  the  incredible  blindness  of  German  diplomacy. 
Intensely  conscious  of  her  nationality,  she  found 
certain  elements  in  her  population  treated  by  German 
agents  as  if  they  were  still  subjects  of  the  Kaiser — 
which,  indeed,  according  to  the  German  naturalization 
laws,  many  of  them  were.  Proud  of  her  independ- 
ence and  her  position  in  the  world,  she  had  to  submit 
to  alternate  threats  and  cajoleries,  and  to  an  insuffer- 
able patronage.  Count  Bernstorff  and  his  coadjutors 
were  masters  in  the  art  of  blundering.  There  were 
weak  points  in  the  case  of  the  Allies  from  an  Amer- 
ican point  of  view,  which  an  adroit  man  might  have 
used  to  advantage.  There  were  features  in  the 
British  conduct  of  the  naval  war  which  might  easily 
have  been  turned  into  an  irritant  to  inflame  the 
quick  American  sense  of  legality.  But  Germany 
flung  away  lavishly  the  cards  which  the  gods  had 

S'ven  her.     The  Allies  had  no  need  of  an  advocate, 
ermany  herself  was  the  chief  pleader  in  their  case. 
The  consequence  was  that  from  the  outset  of 
the  war  the  intelligence  and  the  popular  feeling  of 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    131 

America  had  been  against  the  Teutonic  cause.  A 
few  political  or  legal  theorists  admired  the  German 
system  ;  a  few  sociologists  had  an  affection  for  the 
German  municipal  regime  ;  a  sprinkling  of  scien- 
tists looked  up  to  German  scholarship  ;  some  of 
the  Army  officers  professed  esteem  for  the  German 
army ;  one  or  two  great  financial  houses  could  not 
forget  their  German  affinities  ;  and  a  considerable 
proportion  of  German- Americans  made  no  secret  of 
their  sympathies.  But  these  elements,  though  loudly 
vocal  and  well  supported  by  a  subsidized  Press, 
were  a  mere  fraction  of  the  American  people.  Some 
even  of  the  leading  German-Americans  were  fav- 
ourable to  the  Allied  cause.  And  the  ablest  state- 
ments of  that  cause  came  from  the  pens  of  men 
who,  in  the  eyes  of  their  countrymen,  were  the  most 
representative  and  authoritative  Americans. 

It  may  be  asked — it  was  a  stock  question  at  the 
time  in  France  and  Britain — why,  since  America's 
convictions  were  thus  clear,  she  did  not  range  her- 
self with  the  Allies.  When  inquiry  was  made  as  to 
what  it  was  proposed  that  America  should  do,  the 
reply  was  that  on  behalf  of  international  honour 
and  public  morals  she  should  have  declared  war 
upon  Germany,  or  that  at  any  rate  she  should  have 
called  her  to  task.  Both  came  to  the  same  thing ; 
for  a  protest,  to  which  Germany  would  have  given 
a  summary  answer,  would,  if  strongly  supported, 
have  meant  war.  What  reasonable  ground  was 
there  for  holding  that  it  was  America's  duty,  apart 
from  direct  provocation,  to  enter  the  struggle  on 
the  Allies'  side  ?  The  matter  is  important,  for  on 
it  depends  our  estimate  of  American  conduct.  We 
are  dealing  at  present  with  the  early  stages  of  the 


132  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

war,  before  Germany's  submarine  policy  had  created 
a  definite  cause  of  offence. 

It  should  never  be  forgotten  that  a  nation,  in 
making  the  momentous  decision  for  or  against  an 
armed  conflict,  is  guided  not  by  sympathies  but  by 
interests.  A  statesman  is  bound  to  consider  the 
enduring  interests  of  his  country,  and  not  the  pass- 
ing moods  of  popular  sentiment.  He  may  for  this 
reason  have  to  fight  an  unpopular  war,  or  to  insist 
upon  an  unpopular  peace.  It  may  be  the  highest 
unwisdom,  because  the  feelings  of  his  countrymen 
are  moved  on  a  particular  issue,  such  as  the  mis- 
fortune of  a  dynasty,  or  the  harsh  treatment  of  a 
little  state,  to  go  crusading  on  its  behalf.  It  is  not 
his  business  to  act  as  censor  morum  to  the  world  at 
large,  or  as  the  knight-errant  of  distressed  peoples, 
His  duty  is  to  consider  the  good  of  his  own  realm. 
Occasionally  he  may  be  forced  by  popular  clamour 
to  take  up  arms  lest  his  country  be  rent  internally. 
But,  save  in  this  extreme  case,  his  path  is  clear. 
The  steady  light  of  policy,  and  not  the  marsh-fires 
of  sentiment,  must  be  his  guiding  star. 

In  the  case  of  America  it  might  well  be  argued 
that  her  deepest  interests  would  be  malignly  affected 
by  Germany's  success.  But  to  set  against  this  we 
must  remember  that  the  conflict  in  the  Old  World 
appeared  to  American  observers  to  be  at  least  evenly 
matched,  and  that  they  did  not  seriously  believe 
that  Germany  would  win  in  the  long  run.  Had  the 
odds  in  her  favour  been  greater,  American  policy 
might  have  shaped  itself  differently  from  the  be- 
ginning. Again,  it  was  clear  that  American  sym- 
pathy with  the  Allies,  while  sincere  in  itself,  was 
by  no  means  so  intense  as  to  force  the  hand  of  a 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    133 

politic  statesman.  Advocates  for  immediate  inter- 
vention, such  as  Mr.  Roosevelt,  based  their  argument 
rather  on  sentiment  than  on  policy,  and  that  senti- 
ment was  still  far  short  of  a  passion.  America  as  a 
whole  was  anxious  that  the  Allies  should  be  victori- 
ous, but  she  did  not  consider  it  her  duty  to  take  up 
cudgels  in  a  quarrel  which  at  first  only  remotely 
concerned  her.  Her  statesmen  believed  with  much 
reason  that  neutrality  was  for  her  the  path  of  in- 
terest, and  by  no  means  inconsistent  with  honour. 
The  popular  temper  was  slightly  different,  but  not 
different  enough  to  set  up  a  dangerous  antagonism 
to  these  counsels  of  peace. 

President  Wilson,  therefore,  played  a  discreet 
and  aloof  part,  and  he  was  supported  in  it  by  the 
great  majority  of  his  countrymen.  America  real- 
ized what  many  of  her  critics  failed  to  understand, 
that  an  active  participation  in  the  conflict  was  the 
only  alternative  to  complete  neutrality,  and  she  did 
not  see  her  way  to  so  bold  a  step.  As  we  have  seen, 
she  had  for  long  made  a  cult  of  peace,  and  was  pos- 
sessed of  a  genuine  horror  of  war.  She  knew  little 
about  the  actual  quarrel,  for  the  average  American 
is  profoundly  ignorant  of  foreign  affairs.  She  re- 
membered Washington's  warning  against  European 
engagements,*  and  Jefferson's  famous  watchword, 
"  Peace,  commerce,  and  honest  friendship  with  all 
nations,  entangling  alliances  with  none." 

Her  cherished  Monroe  Doctrine  was  the  charter 
of  her  detachment.  At  the  Hague  Conferences  of 

*  "  Europe  has  a  set  of  primary  interests,  which  to  us  have 
none  or  very  remote  relations.  Hence  she  must  be  engaged 
in  frequent  controversies,  the  causes  of  which  are  essentially 
foreign  to  our  concerns." 


134  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

1899  and  1907  she  had  formally  restated  her  "  tra- 
ditional policy  of  not  intruding  upon,  interfering 
with,  or  entangling  herself  in  the  political  questions 
or  policy  or  internal  administration  of  any  foreign 
state,"  and  she  had  become  a  party  to  the  Algeciras 
Treaty  with  the  same  reservation.  A  decade  earlier 
she  had  appeared  to  assume  the  duties  of  a  World 
Power,  but  her  experience  in  the  Philippines  had 
caused  a  reaction  against  this  nascent  imperialism, 
and  her  recent  relations  with  Mexico  had  sickened 
her  of  foreign  adventures. 

These  reasons  decided  public  opinion,  and, 
since  in  America  public  opinion  is  the  true  sovereign, 
President  Wilson  was  loyal  to  his  master.  The 
President  of  the  United  States  has  in  theory  more 
absolute  executive  powers  than  any  ruler  in  the  world. 
But  he  is  bound  to  an  unseen  chariot  wheel.  He 
dare  not  outrun  the  wishes  of  the  majority  of  the 
citizens.  His  pace  is  as  fast  as  theirs,  but  no  faster, 
or  he  courts  a  fall.  A  true  democracy  is  a  docile 
follower  of  a  leader  whom  it  has  once  trusted.  But 
an  incomplete  democracy  such  as  America  demands 
not  a  leader  but  a  fellow-wayfarer  who  can  act  as 
spokesman.  Hence  it  was  idle  to  talk  of  President 
Wilson's  policy  as  if  it  were  the  conclusions  and 
deeds  of  an  individual.  It  was  his  business  to  in- 
terpret the  opinion  of  America  at  large,  and  there  is 
no  reason  to  believe  that  he  erred  in  this  duty. 

A  vital  and  magnetic  personality  like  Mr.  Roose- 
velt could,  indeed,  create  opinion  on  his  own  ac- 
count, and  initiate  novel  departures.  But  Mr. 
Roosevelt  was  not  the  orthodox  Presidential  type. 
Mr.  Wilson  was  far  more  in  the  true  line  of  suc- 
cession from  the  founders  of  the  republic.  He  was 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    135 

a  man  of  wide  and  liberal  ideas,  and  a  deeply-read 
student  of  history  and  politics.  Probably  no  modern 
ruler  has  ever  brought  to  his  task  a  stronger  equip- 
ment of  theoretical  knowledge.  Though  a  Demo- 
crat, he  did  not  follow  the  Jeffersonian  tradition, 
and  his  best-known  political  work  revealed  him  as 
an  enthusiast  for  the  new  American  Imperialism. 
His  political  career  before  his  election  showed  that 
he  possessed  courage  and  initiative.  In  those  days 
he  described  himself  as  "  a  Conservative  with  a 
move  on,"  a  phrase  which  may  be  taken  as  a  sum- 
mary of  the  central  public  opinion  of  both  America 
and  Britain.  His  detractors  called  him  academic, 
but  the  term  was  an  unwilling  tribute  to  the  judicial 
quality  of  his  mind.  Having  decided  that  the 
temper  and  the  interests  of  his  country  were  on  the 
side  of  neutrality,  he  balanced  the  scales  with  a 
meticulous  precision.  That  in  itself  was  no  slight 
achievement  in  the  midst  of  a  universal  hurricane 
of  war. 

His  mistake,  and  that  of  his  friends,  was  that 
they  were  apt  in  their  public  utterances  to  base 
their  policy  on  the  wrong  grounds,  and  to  spoil 
their  case  with  irrelevant  rhetoric.  America's  con- 
duct was  founded  on  self-interest  and  on  nothing 
else.  She  looked  to  present  and  future  advantages, 
as  she  was  justified  in  doing.  No  man  is  bound  to 
be  a  Crusader,  and  no  nation  is  called  upon  to  be 
quixotic.  But  when  the  President  declared  that 
America  was  "  too  proud  to  fight,"  and  when 
others,  with  half  the  world  suffering  for  the  eternal 
principles  of  right  and  wrong,  announced  that 
American  neutrality  was  a  triumph  in  the  cause 
of  human  progress,  it  had  an  ugly  air  of  cant.  Com- 


136  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

mon  sense  is  an  excellent  thing  in  its  way,  but  it  is 
not  heroic.  The  successful  merchant  becomes  an 
offence  when  he  masquerades  as  a  paladin. 

The  American  attitude  was  a  godsend  to  Ger- 
many, but  the  latter  had  not  the  wit  to  appreciate 
her  blessings.  The  difficulty  arose  over  the  Allied 
command  of  the  sea.  American  markets  were  open 
to  all  the  belligerents  to  purchase  munitions  of  war, 
but  only  the  Allies  could  take  delivery.  Germany 
protested  that  this  one-sided  commerce  was  a 
breach  of  neutrality,  which  it  certainly  was  not, 
and  received  on  this  point  a  very  clear  answer  from 
the  President.  Then  she  set  herself  with  immense 
industry  to  hamper  the  Allied  purchases  by  foment- 
ing internal  trouble  in  the  United  States.  Pres- 
ently came  the  British  blockade,  and  her  reply  to 
it  by  submarine  warfare.  The  indiscriminating 
nature  of  the  latter  campaign  was  certain  to  bring 
about  trouble  with  neutrals,  but  Germany  pre- 
sumed upon  American  disinclination  for  war.  She 
believed  that  she  had  the  measure  of  Washington, 
and  that  if  she  spoke  fair  words  she  could  escape 
the  consequences  of  her  own  offences,  and,  if  for- 
tune smiled,  even  provoke  a  breach  with  Britain. 
She  trusted  Count  Bernstorff  and  his  merry  men 
to  organize  German  sympathizers  across  the  Atlantic, 
and  use  the  Western  and  the  Southern  states  to 
balance  the  Eastern.  Meanwhile  her  submarines 
would  pursue  their  business  unchecked.  If  America 
suffered  she  would  apologize, — and  a  little  later  do 
it  again. 

The  sinking  of  the  Lusitania,  when  over  a  hun- 
dred of  her  citizens  lost  their  lives,  first  awoke 
America  to  the  nature  of  Germany's  game.  It  led 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    137 

to  the  retirement  of  that  clumsy  diplomatist,  Herr 
Dernburg,  who  at  the  request  of  the  American  Gov- 
ernment returned  to  his  fatherland  on  I3th  June. 
In  an  earlier  chapter  we  have  considered  President 
Wilson's  Notes  to  Berlin,  and  the  evasive  answers 
they  received.  The  Note  of  2ist  July  was  in  the 
nature  of  an  ultimatum.  It  declared  that  American 
citizens  were  within  their  rights  in  travelling  wher- 
ever they  wished  on  the  high  seas,  and  that  the 
American  Government  would  take  the  necessary 
steps  to  protect  these  rights. 

Germany  was  not  slow  to  put  this  resolution  to 
the  proof.  At  half-past  nine  on  the  morning  of 
Thursday,  iQth  August,  the  White  Star  » 
liner  Arabic,  which  had  left  Liverpool 
for  New  York  the  afternoon  before,  was  torpedoed 
and  sunk  off  Cape  Clear  without  warning  by  a  Ger- 
man submarine.  The  loss  of  life  was  small,  as  the 
vessel  remained  afloat  for  ten  minutes,  and  there 
was  time  to  lower  the  boats.  But  the  indignation 
in  America  at  this  outrage  was  great,  for  twenty-six 
Americans  were  among  the  passengers.  The  first 
German  excuses  were  that  the  Arabic  was  a  British 
ship  going  out  for  a  cargo  of  war  materials,  and 
carrying  on  board  gold  to  pay  for  them;  that  the 
vessel  had  been  mined,  not  torpedoed ;  and  that  in 
the  alternative,  if  torpedoed,  it  was  because  she  had 
tried  to  ram  the  submarine  after  notice  had  been 
given  her  to  stop.  This  curiously  inconsistent  de- 
fence was  disproved  in  every  detail  by  the  officials 
of  the  shipping  company,  and  by  the  affidavits  of 
American  survivors.  The  wrath  of  the  American 
people  was  so  unmistakable  that  Count  BernstorfT 
thought  it  well  to  trim.  He  implored  Washington 


138  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

to   wait  for  the  official  report,   adding  the  usual 

diplomatic  assurance  about  his  Government's  regret 

if  American  lives  had  been  lost.     Eight  days  later 

Auz   27     ^e  inf°rmec*  Mr.  Lansing  that  full  satis- 

r  '*  faction  would  be  given  to  America  for 
the  sinking  of  the  Arabic,  while  Herr  von  Jagow 
announced  that  before  that  event  Germany  had 
adopted  a  policy  designed  to  settle  the  whole  sub- 
marine problem. 

What  this  policy  was  appeared  on  ist  September, 

when   Count    Bernstorff    handed    Mr.   Lansing   a 

Sefit    i     wr*tten  pledge.     "  My  dear  Secretary," 

P  it  ran,  "  in  reference  to  our  conversation 

of  this  day,  I  beg  to  inform  you  that  my  instruc- 
tions concerning  our  answer  to  your  last  Lusitania 
Note  contain  the  following  passage :  *  Liners  will 
not  be  sunk  by  submarines  without  warning,  and 
without  ensuring  the  safety  of  the  lives  of  non- 
combatants,  provided  that  the  liners  do  not  try  to 
escape  or  offer  resistance/  Although  I  know  that 
you  do  not  wish  to  discuss  the  Lusitania  question 
until  the  Arabic  incident  has  been  definitely  and 
satisfactorily  settled,  I  desire  to  inform  you  of  the 
above,  because  this  policy  was  decided  upon  by  my 
Government  before  the  Arabic  incident  occurred." 

This  undertaking  obviously  fell  far  short  of 
America's  requirements.  It  ignored  Mr.  Lansing's 
assertion  of  the  rights  of  neutrals  bound  on  lawful 
errands  in  ships  of  belligerent  nationality  to  be  pre- 
served in  life  and  limb,  for  no  submarine  was  able 
to  ensure  their  preservation.  It  could  drive  them 
into  the  boats  before  torpedoing  the  vessel,  but 
small  boats  in  mid-ocean  may  be  a  slender  basis  of 
security.  There  were  cases  during  the  war  of  one 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    139 

being  without  food  and  water  for  four  days  before 
being  picked  up,  and  of  consequent  deaths  from 
exposure.  Again,  it  applied  only  to  passenger 
liners  and  not  to  ordinary  merchant  ships.  Further, 
a  submarine  could  sight  a  liner  before  a  liner  could 
see  a  submarine,  and  the  field  was  wide  for  bogus 
charges  of  attempted  escape.  Yet  in  spite  of  its 
ambiguity  and  insufficiency,  the  undertaking  was 
received  in  America  with  a  paean  of  triumph  over 
Mr.  Lansing's  diplomacy,  and  eulogies  of  Count 
BernstorfFs  moderation.  That  a  hard-headed  race 
should  have  shown  such  enthusiasm  over  a  dubious 
promise  showed  the  intense  disinclination  of  the 
American  people  for  war,  and  President  Wilson's 
success  in  interpreting  the  feelings  of  his  country- 
men. 

The  simple  truth  seems  to  have  been  that  the 
star  of  von  Tirpitz  was  declining.  Germany  found 
that  her  submarines  were  mysteriously  disappearing, 
and  that  the  value  of  the  whole  campaign  was 
scarcely  worth  the  price.  Quick  to  seize  a  momen- 
tary advantage,  Count  Bernstorff  used  the  new 
temper  of  America  to  angle  for  the  support  of  the 
peace  sentimentalists.  His  agents  in  the  Press  and 
elsewhere  hinted  not  obscurely  that  the  Kaiser 
wished  to  settle  the  submarine  controversy  in  order 
to  get  the  help  of  the  United  States  in  bringing  the 
war  to  a  close.  As  we  have  seen  elsewhere,  this  was 
Germany's  main  desire  at  the  moment.  While  her 
arms  were  triumphant  in  Russia,  she  hoped  for  a 
peace  on  her  own  terms.  What  these  terms  would 
be  may  be  gathered  from  the  suggestions  in  the 
American  Press.  They  would  include  the  creation 
of  an  independent  kingdom  of  Poland  ;  the  cession 


140  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

of  Courland  ;  the  autonomy  of  Finland  ;  the  parti- 
tion of  Serbia  between  Austria  and  Bulgaria  ;  the 
evacuation  of  Belgium  and  North  France  in  return 
for  Belgian  Congo  and  the  French  possessions  in 
Africa  ;  the  restoration  of  German  Africa  by  Britain ; 
an  international  agreement  guaranteeing  the  freedom 
of  the  seas  and  the  immunity  of  private  property 
from  attack ;  and — as  a  curious  afterthought — 
world-wide  recognition  of  the  rights  of  the  Jews. 
These  terms  were,  of  course,  not  official ;  but  there 
is  reason  to  believe  that  they  represented  generally 
the  attitude  of  the  German  authorities.  The  mix- 
ture of  unabashed  privateering  with  concessions  to 
American  sentiment  by  the  lip-worship  of  a  bogus 
autonomy  and  liberalism  was  characteristic  of  Ger- 
man diplomatic  methods. 

But  in  the  midst  of  this  atmosphere  of  brother- 
hood, when  righteousness  and  peace  in  the  shape  of 
the  German  Embassy  and  the  American  Foreign 
Office  kissed  mutually,  there  fell  a  thunderbolt. 
About  half-past  eight  on  the  night  of  Saturday, 
o  4th  September,  the  Allan  Liner  Hesperian 

eP  •  4-  was  torpedoed  without  warning,  130 
miles  west  of  Queenstown.  The  vessel  did  not  sink 
immediately,  and  was  towed  towards  port,  but 
^  ,-  foundered  at  seven  o'clock  on  the  morn- 
*epl  ing  of  Monday,  the  6th.  There  was  a 
small  loss  of  life,  but  among  the  crew  were  two 
American  citizens.  The  incident  played  havoc  with 
the  new  harmony.  It  was  clear  to  America  that 
whatever  the  Government  of  Berlin  might  say,  and 
whatever  instructions  might  be  given,  submarine 
commanders  would  go  on  their  old  path,  and  would 
invent  some  excuse  or  other  to  cover  their  actions. 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    141 

The  irritation  was  increased  by  the  official  Note  on 
the  subject  of  the  Arabic,  which  was  handed  to  the 
Ambassador  in  Berlin  on  yth  September.  In  it  an 
unbelievable  tale  was  told  of  a  deliberate  attack  by 
the  liner  on  the  submarine,  and  it  was  announced 
that,  even  if  the  commander  had  made  a  mistake, 
Germany  could  not  recognize  any  obligation  for 
compensation.  In  the  event  of  no  agreement  being 
reached,  she  offered  to  submit  the  matter  to  the 
Hague  Tribunal.  This  Note  the  American  Govern- 
ment refused  to  accept. 

It  was  now  becoming  apparent  that  no  German 
undertaking  had  any  real  significance,  since  in  each 
case  she  would  allege  some  special  circumstance 
which  took  it  out  of  the  general  rule  she  had  agreed 
to  observe.  While  the  reaction  from  the  premature 
rejoicing  of  the  first  days  of  September  was  in  full 
swing,  American  patience  received  the  hardest  trial 
of  all.  It  was  bad  enough  to  have  Germany  play- 
ing fast  and  loose  with  the  lives  of  American  citizens 
on  the  high  seas,  but  it  was  worse  to  find  her  tamper- 
ing with  domestic  affairs  within  America  itself.  For 
months  there  had  been  rumours  of  sinister  under- 
ground activities  directed  from  the  German  Em- 
bassy in  Washington.  Passports  had  been  falsified — 
a  work  in  which  the  Naval  and  Military  attaches, 
Captain  Boy-Ed  and  Captain  von  Papen,  were  the 
prime  movers.  The  methods  of  the  Black  Hand 
were  adopted.  There  were  dynamite  outrages  in 
Canada  and  incendiary  fires  in  various  factories 
throughout  the  Union.  German  money  was  lav- 
ished in  subsidizing  a  portion  of  the  American 
Press,  and  in  distributing  pro-German  literature. 
During  August  the  New  York  World  published 


142  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

documentary  evidence  to  prove  the  establishment 
of  a  German  Press  bureau  under  the  pretence  of  an 
impartial  agency  for  the  supply  of  news.  It  showed 
that  Count  Bernstorff  had  an  income  of  some 
£400,000  a  week  for  propagandist  purposes.  It 
proved  also  that  German  emissaries  were  engaged 
in  engineering  strikes  in  American  munition  works, 
and  that  German  agents  were  urging  the  Imperial 
Chancellor  to  prevent  the  dispatch  of  goods  pur- 
chased in  Germany  by  United  States  manufacturers 
in  order  that  the  blame  might  be  put  upon  the 
British  blockade.  This  constituted  a  gross  inter- 
ference with  internal  American  affairs,  which  not 
even  the  most  pacific  people  would  be  likely  to 
tolerate.  But  matters  reached  a  head  on  6th  Sep- 
tember, when  the  Dumba  case  was  made  public. 

This  business,  for  all  its  seriousness,  belonged 
so  much  to  the  world  of  pure  comedy  that  it  affords 
a  welcome  relief  to  the  grimmer  chronicle  of  war. 
*  On  30th  August  the  steamer  Rotterdam 

u°'  3  •  touched  at  Falmouth.  In  it  was  an 
American  journalist,  Archibald  by  name,  whose  aim 
in  life  seems  to  have  been  the  acquiring  of  minor 
foreign  decorations.  The  night  before  his  departure 
from  New  York  this  agreeable  cosmopolitan  had 
dined  with  the  German  and  Austrian  Ambassadors, 
and,  as  an  aspirant  for  the  Iron  Cross,  had  been 
entrusted  with  some  highly  confidential  messages. 
He  was  also  given  a  number  of  letters  of  introduction, 
including  one  to  Baron  Kuhlmann  at  the  Hague,  and 
in  a  covering  letter  Count  Bernstorff  expressed  his 
pleasure  that  he  was  once  more  returning  to  Europe 
"  after  having  promoted  our  interests  out  here  in 
such  a  zealous  and  successful  manner."  In  another 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    143 

letter  Captain  von  Papen  wrote  of  him  as  "  a  strictly 
impartial  journalist."  This  pose  was,  of  course, 
necessary  for  the  success  of  the  former  activities. 

In  the  budget  seized  by  the  British  authorities 
there  were  documents  bearing  the  signatures  of 
Count  BernstorfF,  Dr.  Dumba,  and  Captain  von 
Papen.  Count  BernstorfFs  principal  contribution 
was  a  copy  of  his  memorandum  to  Mr.  Lansing  of 
loth  June,  in  which  he  dealt  with  the  <y 
charges  of  American  newspapers  that  * 
Germany  was  negotiating  for  the  purchase  of 
factories  and  war  material  in  the  United  States. 
These  charges  he  categorically  denied.  There  was 
also  a  memorandum  from  the  same  hand,  dated 
1 8th  August,  in  which  he  faced  the  *  « 
difficult  problem  raised  by  the  New  '  %' 
York  World's  disclosures.  On  the  3ist  of  July  Dr. 
Albert,  the  Financial  Adviser  to  the  German  Em- 
bassy, lost  his  portfolio  in  the  New  <v  j 
York  Elevated  Railway,  stolen  from  him,  -/"^  31- 
he  declared,  by  the  spies  of  the  British  Secret  Service. 
This  portfolio  came,  as  we  have  seen,  into  the  hands 
of  the  New  York  World,  and  for  a  week  or  so  made 
sensational  reading  for  the  students  of  American 
journalism.  Count  Bernstorff  accordingly  felt  him- 
self obliged  to  offer  to  the  American  Government 
a  "  short  statement  concerning  the  facts."  He  did 
not  disclaim  any  longer  the  German  attempt  to 
obtain  control  of  American  munition  factories,  or 
to  purchase  their  output.  He  declared  that  nothing 
of  the  sort  had  been  done,  but  he  asserted — with 
some  reason — Germany's  right  to  do  it  if  she  had 
the  money  for  the  purpose.  That  Germany  had 
ever  tried  to  stir  up  strikes  or  "  take  part  in  a  plot 


144  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

against  the  economic  peace  "  of  America  he  reso- 
lutely denied.  He  denied  also  that  there  was  any- 
thing improper  in  the  very  modest  Press  campaign 
which  Germany  had  conducted.  So  much  for  the 
Ambassador.  Unfortunately,  his  wholly  correct 
sentiments  were  not  shared  by  his  colleagues  and 
underlings.  Dr.  Dumba  and  Captain  von  Pap  en 
ingenuously  toppled  down  the  tall  tower  of  ambas- 
sadorial decorum. 

Dr.  Dumba,  the  Austro-Hungarian  Ambassador, 
was  one  of  those  stormy  petrels  of  diplomacy  who 
have  often  found  shelter  in  the  dovecotes  of  the 
Ballplatz.  A  Macedonian  by  birth,  the  world  first 
heard  of  him  as  an  agent-provocateur  in  the  Balkans. 
He  was  a  walker  in  tortuous  ways,  with  a  front  of 
brass  and  an  elastic  conscience.  The  Archibald 
portfolio  held  three  of  his  dispatches  to  the  Foreign 
Minister  at  Vienna.  The  first  was  not  published. 
The  second  contained  a  very  full  description  of 
the  efforts  he  had  made  to  stir  up  unrest  among 
the  munition  workers.  This  was  dated  2oth 

»  August,  two  days  after  Count  Bern- 

'  storff  had  sent  his  official  denial  to  Mr. 
Lansing.  "  It  is  my  impression,"  wrote  Dr.  Dumba, 
"  that  we  can  disorganize  and  hold  up  for  months, 
if  not  entirely  prevent,  the  manufacture  of  muni- 
tions in  Bethlehem  and  the  Middle  West,  which, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  German  military  attache,  is  of 
great  importance,  and  amply  outweighs  the  com- 
paratively small  expenditure  of  money  involved." 
In  the  next  sentence  he  revealed  himself  as  a  social 
reformer.  "  Even  if  the  strikes  do  not  come  off,  it 
is  probable  that  we  should  extort  more  favourable 
conditions  of  labour  for  our  poor  down-trodden 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    145 

fellow-countrymen.  In  Bethlehem  these  white 
slaves  are  now  working  for  twelve  hours  a  day  and 
seven  days  a  week  !  All  weak  persons  succumb  and 
become  consumptives."  Dr.  Dumba  was  a  provi- 
dent soul,  and  was  resolved,  if  the  secret  came  out, 
to  pose  as  a  philanthropist.  Then  he  proceeded  to 
implicate  the  German  Embassy.  ;<  So  far  as  Ger- 
man workmen  are  found  among  the  skilled  hands, 
a  means  of  leaving  will  be  provided  immediately  for 
them.  Besides  this,  a  private  German  registry 
office  has  been  established,  which  provides  employ- 
ment for  persons  who  have  voluntarily  given  up 
their  places,  and  it  is  already  working  well."  He 
enlarged  on  the  details.  He  explained  what  the 
local  Hungarian,  Slovak,  and  German  Press  was 
doing,  and  how  its  activities  could  be  increased. 
It  may  be  noticed  in  passing  that  this  was  a  libel 
on  the  Slovaks  in  America,  who  had  shown  them- 
selves throughout  on  the  side  of  the  Allies. 

One  passage  revealed  the  main  lines  of  the  plot. 
1  To  Bethlehem  must  be  sent  as  many  reliable 
Hungarian  and  German  workmen  as  I  can  lay  my 
hands  on,  who  will  join  the  factories  and  begin  their 
work  in  secret  among  their  fellow- workmen.  For 
this  purpose  I  have  my  men  turners  in  steel- work. 
We  must  send  an  organizer  who,  in  the  interests  of 
the  Union,  will  begin  the  business  in  his  own  way. 
We  must  also  send  so-called  '  soap-box  '  orators, 
who  will  know  how  to  start  a  useful  agitation.  We 
shall  want  money  for  popular  meetings,  and  possibly 
for  organizing  picnics.  In  general,  the  same  applies 
to  the  Middle  West.  I  am  thinking  of  Pittsburg 
and  Cleveland  in  the  first  instance." 

The  third  Dumba  dispatch  was  a  long  rigmarole 

ix.  10 


146  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

about  the  best  ways  of  inflaming  the  anger  of 
American  importers  against  Britain.  There  was  also 
a  letter  in  which  the  New  York  World  disclosures 
were  discussed.  "  Count  Bernstorff,"  we  were  told, 
"  took  up  the  position  that  these  slanders  required 
no  answer,  and  had  the  happy  inspiration  to  refuse 
any  explanation.  He  is  in  no  way  compromised." 
As  we  know,  Count  Bernstorff  did  explain  the 
whole  matter  to  Mr.  Lansing,  and  had  the  happy 
inspiration  to  deny  the  charge  of  fomenting  strikes. 
Dr.  Dumba,  who  knew  the  truth,  went  on  to  con- 
sole himself  and  his  employers  with  the  reflection, 
'  there  is  no  evidence  to  support  the  main  charge." 
That  evidence,  by  the  favour  of  Mr.  Archibald,  the 
world  possessed  on  6th  September. 

Captain  von  Papen's  contributions  were  the 
most  curious  of  all.  One  referred  to  the  ordinary 
small  talk  of  the  espionage  business.  One,  ad- 
dressed to  the  German  Ministry  of  War,  revealed 
the  fact  that  German  agents  had  bought  up  large 
amounts  of  war  material,  and  had  great  difficulty 
in  knowing  what  to  do  with  them.  It  was  proposed, 
among  other  things,  to  dump  a  quantity  of  toluol 
on  the  Norwegian  Government.  But  the  most 
interesting  document  was  a  private  letter  which  is 
worth  quoting  in  full : — 

"  We  have  great  need  of  being  bucked  up,  as  they  say 
here.  Since  Sunday  a  new  storm  has  been  raging  against  us — 
and  because  of  what  ?  I'm  sending  you  a  few  cuttings  from 
the  newspapers  that  will  amuse  you.  Unfortunately  they 
stole  a  fat  portfolio  from  our  good  Albert  in  the  Elevated 
(English  Secret  Service,  of  course  !),  of  which  the  principal 
contents  have  been  published.  You  can  imagine  the  sensation 
among  the  Americans  !  Unfortunately  there  were  some  very 
important  things  from  my  report  among  them,  such  as  the 


STRAINING  AMERICAN  PATIENCE.    147 

buying  up  of  liquid  chlorine  and  about  the  Bridgeport  Pro- 
jectile Company,  as  well  as  documents  regarding  the  buying 
up  of  phenol  (from  which  explosives  are  made),  and  the  acqui- 
sition of  the  Wrights'  aeroplane  patent.  But  things  like  that 
must  occur.  I  send  you  Albert's  reply  for  you  to  see  how 
we  protect  ourselves.  We  composed  the  document  together 
yesterday.  It  seems  quite  likely  that  we  shall  meet  again 
soon.  The  sinking  of  the  Adriatic  [sic]  may  well  be  the  last 
straw.  I  hope  in  our  interest  that  the  danger  will  blow  over. 
How  splendid  on  the  Eastern  front.  I  always  say  to  these 
idiotic  Yankees  they  had  better  hold  their  tongues — it's  better 
to  look  at  all  this  heroism  full  of  admiration.  My  fcjends  in 
the  army  are  quite  different  in  this  way." 

No  nation,  not  even  the  most  pacific,  likes  to 
be  called  idiotic.  The  Archibald  disclosures,  com- 
ing on  the  top  of  the  unsatisfactory  reply  about  the 
sinking  of  the  Arabic,  and  the  more  recent  Hesperian 
incident,  left  an  ugly  impression  on  the  public  mind 
of  America.  The  Austrian  Embassy  was  revealed 
as  a  nest  of  insolent  intriguers.  The  German 
Ambassador  was  shown  writing  pompous  dis- 
claimers to  Mr.  Lansing  with  his  tongue  in  his  cheek, 
while  his  satellites  of  the  von  Papen  type  were  busy 
at  the  very  activities  which  he  denied.  The  whole 
German  attitude  towards  the  United  States  was  now 
blindingly  clear.  '  These  good  and  naive  Amer- 
icans," said  the  German  Government,  "  live  on  a 
diet  of  windy  words.  Let  us  flatter  their  bent  and 
give  them  plenty  of  this  inexpensive  provender,  and 
we  need  not  deviate  one  inch  from  the  course  we 
have  set  ourselves.  They  are  determined  not  to 
fight,  and  will  seize  on  any  shadow  of  an  excuse 
to  keep  out  of  the  quarrel." 

This  conclusion,  though  it  had  much  surface 
justification,  was  a  complete  misreading  of  the 
American  temper.  We  need  not  blame  the  Teu- 


148  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

tonic  ambassadors  too  much.  The  private  cor- 
respondence of  most  embassies,  if  published  un- 
expectedly, would  make  sensational  reading  for 
the  countries  concerned.  "  The  most  malicious 
democrat,"  wrote  Bismarck  on  one  occasion,  "  can 
have  no  idea  what  nullity  and  charlatanry  are  con- 
cealed in  diplomacy."  But  we  may  be  grateful  that 
a  fortunate  chance  let  in  the  light  on  a  colossal 
humbug.  America  was  wounded  in  her  amour 
propre,  and  was  compelled  to  take  firm  action. 
Washington  demanded  that  Dr.  Dumba  should  be 
recalled,  on  the  ground  that  he  had  been  guilty  of 
a  violation  of  diplomatic  propriety.  Vienna  hesi- 
tated and  quibbled,  and  Dumba  was  thereupon 
handed  his  passports.  By  the  middle  of  September 
the  reputation  of  Count  Bernstorff  and  his  staff 
had  fallen  like  speculative  stocks  in  a  financial 
crisis. 

One  result  of  the  incident  may  be  noted.  About 
this  time  an  Anglo-French  Commission  visited 
America  with  a  view  to  raising  a  loan.  The  matter 
will  be  dealt  with  later  when  the  autumn  position 
of  the  Allied  finances  is  discussed.  Here  it  is 
sufficient  to  observe  that  the  chance  of  a  loan,  which 
had  not  been  rosy  during  the  summer,  and  in  the 
beginning  of  September  had  looked  black  indeed, 
had  by  the  middle  of  the  month  suddenly  become 
hopeful.  The  Government  objection  had  been  the 
risk  of  stirring  up  bad  feeling  between  the  hetero- 
geneous elements  in  the  American  people.  But 
Count  Bernstorff  and  his  friends  had  nullified  that 
argument.  Their  ill-advised  intrigues  had  spilt  the 
fat  into  the  fire,  and  made  a  decorous  neutrality 
impossible. 


CHAPTER   LXX. 

THE   GREAT   RUSSIAN   RETREAT. 

Result  of  the  Fail  of  Warsaw — The  Awakening  of  Russia — 
Russia's  Previous  Mistakes — Shortage  of  Arms — Stamina  of 
the  Russian  Armies — German  Inhumanity — Treatment  of 
Russian  Prisoners — The  German  Plan  after  Warsaw — 
Desire  for  a  great  Field  Victory — The  Russian  Strategy — 
Fall  of  Ivangorod — Prince  Leopold  crosses  the  Vistula — 
Brilliant  Retreat  of  the  Russian  Centre — The  Narev  Army 
Falls  Back — Von  Mackensen  seizes  Vlodava — Importance  of 
Kovno  —  Siege  of  Kovno  —  Fall  of  Kpvno  —  Difficulty  of 
Russian  Position — Fall  of  Novo  Georgievsk — Germans  ap- 
proach Brest  Litovski — New  German  Dispositions — Begin- 
ning of  Army  Groups — The  Situation  in  the  Gulf  of  Riga — 
Germans  attempt  to  land  at  Pernau — Defeat  of  German 
Squadron  —  The  Moltke  torpedoed  —  British  Submarine 
wrecked  on  Baltic  Coast — The  Meeting  of  the  Imperial  Duma 
— The  President's  Address. 

THE  fall  of  Warsaw  consummated  a  process 
which  began  in  the  early  days  of  May — the 
awakening  of  Russia  to  the  full  gravity  of  the 
war.  From  the  start  the  nation  had  been  united. 
The  campaign  had  been  a  popular  one  beyond  any 
in  her  history.  It  had  been  recognized  by  every 
class  as  a  struggle  not  only  for  national  existence 
but  for  the  essential  ideals  of  civilization  and  hu- 
manity. But  the  magnitude  of  the  contest  had  not 
revealed  itself.  Her  conquest  of  Galicia,  her  firm 
defence  of  the  Warsaw  front,  and  her  bold  ventures 
across  the  Carpathians  had  obliterated  the  memory 


150  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

of  the  first  weeks  when  her  unpreparedness  had 
weighed  heavily  on  her  High  Command.  The 
extraordinary  fighting  quality  of  her  soldiers  had 
made  her  forget  how  small  a  part  individual  valour 
plays  in  the  first  stage  of  a  modern  war.  Russia 
had  grown  over-confident,  and  that  confidence  had 
almost  been  her  undoing. 

Looking  back  in  August  at  the  course  of  events 
since  April  it  was  easy  to  discover  her  mistakes. 
In  the  first  place,  she  had  been  holding  an  impossibly 
long  line  for  her  numbers  of  men  and  guns,  and  her 
Carpathian  advance  had  made  it  daily  longer  and 
more  vulnerable.  The  Russian  front  was  not  the  con- 
tinuous series  of  entrenchments  which  existed  in  the 
West.  There  were  gaps  in  it,  such  as  that  between 
the  Niemen  and  the  Narev,  and  the  junctions  of 
the  different  armies  seem  to  have  offered  points  of 
serious  weakness.  In  many  parts — vital  parts — the 
front  was  terribly  thin.  Take  DmitriefFs  3rd  Army 
on  the  Donajetz.  In  April  the  gth  Corps  was  hold- 
ing a  front  of  forty-five  miles.  The  3ist  Division 
held  nearly  eight  miles  ;  the  Elets  Regiment,  about 
4,000  strong,  held  nearly  five.  It  was  believed  that 
in  case  of  attack  reinforcements  could  be  readily 
brought  up ;  but  the  communications  were  bad, 
and  little  was  done  to  improve  them.  Proposals 
to  bring  out  skilled  workmen  from  England  were 
toyed  with  and  shelved.  No  attempt  was  made  to 
double  the  single  line  from  Lemberg  to  Jaroslav, 
the  chief  feeder  of  the  Donajetz  front ;  nor  was  the 
railway  bridge  at  Przemysl  repaired  after  the  cap- 
ture of  that  city,  so  as  to  make  available  a  direct 
double  route  from  Lemberg  to  Tarnow.  The 
result  was  that  the  Russian  army  suffered  from  lack 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     151 

of  mobility.  Troops  could  not  be  brought  up 
quickly  to  the  threatened  point,  and  each  regiment 
was  in  effect  left  alone  to  repel  any  attack  that 
might  be  made  on  it.  The  enemy  in  an  advance 
could  by  means  of  his  admirable  railways  weaken 
remote  parts  of  his  front  to  strengthen  the  operative 
part,  but  the  same  tactics  were  not  open  to  the 
defence.  Hence  Russia  lost  the  advantage  of  hold- 
ing the  internal  lines.  Though  the  enemy  had  to 
operate  against  a  convex  front,  he  had  far  greater 
powers  of  local  concentration. 

Again,  the  individual  ascendency  which  the 
Russian  soldier  had  established  on  the  southern 
front  led  to  an  undue  depreciation  of  his  opponents. 
During  the  long  halt  on  the  Donajetz  the  Austrians 
kept  up  an  incessant  bombardment ;  but  this  did 
little  harm,  for  they  never  followed  it  up  by  an  in- 
fantry attack,  and  consequently  a  large  proportion 
of  the  Russian  troops  could  be  withdrawn  from  the 
trenches  attacked.  This  state  of  affairs  led  also  to 
a  certain  slackness  of  intelligence  work,  and  the 
sense  of  security  which  it  induced  prevented  alter- 
native positions  being  prepared.  It  may  well  be 
questioned,  however,  whether  the  existence  of  such 
positions  would  have  made  much  difference  in  the 
debacle  of  May.  The  best  trenches  in  the  world 
would  have  been  useless  against  the  German  artillery, 
especially  if,  as  frequently  happened,  they  could 
only  be  manned  by  unarmed  soldiers  at  a  distance 
of  twenty  yards  from  each  other. 

This  brings  us  to  the  essential  Russian  weakness 
in  equipment.  Her  total  of  heavy  guns  was  far 
lower  than  the  enemy's,  and  her  lack  of  railways 
prevented  her  recalling  readily  those  which  had 


152  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

been  sent  to  other  parts  of  the  front.  Her  field 
artillery,  excellent  in  pattern  and  efficient  in  its 
gunnery,  was  poorly  supplied  with  shells ;  and  at 
various  times  in  the  course  of  retreat  its  munitions 
gave  out  altogether,  and  it  made  no  attempt  to 
cope  with  the  fire  of  the  enemy.  The  Russians 
were  terribly  short  also  in  machine  guns,  having 
at  the  most  one  to  the  enemy's  four.  As  the  retreat 
continued,  even  their  musketry  fire  was  in  danger 
of  starvation.  Many  of  the  new  recruits  took  their 
places  in  the  firing  line  without  rifles ;  and  captured 
rifles,  preserved  as  souvenirs,  were  collected  from 
the  Red  Cross  detachments  and  wherever  they  could 
be  found.  Men  had  to  wait  in  the  trenches  under 
heavy  fire  till  they  could  get  arms  from  wounded 
comrades.  In  the  2nd  Army  a  whole  Siberian 
division  had  to  face  a  shrapnel  attack  without  a 
single  rifle  among  the  lot,  and  the  field  artillery  of 
that  army  was  limited  to  two  shells  a  day.  When 
Irmanov's  3rd  Caucasians  fought  their  great  battle 
at  Jaslo,  their  general  at  one  moment  was  compelled 
to  refrain  from  a  counter-attack  because  he  had 
only  twenty  rounds  of  rifle  ammunition  per  man. 
In  the  words  of  a  Russian  private  :  ' '  We  had  only 
one  weapon,  the  living  breast  of  the  soldier. " 

Even  an  army  of  veterans  in  circumstances  like 
these  might  have  looked  for  annihilation.  At  any 
rate  its  retreat,  by  all  human  calculation,  should  have 
been  a  rout  and  a  confusion.  The  amazing  fact 
was  that-  there  was  no  rout ;  that  this  force,  which 
had  lost  incredibly,  which  was  short  of  every  muni- 
tion of  war,  held  the  enemy  firm,  and  after  the  first 
week  fell  back  at  its  own  pace,  with  stubborn  rear- 
guard actions  and  many  successful  counter-advances. 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     153 

There  were  no  sweeping  captures  by  the  enemy, 
and  the  few  Russian  guns  taken  testify  not  only  to 
the  scarcity  of  arms  but  to  the  orderliness  of  the 
retreat.  Observers  who  took  part  in  it  bore  witness 
to  the  absence  of  panic,  and,  indeed,  of  any  signs 
of  excitement.  Corps  like  the  3rd  Caucasians,  who 
had  been  reduced  to  a  fragment,  still  planned  and 
executed  bold  measures  of  reprisal.  The  i2th 
Siberian  Division,  on  the  Upper  San,  twice  crossed 
the  river  under  heavy  fire,  and  cut  its  way  through 
the  enveloping  Germans.  There  was  no  capture 
of  hospitals  or  Red  Cross  units.  The  trains  moved 
eastwards  at  their  usual  leisurely  speed,  and  a  colli- 
sion on  the  main  line  was  put  right  with  perfect 
composure.  The  great  retirement,  it  may  be  fairly 
said,  caused  less  flurry  to  the  troops  engaged  in  it 
than  to  the  various  Staffs  at  headquarters  and  to 
spectators  at  a  distance.  "  If  we  had  only  guns," 
said  the  soldiers,  "  we  should  be  marching  the  other 
way.  As  it  is,  we  shall  soon  return." 

The  invincible  fibre  of  the  Russians  could  not 
be  weakened  by  a  disaster  which  would  have  broken 
the  spirit  of  most  armies.  Still  less  was  it  affected 
by  the  calculated  barbarities  of  the  enemy.  The 
Austrians  behaved  tolerably  well,  the  Germans  with 
a  steady  cruelty  which  would  have  stained  their 
reputation  had  anything  so  dark  been  capable  of 
further  blackening.  If  it  is  fear  that  makes  men 
brutes,  then  the  panic  would  seem  to  have  been  on 
the  side  of  the  invaders.  The  Russians  in  their 
extremity  never  forgot  the  human  decencies,  as 
countless  instances  proved.  Officers  reported  that 
it  was  difficult  to  get  their  men  to  shoot  a  spy,  even 
when  caught  in  the  act.  Three  Russians  were 


iS4  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

wounded  by  a  German  aviator  whom  they  were 
helping  to  hospital.  They  took  prisoners  who 
continued  to  fire  on  them  up  to  the  moment  of 
surrender.  No  drunken  man  was  ever  seen  in  the 
Russian  lines,  while  the  Germans  were  often  so 
drunk  in  action  that  the  effects  lasted  long  after 
they  had  been  taken  captive.  The  evidence  on 
these  and  on  other  points  is  so  strong  that  it  cannot 
be  disregarded  even  by  those  who  are  rightly  scep- 
tical about  tales  of  atrocities  in  war.  The  Germans 
repeatedly  shot  or  bayoneted  their  prisoners  in  cold 
blood.  In  many  cases,  escaped  Russian  soldiers 
returned  horribly  mutilated,  because  they  had  re- 
fused to  answer  questions.  In  captivity  the  Rus- 
sians were  treated  with  excessive  harshness,  while 
German  prisoners  in  Russia  were  well  provided  for. 
A  description  by  a  Red  Cross  representative  of  an 
interchange  of  prisoners  at  a  place  on  the  Swedish 
frontier  reveals  something  of  this  difference  in  the 
code  of  national  ethics  : — 

'It  is  difficult  to  find  words  to  describe  the 
dreadfulness  of  the  scene  at  Tornea.  Everything 
possible  had  been  done  to  invest  the  home-coming 
of  the  poor  Russians  with  an  air  of  festivity.  The 
pier  at  which  the  barges  discharged  was  lined  with 
Russian  troops.  A  distinguished  committee  was 
there  to  receive  the  prisoners.  Flags  fluttered.  A 
military  band  played  the  Russian  National  Anthem. 
Crowds  had  assembled  to  cheer  their  compatriots 
as  they  landed.  .  .  .  And  then  they  came,  and  I 
shall  never  forget  the  sight.  I  may  claim,  from  my 
hospital  experience,  to  know  something  of  the 
symptoms  of  health  and  sickness.  Those  people 
who  crept  off  the  barges  hardly  had  the  semblance 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     155 

of  human  beings.  Anything  more  pathetic  it  is 
impossible  to  conceive.  They  came  back  dazed  and 
limping.  Every  man  was  in  rags.  There  was 
nothing  approaching  a  complete  uniform  on  any 
one.  Few  had  coats.  Some  had  no  shirts.  Many 
had  no  socks.  There  was  not,  I  believe,  one  sound 
pair  of  boots  among  them.  Their  hair  was  un- 
trimmed.  Some  of  the  crippled  supported  them- 
selves on  crutches  carved  from  the  lids  of  packing 
cases  and  the  like.  The  less  feeble  helped  the 
others  to  walk.  Every  man  was  emaciated  to  the  last 
degree.  Some  had  lost  their  wits  and  memory.  .  .  . 
They  advanced  slowly,  weakly,  with  their  eyes  upon 
the  ground,  without  a  smile,  without  a  hand  waved 
or  a  voice  raised  in  response  to  the  cheers  with 
which  they  were  greeted ;  and,  as  the  waiting  people 
saw  what  they  were  like,  the  cheers  themselves  died 
away,  and  the  awful  procession  went  on  in  silence. 
I  say,  unhesitatingly,  knowing  whereof  I  speak, 
that  nothing  but  continued  and  long-sustained 
neglect  and  malnutrition  would  possibly  have  re- 
duced these  men  to  the  condition  in  which  I  saw 
them.  Out  of  one  party  of  250  over  sixty  had 
developed  tuberculosis.  .  .  .  We  mingled  and 
chatted  with  the  Germans  on  their  train.  The 
contrast  with  the  condition  of  the  Russians  was 
almost  indescribable.  There  was  not  one  German 
prisoner  who  was  not  in  full  uniform,  which  had 
been  taken  from  him  on  his  arrival  in  hospital  and 
carefully  kept  and  returned  to  him  clean  on  his 
discharge.  All  had  good  boots.  The  lame  were 
without  exception  furnished  with  proper  crutches. 
But  most  striking  of  all  was  the  physical  well-being 
and  good  spirits  of  the  whole  party.  They  were 


156  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

well  nourished.  They  laughed  and  joked  with  us 
and  among  themselves.  It  was  evident  that  they  had 
been  treated  with  care,  and,  as  convalescents,  were 
being  sent  home  as  physically  fit  as  they  could  be 
made.  ...  I  know  that,  if  the  Germans  had 
hitherto  throughout  this  conflict  borne  themselves, 
so  far  as  the  world  knew,  with  moderation  and 
decency,  the  sight  which  I  saw  at  Tornea  alone 
would  convince  me  that  they  are  waging  this  war  as 
only  a  brutal  and  half-civilized  people  can  wage  it." 

The  occupation  of  Warsaw  compelled  von  Fal- 
kenhayn  to  decide  the  difficult  problem  of  his  future 
objective.  Two  courses  were  open  to  him.  One 
was  to  entrench  himself  upon  the  ground  he  had 
won,  and  make  the  Niemen,  the  Narev,  and  the 
Vistula  the  front  of  the  central  and  northern  armies. 
The  line  of  the  rivers  in  German  hands  could  be 
made  of  a  strength  which  would  defy  any  Russian 
counter-advances  for  many  a  day.  Warsaw,  the 
magazine  and  depot  of  the  Grand  Duke's  forces, 
was  in  his  hands ;  and,  though  it  is  easy  to  over- 
rate the  importance  of  any  single  city,  yet  the  pos- 
session of  Warsaw  conferred  great  and  obvious 
advantages.  Such  a  position  would  paralyze  Rus- 
sian efforts  for  the  immediate  future.  It  would 
enable  him  to  weaken  his  armies  without  danger, 
and  send  great  contingents  westwards.  And  it 
would  give  his  troops,  weary  with  three  months' 
incessant  fighting,  the  opportunity  to  rest  and 
recruit. 

It  is  probable  that  this  plan  had  been  in  the  • 
mind  of  the  German  Staff  during  the  winter.  But  I 
the  successes  of  the  summer  had  widened  their  i 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     157 

outlook,  and  von  Falkenhayn  began  to  cherish 
more  spacious  projects.  The  efforts  required  to 
win  Warsaw  had  made  the  Vistula  almost  impossible 
as  a  halting-ground.  The  Archduke  Joseph  and 
von  Mackensen  were  already  north  of  the  Lublin 
railway  ;  the  right  wing  was  pushed  almost  to  the 
Sereth  ;  while  in  the  far  north  von  Eichhorn  was 
well  east  of  the  Niemen,  and  von  Below,*  south  of 
Riga,  had  pressed  forward  in  a  deep  salient  towards 
Dvinsk.  To  be  content  with  a  defensive  line  on  the 
rivers  meant  the  sacrifice  of  these  substantial  gains, 
and  the  holding  of  a  long  concave  front.  It  was 
desirable  to  straighten  out  the  position  by  advancing 
the  centre. 

But  the  chance  of  a  crushing,  perhaps  a  decisive, 
offensive  was  what  dominated  the  German  mind. 
The  Russian  armies  were  clearly  in  a  perilous  case 
With  Warsaw  fallen,  the  southern  railway  cut,  and 
the  Narev  line  crumbling,  it  seemed  beyond  human 
power  to  extricate  the  centre  from  the  narrow  apex 
of  the  salient.  Meanwhile,  in  the  north,  von  Below 
and  von  Eichhorn  were  almost  within  striking 
distance  of  the  Petrograd  railway ;  and,  once  this 
was  cut  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Dvinsk  and  Vilna, 
the  whole  Russian  front  must  split  into  isolated 
and  unrelated  groups.  It  was  a  sovereign  chance 
to  compel  a  field  battle,  in  which  more  than  one 
of  the  armies  of  Russia  should  find  destruction. 

There  was  much  debate  during  these  days  about 
the  German  objective.  Some  said  Petrograd,  the 
capital  ;  some  said  Kiev  and  the  arsenals  and  iron- 
fields  of  Southern  Russia.  But  it  is  improbable 

*  This  spelling,  which  has  now  official  authority,  will  in 
future  be  adopted  in  this  narrative. 


158  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

that  either  of  these  ends  was  directly  envisaged  in 
the  German  plan.  They  sought  a  simpler  and 
far  more  valuable  result.  Between  Riga  and  Petro- 
grad  lay  three  hundred  miles  of  forest  and  meres, 
served  by  one  railroad.  The  same  distance  separated 
Tarnopol  and  Kiev,  though  the  country  there  was 
better  suited  for  the  movements  of  great  armies. 
In  a  few  weeks  the  autumn  rains  would  begin,  and 
in  two  months  the  first  snows  of  winter.  The  time 
was  too  short  to  reach  Petrograd  or  Kiev,  even  had 
these  been  the  gains  that  promised  most.  The 
Grand  Duke  Nicholas  might  yield  them  both  and 
fall  farther  back  into  the  heart  of  the  country,  and 
Russia  would  still  be  unconquered.  But  let  her 
armies  be  beaten  in  detail  in  the  next  month,  and 
Russia  would  indeed  be  vanquished.  She  was 
already  in  an  almost  hopeless  position,  with  no 
great  base  near,  with  slender  communications, 
with  her  ranks  terribly  depleted,  and  with  her  old 
insufficiency  of  equipment  unrelieved.  The  fruit 
was  almost  within  the  German  grasp.  One  great 
effort,  as  forecast  by  the  Kaiser  in  his  telegram  to 
the  Queen  of  Greece,  must  bring  about  that  decisive 
victory,  so  far  unknown  in  the  war,  which  would 
put  the  defeated  side  out  of  action. 

To  realize  what  such  a  victory  would  mean  to 
Germany  we  must  grasp  her  true  policy,  steadily 
pursued  behind  the  fog  created  by  filibustering 
journalists  and  the  megalomania  of  her  politicians. 
She  wanted  peace,  but  a  peace  in  which  she  should 
condescend  upon  her  opponents  and  dictate  the 
terms.  For  this  an  overwhelming  military  success 
was  necessary.  She  would  not  sue  for  peace,  shej 
would  offer  it,  and  for  such  a  role  she  must  come! 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     159 

garlanded  with  the  laurels  of  an  indisputable  tri- 
umph. She  still  misunderstood  the  temper  of 
Russia.  She  still  believed  that  her  zealous  agents, 
working  through  the  baser  elements  of  the  bureau- 
cracy, could  induce  the  empire  of  the  Tsar  to  cry 
off  from  a  war  in  which  it  had  suffered  so  grievously, 
and  had  borne  a  burden  unknown  to  the  Allies  in 
the  West.  She  believed  that  a  refusal  of  peace 
would  mean  a  Russian  revolution.  It  is  probable 
that  Germany  intended  to  offer  terms  which  neu- 
tral opinion  might  consider  as  reasonable,  and 
which  she  herself  regarded  as  magnanimous.  On 
the  surface  it  looked  as  if  her  purpose  was  likely 
to  succeed. 

But,  supposing  that  the  impossible  happened, 
and  the  Russian  armies  escaped  without  a  debacle, 
the  German  position  would  be  greatly  improved 
by  an  advance.  It  would  give  them  Brest  Litovski, 
the  last  of  the  Polish  fortresses.  It  would  give 
them  the  marshes  of  the  Pripet  as  a  great  piece  of 
dead  ground  in  their  line.  It  would  still  further 
disintegrate  the  Russian  forces,  till  they  fell  from 
an  extended  front  into  groups,  from  groups  to 
armies,  and  from  armies  to  disjointed  corps.  Further, 
there  was  a  position  which  could  be  held  for  the 
winter,  and  which  offered  greater  security  than 
even  the  river  line  of  the  Vistula.  There  is  a 
lateral  railway  running  south  from  Riga  by  way  of 
Dvinsk  and  Vilna  to  Rovno.  If  this  was  held,  and 
the  Austrian  right  wing  was  firm  on  the  Dniester, 
a  winter  front  would  be  gained  shorter  than  the  old 
one  by  four  hundred  miles,  and  with  communica- 
jtions  certainly  no  worse  than  those  of  Western 
Poland.  Again,  such  a  line  would  give  Germany 


160  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

complete  possession  not  only  of  Russian  Poland,  but 
of  all  the  territory  which  Polish  nationalism  had 
ever  claimed.  Now,  the  unity  of  the  Polish  race 
had  always  been  the  central  ideal  of  Polish  patriots. 
Since  the  war  began  the  wisest  brains  among  them 
had  been  loyal  to  Russia,  believing  that  only  Russia 
could  give  them  once  more  a  racial  and  territorial 
solidarity.  But  with  Galicia  and  Russian  Poland, 
as  well  as  Posen,  in  German  hands,  the  allegiance 
of  the  Poles  would  be  sorely  tried.  Germany  alone, 
it  might  then  appear,  could  implement  her  promises 
and  give  reality  to  their  aspirations.  Besides,  there 
was  the  vast  Jewish  residuum  of  the  Polish  popu- 
lation, without  national  tradition,  which  might  be 
trusted  to  worship  the  rising  sun. 

Fortune  seemed  to  smile  happily  on  the  German 
purpose  on  that  day  when  Prince  Leopold  entered 
Warsaw.  Russia  had  one  pressing  duty  before  her 
— to  extricate  her  armies  and  refuse  at  all  costs  to 
be  driven  into  a  field  battle.  Her  first  business  was 
to  get  her  troops  out  of  the  Warsaw  salient.  That 
meant  that  while  her  centre  fought  constant  rear- 
guard actions  against  Prince  Leopold's  advance, 
her  right  centre  must  check  von  Gallwitz  and  von 
Scholtz  on  the  Narev,  and  her  left  centre  the  ad- 
vance of  von  Woyrsch  towards  Lukow,  till  such  time 
as  her  2nd  Army  had  fallen  back  east  of  Siedlce. 
She  had  left  the  great  fortress  of  Novo  Georgievsk 
to  hinder  the  use  of  the  Vistula  for  German  sup- 
plies, in  the  hope  that  it  would  hold  out  for  at 
least  a  month.  In  that  event  the  loss  of  its  garrison 
of  20,000  and  its  many  guns  would  be  justified. 
Once  the  apex  of  the  salient  was  clear,  the  retirement 
would  be  on  Brest  Litovski ;  and  to  enable  her  to 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     161 

effect  this  in  good  order,  the  northern  fortresses 
of  Ossowietz  and  Kovno  must  resist  till,  at  any  rate, 
the  end  of  August.  Otherwise,  in  the  difficult 
country  around  the  Bobr  and  the  Upper  Niemen, 
there  was  a  chance  of  more  than  one  corps  being 
cut  off.  It  was  already  clear  that  the  Upper  and 
Middle  Bug  could  not  be  held  long  against  the 
thrust  of  von  Mackensen.  Behind  Brest  Litovski 
lay  the  marshes  of  the  Pripet,  and  to  withdraw 
through  that  area  meant  a  stiff  holding  battle  around 
Brest,  for  the  withdrawal  would  be  slow  and  in- 
tricate. 

Russia  had  two  great  perils  immediately  be- 
fore her.  One  of  her  armies  or  army  groups 
might  be  enveloped,  especially  on  the  right  flank, 
where  von  Below  and  von  Eichhorn  had  already 
driven  in  deep  salients.  Or  the  onslaughts  of  the 
German  centre,  aided  by  von  Mackensen's  drive 
north-eastwards,  might  force  her  to  fight  west  of 
the  Pripet  marshes.  If  an  army  has  narrow  and 
congested  communications  behind  it,  and  the  enemy 
presses  hard,  it  may  be  compelled  against  its  will 
to  accept  battle. 

The  extraordinary  difficulties  of  Russia's  posi- 
tion must  be  understood  if  we  are  to  do  justice  to 
the  splendour  of  her  achievement.  Let  us  look  at 
her  immediate  task — the  retirement  from  Warsaw 
to  the  Bug. 

Ivangorod  had  fallen  on  4th  August  to  General  von 
Koevess.    To  defend  it  would  have  been  folly,  for  it 
was  wholly  surrounded,  and  it  commanded  no  vital 
route  of  communication.     The  guns  and     * 
munitions  were  removed  by  the  railway 
to  Lukow,  and  only  the  husk  was  left  for  the  con- 

IX.  II 


162 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


querpr.    The  rearguards  of  the  Russian  centre  were 

still  in  Praga,  the  Warsaw  suburb  east  of  the  Vistula  ; 

Aug   q     kut  ky  Monday,  gth  August,  they  were 

,*'  y'    driven  out,  and  Prince  Leopold  could 


Ivangorod. 

begin  the  bridging  of  the  river.  In  spite  of  the 
ruin  of  the  bridges  both  there  and  at  Ivangorod, 
the  Germans  were  not  slow  to  find  a  means  of  cross- 
ing. Using  the  big  thousand-ton  barges,  which  are 
the  staple  of  the  Vistula  navigation,  they  constructed 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     163 

pontoons,  over  which  they  ran  their  railways, 
branches  on  an  incline  connecting  with  the  per- 
manent track.  A  line  on  barges  seems  an  un- 
satisfactory expedient,  but  till  a  few  years  ago  this 
was  the  way  in  which  trains  from  Karlsruhe  crossed 
the  Rhine  into  Alsace.  Those  who  have  made  that 
journey  will  remember  that  the  train  scarcely  slack- 
ened speed,  and  that  there  was  no  swaying  of  the 
bridge  ;  only  as  the  weight  fell  on  it,  it  sank  very 
slightly,  sending  a  wave  up  and  down  the  river. 
Probably  with  Prince  Leopold's  force  there  were 
many  men  who  each  spring  had  helped  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  floating  bridge  at  Maxau,  and  each 
winter  had  taken  it  to  pieces. 

The  main  advance  of  Prince  Leopold  beyond 
the  Vistula  began  on  Tuesday,  loth  August.  It 
was  stubbornly  opposed,  and  made  slow  * 
progress.  The  Russian  resistance  in  this 
section  was  wholly  conditioned  by  what  was  happen- 
ing on  the  flanks.  They  dared  not  delay  one  hour 
longer  than  the  time  permitted  them  to  escape  from 
the  pressure  of  von  Gallwitz  on  the  north  and  von 
Woyrsch  on  the  south.  Had  there  been  no  such 
coercion,  Prince  Leopold  might  have  been  held  up 
indefinitely,  for  it  would  appear  that  his  army  was 
the  weakest  in  the  German  dispositions.  But  the 
thing  had  become  almost  a  mathematical  problem. 
So  soon  as  von  Gallwitz  and  von  Woyrsch  reached 
certain  points,  the  Russian  centre  must  break  off 
the  action  and  retire  to  a  position  which  would 
allow  them  to  evade  outflanking. 

We  do  not  yet  know  who  was  the  brilliant  soldier 
responsible  for  the  tactical  handling  of  the  Russian 
centre  ;  but  whoever  he  was,  he  was  beyond  doubt 


1  64  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

a  master  of  his  craft.  It  cannot  have  been  Alexeiev, 
who  was  in  charge  of  the  strategy  of  the  whole 
northern  group  of  armies,  and  had  his  hands  full 
with  the  threats  to  Kovno  and  Riga.  It  was  some 
general  who  had  borrowed  Alexeiev's  mantle,  and 
learned  his  supernatural  coolness  and  calculation  in 
extremity.  The  Staff  work,  too,  must  have  been 
perfect. 

The  gravest  peril  came  from  the  Narev  front, 
where  the  remnants  of  Plehve's  army  were  working 
as  if  to  a  time  schedule.  Von  Gallwitz,  it  will  be 
remembered,  had  first  crossed  the  river  on  the  26th 
of  July,  after  crushing  the  resistance  of  the  fortified 
bridgeheads  at  Pultusk  and  Rozhan.  He  was  held 
in  the  wooded  country  between  the  Bug  and  the 
Narev,  and  was  not  able  to  force  the  crossing  on  a 
*  ,  broad  front.  On  6th  August  Novo 

Georgievsk  was  completely  isolated,  and 
von  Gallwitz's  right  wing  took  Sierok  and  Zegrje, 

at  the  junction  of  the  Bug  and  the  Narev. 
o.  stormed  Lomza, 


and  next  day  von  Gallwitz,  moving  east  between 
^  the  Bug  and  the  Narev,  had  won  a  very 

'I*  dangerous  position,  no  less  than  the 
junction  where  the  central  line  to  Ostrolenka  joins 
the  main  Warsaw-Pet  rograd  railway,  a  few  miles 
from  where  the  latter  crosses  the  Bug.  This  meant 
that  the  whole  Russian  front  on  the  Narev  and  Bug 
west  of  this  point  must  give  way.  They  had  de- 
stroyed the  Bug  railway  bridge,  and  fallen  back, 
apparently  in  good  order,  by  the  Bialystok  railway, 
and  by  the  lateral  Malkin-Siedlce  railway,  which 
was  still  in  Russian  hands. 

On  the  south  von  Woyrsch  had  joined  hands 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     165 

with    von    Mackensen    on    loth   August.     Moving 
north-east,  he  took  the  railway  junction  ^        IQ 
of  Lukow  two  days  later.     By  that  time 


Sketch  showing  the  situation  on  August  12  (eve  of  the  retirement 
of  the  Russian  Centre  from  Siedlce). 

the    Russian    centre  was  in   Siedlce,   ready  for   a 
further  retreat  as  the  enemy  flanks  closed  in. 

On  the   1 2th  von  Gallwitz  was  at  Zambrovo, 
south-east  of  Lomza,  an  important  junction  of  five 


166  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

roads.    His  right  wing  was  at  Andrychov,  just  north 

Au<>    12    °^    tne    Petr°grad    line-      Siedlce    and 
6*       '   the  lateral  railway  were  clearly  no  longer 
tenable,  especially  as  von  Scholtz,  on  von  Gallwitz's 
left,  had  crossed  the  Narev  at  its  junction  with  the 
Bobr  and  was  threatening  Bialystok.     On  the  i3th 
Russ*an  centre  fell  back  from  Siedlce 


AUP    i  ^ 

*"    3-   anc[  Sokolov  into  the  profound  forests 

which  stretch  towards  the  Bug.  The  worst  peril 
was  over,  for  the  narrows  of  the  salient  had  been 
cleared.  It  remained  to  hold  the  ground  in  front 
of  Brest  Litovski  till  the  flanks  could  straighten 
themselves  into  line  with  the  centre. 

That  centre  by  the  I4th  was  at  Losice,some  twenty 

Aue    IA.    m^es  east  °f  Siedlce,  with  its  right  on  the 

*'    railway  running  north-east  from  Siedlce 

and  its  left  on  the  Lukow-Brest  railway.    There  for 

the  moment  it  was  safe,  but  to  north  and  south  the 

position  was  precarious  ;   for  next  day  von  Mack- 

AUP    TC     ensen>  pushing  north  along  the  Cholm- 

*'    5*   Brest  line,  took  Vlodava  on  the  Bug, 

and  von  Woyrsch  was  advancing  along  both  sides 

of  the  Lukow-Brest  lines.     In  the  north  the  left 

wing  of  von  Gallwitz's  army  had  forced  the  cross- 

ing of  the  river  Nurzec,  which  enters  the  Bug  about 

fifteen  miles  west  of  the  place  where  that  river  is 

crossed  by  the  main  Petrograd  railway.     Next  day 

Prince  Leopold's  left  crossed  the  Bug  at  Drohiczyn, 

*          ,     which    brought    it    in   touch    with    von 

**          Gallwitz's   right,   while   its   centre   took 

Biala  on  the  Krzna  River,  and  von  Mackensen  from 

the   south   moved   down   the   Bug   from   Vlodava. 

Already  the  enemy  were  within  twenty  miles  of  the 

fortress   of   Brest.     It   was   time   for   the    Russian 


Situation  of  the  Russian  Centre,  August  16,  1916. 


168  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

centre  to  fall  back  on  Brest,  and  for  the  High  Com- 
mand to  decide  whether  that  stronghold  should 
be  surrendered  or  defended. 

It  is  probable  that  the  Grand  Duke's  first  in- 
tention was  to  hold  Brest  and  the  line  of  the  Upper 
Bug.  The  railway  from  Brest  to  Bialystok  would 
give  good  lateral  communication  behind  the  fronts. 
Already,  by  the  i5th,  this  line  was  endangered  by 
von  Mackensen's  advance  from  Vlodava,  which 
gave  the  Germans  the  mastery  of  the  Bug  above 
the  fortress,  as  well  as  the  southern  part  of  the 
lateral  line.  But  the  essential  condition  of  the 
maintenance  of  the  position  was  the  Russian  con- 
trol of  the  Upper  Niemen,  and  especially  of  the 
fortress  of  Kovno.  There  Napoleon  had  crossed 
the  river,  and  there  ran  the  main  line  from  East 
Prussia  to  Vilna.  Ossowietz  would  be  a  point  in 
this  front,  which  would  run  roughly  from  Brest 
north  by  Bielsk  and  Ossowietz  to  the  Niemen.  But 
if  Kovno  fell  it  was  untenable,  for  that  would  give 
von  Eichhorn  a  chance  of  a  flanking  movement 
which  might  threaten  the  right  of  the  Russian  centre, 
and  might  even  cut  it  off  for  good  from  the  armies 
in  Courland. 

The  importance  of  Kovno  was  even  greater  in 
relation  to  the  situation  on  the  Russian  right. 
Tukkum  and  Mitau  had  fallen  to  the  army  of 
von  Lauenstein,  whose  clouds  of  cavalry  were  now 
scouring  the  valley  of  the  Aa.  Von  Below  was 
well  east  of  Shavli  by  the  end  of  July,  and  by  12th 
A  August  was  at  Poniebitz,  moving  towards 

U8-  l2-  Dvinsk  by  the  Libau-Dvinsk  railway. 
That  day  the  Russian  right  made  a  strong  counter- 
attack upon  von  Below,  and  another  attack  checked 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     169 

von  Lauenstein  on  the  Aa.     If  this  movement  could 
be  continued,  or  even  if  the  positions  won  could  be 


Kovno. 


maintained,  then  Dvinsk  and  Vilna  and  the  vital  sec- 
tion of  the  Petrograd  railway  between  them  were  safe, 
and  with  them  the  whole  of  the  Russian  right  flank. 


170  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

But  if  Kovno  fell,  various  awkward  consequences 
would  ensue.  The  Niemen  below  the  town  was 
already  in  German  hands.  Kovno,  Olita,  and  Grod- 
no were  the  three  fortresses  of  the  Upper  Niemen, 
and  the  first  in  the  present  situation  was  the  most 
vital.  Its  loss  would  imperil  the  other  two  ;  it 
would  make  the  position  of  the  Russian  armies  on 
the  Bobr  an  acute  salient ;  it  would  give  the  enemy 
a  direct  route  to  Vilna  and  the  Petrograd  line. 
Above  all,  it  would  place  the  Germans  in  rear  of 
the  Russian  position  on  the  Sventa,  which  enters 
the  Niemen  on  the  right  bank  a  little  below  the 
town. 

Kovno,  an  old  city  with  a  flourishing  trade  in 
grain  and  timber,  was  defended  by  eighteen  forts, 
five  on  the  east  safeguarding  the  Niemen,  four  on 
the  north  protecting  the  Vilna  bridge,  and  nine  on 
the  south  and  west.  The  Russians  had  no  time, 
any  more  than  at  Ivangorod  and  Brest,  to  defend 
it  by  those  earthworks  in  a  wide  perimeter  which 
were  the  salvation  of  Verdun.  The  end  of  July  saw 
von  Eichhorn's  army  close  on  Kovno  from  the  east, 
and  on  the  day  that  Warsaw  was  abandoned  the 
bombardment  began.  For  twelve  days  a  concen- 
tration of  heavy  artillery  rained  shells  on  the  fortifi- 
cations, while  the  infantry  struggled  for  the  outworks. 
The  factories  were  stripped  of  machinery,  and  the 
Government  records  sent  east,  for  soon  it  began  to 
appear  that  the  1 6-inch  guns  of  the  East  Prussian 
fortresses  must  speedily  make  an  end  of  the  defence. 
It  was  urgent  that  the  place  should  be  held  till  the 
latest  moment  for  the  security  of  the  rest  of  the 
Russian  line,  and  for  twelve  desperate  days  the 
garrison  stuck  to  their  post.  A  Russian  eye-witness 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     171 

of  the  siege  has  described  the  bombardment,  which 
took  place  to  the  accompaniment  of  wild  weather. 
"  Guns  of  every  calibre  were  employed  here,  and 
the  noise  they  made  was  beyond  all  description. 
They  fired  at  the  Russian  fortress  without  a  stop, 
and  bombarded  the  position  back  and  front  of 
the  fortress  incessantly.  One  would  have  thought 
no  living  beings  could  stand  it,  and  yet  the  Russians 
were  there  and  returned  the  fire.  It  seemed  to  us 
that  the  Russians  had  concentrated  all  their  artillery 
around  Kovno,  for  their  reply  was  stupendous.  .  .  . 
All  night  the  guns  roared  and  the  lightning  played 
in  terrible  fury,  as  if  a  deadly  storm  had  concen- 
trated itself  on  the  town.  Three  gigantic  Russian 
searchlights  added  to  the  vivid  grandeur  of  the 


scene.'3 


On  Sunday,  i5th  August,  the  end  was  very  near. 
A  German  corps  under  von  Litzmann  carried  a 
small  fort  at  the  south-west  corner,  and  pushed 
through    the    gap    thus   created.      The     * 
forts  by  this  time  were  in  ruins,  and  on 
the  night  of  Tuesday,  the  iyth,  the  heroic  garrison 
was  overwhelmed.     The  eastern  works    /• 
resisted  to  the  last,  and  a  portion  of  their      u&'  * '  * 
garrison  got  away.     The  Germans  claimed  20,000 
prisoners  and  over  200  guns.     When  a  forlorn  hope 
is  destroyed  there  is  little  chance  of  saving  men  and 
artillery. 

The  fall  of  Kovno — unexpectedly,  for  it  was 
counted  upon  for  a  long  resistance — revived  the 
peril  which  for  a  moment  seemed  to  have  passed 
by.  It  allowed  von  Eichhorn  to  transport  his  army 
across  the  Niemen,  and  to  outflank  the  Russians 
on  the  Sventa,  and  it  put  the  Bobr  armies  and  the 


Miles 


Sketch  Map  showing  the  possible  Russian  line  of  defence  that 

was  made  untenable  by  the  fall  of  Kovno  and  the 

German  menace  in  the  Baltic  provinces. 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     173 

force  holding  Ossowietz  in  a  position  of  the  gravest 
danger.  A  retirement  on  the  right  centre  was 
necessary  to  avoid  envelopment,  and  no  less  urgent 
was  a  retirement  in  the  centre.  For  on  the  i8th 
von  Gallwitz  cut  the  Brest-Bialystok  »  g 
railway  at  Bielsk,  thereby  isolating  Brest 
on  the  north.  That  same  day  Prince  Leopold 
crossed  the  Bug  at  Mielnik,  east  of  his  previous 
crossing  at  Drohiczyn,  and  thus  secured  for  a  line 
of  advance  and  supply  the  railway  which  runs  north- 
east from  Siedlce,  and  traverses  the  Bug  between 
these  two  crossing-points.  Farther  south  von  Mac- 
kensen  was  east  of  the  Bug,  north  of  Vlodava,  and 
moving  to  cut  the  Brest-Moscow  railway  behind 
the  fortress.  Prince  Leopold's  right  was  that  even- 
ing attacking  the  western  forts  of  Brest  itself. 

Next  day  came  a  fresh  and  unexpected  blow. 
The  siege  of  Novo  Georgievsk  had  been  entrusted 
to  von  Beseler,  the  conqueror  of  Ant-  * 
werp,  who  for  many  months  had  dis-  u*'  *" 
appeared  from  the  war  bulletins.  The  Russian 
Staff  assumed  a  lengthy  defence,  and  a  consequent 
hold-up  to  German  communications.  But  the  great 
cannon  which  had  battered  down  Liege  and  Namur 
carried  Novo  Georgievsk  in  something  under  three 
weeks.  Twenty  thousand  of  the  garrison  were 
taken,  and  over  700  guns,  most  of  which  had  first 
been  rendered  useless.  The  cyphers  and  maps 
were  carried  into  Russia  by  a  brilliant  feat  of  air- 
work. 

Brest  alone  remained  now  of  the  Polish  Tri- 
angle, and  it  was  very  clear  that  Brest  was  no  con- 
tinuing city.  The  first  Russian  line  of  retreat  was 
probably  on  a  front  from  Riga  through  Kovno, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 


Grodno,  Bialystok,  to  the  Upper  Bug.  But  Kovno 
had  fallen,  and  von  Mackensen  had  turned  the  river 
line  in  the  south.  A  farther  retreat  was  needed, 
and  once  more  the  duty  revived  of  extricating  the 


i         *•         di        <*a         5,  Miles 


i^fiV^C** 

u  %**«£«* 


*<??<* 


Novo  Georgievsk. 

weaker  and  most  critical  part  by  desperate  holding 
battles.     But   the   task    was    now    of   a   somewhat 
different    nature.      The    worst    salient    had    been  ; 
cleared,  and  the  problem  concerned  itself  with  the 
manoeuvring  of  army  groups  so  as  to  avoid  envelop- 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     175 

ment  while  moving  through  exceptionally  arduous 
country.  For  behind  the  Russian  centre  lay  the 
great  marshes  of  the  Pripet,  which  must  divide  the 
front  into  sharply  defined  army  groups. 

The  group  system  had  already  begun.     We  have 


Brest  Litovski. 


seen  that  the  Eastern  front,  unlike  the  West,  was 
never  without  its  gaps.  Ever  since  the  abandon- 
ment of  Warsaw  the  Russian  forces  were  arranged 
in  groups,  not  merely  for  administrative  purposes, 
but  because  a  continuous  line  was  impossible. 


176  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

Ewarts  commanded  the  central  group,  Ivanov  the 
southern,  and  Alexeiev  the  northern.  These  groups 
were  still  in  touch,  but  they  were  separated  by  sub- 
stantial territorial  gaps.  Against  the  three  Russian 
commands  were  arrayed  three  German  army  systems. 
Von  Hindenburg  had  the  northern,  and  under  him 
were  the  armies  of  von  Lauenstein,  von  Below, 
von  Eichhorn,  von  Scholtz,  and  von  Gallwitz. 
Prince  Leopold  led  the  centre,  having  with  him 
von  Woyrsch  ;  while  von  Mackensen  had  the  south- 
ern command,  including  the  armies  of  Boehm- 
Ermolli,  von  Bothmer,  and  von  Pflanzer.  It  would 
appear  that,  ever  since  Warsaw  fell,  the  bulk  of  the 
forces  of  the  Archduke  Joseph  Ferdinand  and  von 
Linsingen  had  been  kept  as  a  general  reserve. 

While  Russia  grappled  with  the  urgencies  of 
her  land  retirement  there  came  a  sudden  threat 
on  the  north  from  the  sea.  In  March  a  German 
squadron  of  battleships  and  torpedo-craft  had 
shelled  the  coast  villages  of  Courland.  In  the  early 
days  of  June  there  had  been  fighting  below  Goth- 
land and  the  Gulf  of  Riga,  in  which  the  Russians 
lost  the  mine-layer  Yenesei  and  the  Germans  the 
transport  Hindenburg  and  a  destroyer.  Russian 
torpedo  boats  engaged  German  cruisers  off  Windau 
on  30th  June,  and  there  was  an  action  off  Gothland 
on  2nd  July.  These  activities  forewarned  the  Rus- 
sian Baltic  Fleet,  under  Admiral  Kannin,  that  at 
any  moment  an  attempt  might  be  made  to  assist 
the  armies  by  a  landing  of  troops  on  the  Riga  shore. 
Such  a  landing,  if  successful,  would  have  turned 
the  Russian  right  and  led  at  once  to  the  fall  of  Riga. 
But,  for  a  landing  to  be  possible,  the  mastery  of  the 


Mango 

(Finland) 


Li 


Win 


Miles 


Gulf  of  Riga. 


IX. 


12 


178  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

sea  must  first  be  secured.  It  was  Germany's  busi- 
ness first  of  all  to  sink  or  blockade  the  Russian  fleet. 
Till  that  was  done  any  landing  was  the  height  of 
rashness,  more  especially  when  we  remember  that 
her  object  was  not  to  gain  a  port  but  to  establish 
an  advanced  base  for  her  extreme  left,  and  such  a 
base  involved  a  secure  and  continuous  passage  for 
her  transports  from  Koenigsberg  and  Danzig. 

On  Sunday,   loth  August,  an  attack  was  made 

on  a  large  scale.     A  German  fleet,  consisting  of  nine 

^  of  the  older  battleships,  twelve  cruisers, 

and   a    destroyer   flotilla,    attempted   to 

force  the  southern  channel  which  leads  to  the  Gulf 

of  Riga.     The  attempt  was  defeated,  probably  by 

the  Russian  submarines  and  smaller  craft.     But  on 

Aue  1 6  ^k  ^ugust  **  was  renewed  with  deter- 
*'  '  mination.  The  opening  of  the  Gulf  is 
defended  by  a  group  of  islands,  of  which  Oesel  is 
the  largest,  with  the  smaller  islets  of  Dago,  Mohn, 
and  Wormso  stretching  to  the  north-east.  The 
chief  entrance,  the  only  one  practicable  for  ships 
of  heavy  draught,  lies  between  Oesel  and  the  main- 
land, but  there  is  another  east  of  Mohn  through 
the  northern  Archipelago.  Riga,  on  the  mouth  of 
the  Dvina,  lies  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Gulf; 
and  on  a  bay  on  the  eastern  shore,  about  half-way  as 
the  crow  flies  between  Riga  and  Reval,  is  the  little 
port  of  Pernau. 

On  1 6th  August  the  German  fleet  engaged  the 
Russian  at  the  mouth  of  both  channels.     The  attack 

Au?    17    was  rePulsed  >  but  next  day  a  thick  fog 

**     ' "   settled  on  the  water,  and  the  enemy  was 

able  to  sweep  the  mines  from  the  entrance.     The 

Russian  light  craft  retired  into  the  Gulf,  while  the 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     179 

larger  units  remained  outside,  since  in  such  weather 
a   general   action   was   impossible.     The    Germans 
moved    in,   apparently   under  the    impression  that 
the  Russians   had  withdrawn  from  the  Gulf  alto- 
gether.    On   the    iQth    they   began  their    prepara- 
tion for  a  landing  at  Pernau,  a  port  chosen  because 
it  was  unfortified,  and  was  on  the  road  ^ 
to  Petrograd.     Four  very  large  flat-bot- 
tomed  barges   laden   with   troops   moved   inshore, 
and  on  the  2oth  attempted  to  land.    The     * 
conditions  were  favourable  only  on  the  '     *' 
assumption  that  there  was  no  enemy  craft  near,  for 
the  shoal  water  forbade  the  ships  in  support  to 
approach  the  shore.     It  was  the  opportunity  of  the 
Russian  light  craft,  and  quickly  they  seized  it.     The 
whole  landing  force  was  captured  or  destroyed. 

Meantime  the  Russian  fleet  had  joined  battle 
throughout  the  length  of  the  Gulf.  The  heaviest 
fighting  was  in  Mohn  Sound,  where  the  retreating 
German  vessels  were  caught  by  the  Russian  de- 
stroyers. One  old  gunboat,  the  Sivoutch,  engaged 
a  German  cruiser  which  was  escorting  the  torpedo 
craft.  The  action  began  at  a  range  of  about  1,200 
yards.  "  The  Sivoutch"  said  the  Russian  Admiralty 
report,  "  wrapped  in  flames,  and  on  fire  fore  and 
aft,  continued  to  answer  shot  for  shot  until  she 
went  down,  having  previously  sunk  an  enemy  tor- 
pedo boat."  It  was  the  only  serious  Russian  cas- 
ualty. Eight  German  destroyers  and  two  cruisers 
were  either  sunk  or  put  out  of  action,  a  submarine 
was  driven  ashore,  and  it  seems  prob-  ^ 
able  that  an  auxiliary  cruiser  was  also 
destroyed.  On  the  zist  the  Germans  had  evacuated 
the  Gulf. 


i8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

The  action  on  the  German  side  was  an  example 
of  a  strategy  which  ignored  the  first  conditions  of 
naval  warfare.  Any  attempt  to  land  till  the  Gulf 
was  clear  and  strongly  held  was  an  invitation  to 
disaster.  It  was  a  superb  chance  for  the  employ- 
ment of  smaller  craft,  and  Russia,  strong  in  this 
class,  used  her  strength  to  brilliant  purpose.  Com- 
ing after  the  terrible  crisis  of  the  great  retreat,  the 
success  at  Riga  was  of  incalculable  value  in  raising 
the  spirits  of  the  nation.  Its  practical  effects  were 
as  great  as  its  moral ;  for  had  the  Pernau  landing 
succeeded,  and  an  advanced  German  base  been 
established  there,  the  defence  of  the  Dvina  would 
have  been  nullified  and  the  retirement  of  the  Russian 
right  must  have  been  gravely  confused. 

About  this  time  there  were  naval  activities  else- 
where in  the  Baltic.  The  German  battle  cruiser 
Moltke,  a  sister  ship  of  the  Goeben,  which  took  part 
in  the  raid  on  Scarborough,  and  was  damaged  in 
the  battle  of  24th  January,  was  torpedoed  by  a 
British  submarine  under  Commander  Noel  Laurence. 
She  was  struck  in  the  bows,  and,  though  she  suc- 
ceeded in  escaping,  there  was  reason  to  believe  that 
she  had  been  put  out  of  action  for  some  time.  On 
*  i  Qth  August  the  submarine  £13,  under 

ug-  *9-  Lieutenant  -  Commander  Layton,  ran 
ashore  on  the  Danish  island  of  Saltholm.  She  was 
given  twenty-four  hours  to  get  off  by  the  Danish 
authorities,  but  while  so  engaged  was  shelled  and 
torpedoed  by  two  German  destroyers  from  a  dis- 
tance of  300  yards.  The  crew,  who  behaved  with 
great  gallantry,  took  to  the  water,  where  they  were 
fired  on  with  machine  guns  and  shrapnel.  This 
dastardly  outrage,  which  caused  the  loss  of  fifteen 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     181 

lives,  was  in  defiance  not  only  of  the  laws  of  war 
but  of  the  ordinary  decencies  of  mankind.  It 
roused  profound  anger  among  the  Danes,  who 
rescued  the  survivors  and  sent  them  back  to  Eng- 
land. One  Danish  torpedo  boat  steamed  between 
the  submarine  and  the  German  destroyers,  and 
compelled  the  latter  to  cease  fire.  The  campaign 
revealed  no  uglier  example  of  the  strange  code  of 
honour  which  obtained  among  the  parvenus  of  the 
sea. 

The  convening  of  the  Imperial  Duma  on   ist 
August,  while  the  fate  of  Warsaw  was  still  unknown, 
j  was  a  wise  step  on  the  part  of  the  Tsar 

u&'  *'  and  his  advisers.  Defeat  had  brought 
no  weakening  to  the  Russian  people,  but  it  had 
brought  perplexity,  and,  for  a  moment,  confusion. 
The  purge  we  have  spoken  of  in  an  earlier  chapter 
was  in  process  ;  many  high  reputations  had  been 
dimmed  ;  suspicion  had  fallen  upon  high  quarters ; 
and  gossip  was  busy  with  a  thousand  tongues.  It 
was  fitting  that  the  determination  of  the  great  people 
behind  the  bureaucrats  should  be  made  plain  to 
the  world — that  determination  so  slow  to  kindle,  but 
once  inflamed,  as  constant  as  the  brightness  of  a  star. 
For  this  purpose  the  Duma  was  the  only  mechan- 
ism. It  was  the  representative,  along  with  the 
army,  of  the  whole  nation.  It  met  to  register  the  fact 
of  a  purified  and  reconstructed  Government,  and 
to  renew  its  oath  of  resolution. 

The  war  was  prolific  in  eloquence.  M.  Viviani 
and  Mr.  Lloyd  George  made  notable  speeches; 
but  the  nations  were  weary  of  words,  and  the 
stimulants  had  lost  their  power.  But  there  are 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

some  speeches  which  have  almost  the  quality  of 
deeds.  Such  have  been  the  fiery  orations  of  Chat- 
ham and  Gambetta,  the  homely  good  sense  of  Crom- 
well, the  noble  simplicity  of  Washington,  the  grave 
elevation  of  Lincoln.  Such,  too,  was  the  address  of 
M.  Rodzianko,  the  President  of  the  Duma.  His 
words  moved  his  hearers  to  a  strange  exaltation, 
and  rang  throughout  the  land  from  the  Dnieper  to 
the  Pacific.  He  drew  a  picture  of  the  Army — "  the 
living  sword  of  our  native  land,  menacing  the  foe, 
but  humble  before  God."  He  reviewed  the  events 
of  the  year,  and  spoke  words  of  comfort  to  the 
patriots  of  Poland.  The  war,  he  said,  was  no  longer 
a  duel  of  armies  but  of  peoples,  and  victory  could 
only  be  won  if  civilians  and  soldiers  alike  wrought 
for  the  common  purpose.  "  Our  duty — sparing 
neither  strength  nor  time  nor  means — is  to  set  to 
work  without  delay.  Let  each  one  give  his  labour 
into  the  treasury  of  popular  might.  Let  those  who 
are  rich,  let  those  who  are  able,  contribute  to  the 
common  welfare.  The  Army  and  the  Fleet  have 
set  each  of  us  an  example  of  duty  dauntlessly  ful- 
filled. They  have  done  all  that  man  may  do  ;  our 
turn  has  come."  For  victory,  he  pointed  out,  a 
change  of  spirit  was  needful  in  the  Government, 
and  the  change  must  involve  a  new  trust  in  the 
people. 

In  his  closing  words,  pointing  to  General  Ruzsky, 
who  was  among  his  hearers,  and  to  the  many  wounded 
officers  around  him,  he  appealed  to  the  antique  spirit 
of  the  nation  : — 

'  Such  is  the  task  which  has  now  risen  before  us 
in  its  giant  stature.  Remember  that  on  the  issue  of 
our  labours  for  the  assistance  of  the  Army  depends 


THE  GREAT  RUSSIAN  RETREAT.     183 

the  greatness  of  Russia,  purged  and  liberated.  If 
they  fail,  there  is  nothing  before  her  but  humiliation 
and  sorrow.  But  they  cannot  fail.  Our  great 
Mother  will  never  be  enslaved.  Russia  will  fight 
to  the  last,  till  she  has  broken  the  sordid  might  of  her 
foe.  Some  day  he  will  fall,  and  peace  will  descend 
upon  us. 

"  Representatives  of  the  people,  at  this  critical 
moment  of  our  destiny  we  must  take  comfort  from 
the  valour  of  our  hearts.  We  must  rise  to  the  great 
traditions  of  our  race.  The  country  awaits  your 
words.  Cast  out  vain  fears.  We  shall  endure  to 
the  end,  to  the  last  man  who  can  hold  a  sword. 
Our  strength  comes  from  our  trust  in  the  incom- 
parable soldiers  of  our  blood. 

"  In  thee  we  trust,  Holy  Russia.  We  trust  in 
the  inexhaustible  riches  of  thy  spirit.  We  speak  for 
the  whole  people,  for  every  nook  and  cranny  of  our 
ancestral  soil,  and  in  its  name  we  greet  our  glorious 
Army  and  our  gallant  Fleet.  Know,  heroic  de- 
fenders, that  Russia,  united,  compact,  burning  with 
a  single  wish  and  a  single  thought,  will  oppose  to 
her  foes  the  steel  breasts  of  her  sons." 

The  resolution  adopted  by  the  Duma,  in  its 
frankness  and  confidence,  may  be  said  to  mark  a  new 
epoch  in  the  constitutional  history  of  Russia  : — 

"  Certifying  that  in  the  past  year  the  military  trials  ex- 
perienced fortified  still  more  among  the  whole  population 
of  the  Empire  the  unshakable  and  unanimous  resolution  to 
continue  the  struggle  with  our  faithful  Allies  until  the  final 
success  is  attained,  and  not  to  conclude  peace  before  victory 
is  complete  ; 

"  Recognizing  that  the  nearest  way  to  victory  is  the 
willing  assistance  of  the  whole  population  for  the  creation 
of  fresh  means  of  continuing  the  struggle,  which  demands 


184  HISTORY  OF  THE  WAR. 

the  strengthening  of  internal  peace  and  the  forgetting  of  old 
political  quarrels,  as  well  as  the  benevolent  attention  of  the 
authorities  in  regard  to  the  interests  of  all  loyal  citizens  of 
Russia,  without  distinction  of  race,  language,  or  religion  ; 

"  Believing  that  rapid  victory  can  only  be  attained  by  the 
close  union  with  the  whole  country  of  a  Government  enjoying 
its  entire  confidence ; 

"  Expressing  the  unshakable  faith  that  the  shortcomings 
which  have  hitherto  existed  in  the  provision  of  munitions 
for  the  army  will  be  immediately  removed  with  the  assistance 
of  the  Legislative  Chambers  and  the  great  force  of  public 
opinion,  and  that  those  responsible  for  criminal  omissions 
should  pay  the  penalty,  no  matter  what  their  position  ; 

"  The  Imperial  Duma  passes  to  the  Order  of  the  Day." 


APPENDICES 


APPENDIX     I. 

THE   CAMPAIGN    IN    GALLIPOLI. 

SIR    IAN    HAMILTON'S    SECOND    DISPATCH. 

FROM  the  General  Commanding,  Mediterranean  Expeditionary 
Force, 

To  the  Secretary  of  State  for  War,  War  Office,  London, 
S.W. 

General  Headquarters, 
Mediterranean  Expeditionary  Force, 
26th  August,  1915. 

MY  LORD, 

At  the  close  of  the  ten  days  and  ten  nights  described 
in  my  first  dispatch  our  troops  had  forced  their  way  forward 
for  some  5,000  yards  from  the  landing  places  at  the  point  of 
the  peninsula.  Opposite  them  lay  the  Turks,  who  since  their 
last  repulse  had  fallen  back  about  half  a  mile  upon  previously 
prepared  redoubts  and  entrenchments.  Both  sides  had  drawn 
heavily  upon  their  stock  of  energy  and  munitions,  but  it 
seemed  clear  that  whichever  could  first  summon  up  spirit  to 
make  another  push  must  secure  at  least  several  hundreds  of 
yards  of  the  debatable  ground  between  the  two  fronts.  And 
several  hundred  yards,  whatever  it  might  mean  to  the  enemy, 
was  a  matter  of  life  or  death  to  a  force  crowded  together 
under  gun  fire  on  so  narrow  a  tongue  of  land.  Such  was  the 
situation  on  the  5th  of  May,  the  date  last  mentioned  in  my 
dispatch  of  the  2oth  of  that  month. 

On  that  day  I  determined  to  continue  my  advance,  feeling 
certain  that  even  if  my  tired  troops  could  not  carry  the  for- 
midable opposing  lines  they  would  at  least  secure  the  use  of 


i88  APPENDIX  I. 

the  intervening  ground.    Orders  were  forthwith  issued  for  an 
attack. 

DISPOSITIONS  ON   5TH   MAY. 

The  many  urgent  calls  for  reinforcements  made  during 
the  previous  critical  fighting  had  forced  me  to  disorganize 
and  mix  together  several  of  the  formations  in  the  southern 
group,  to  the  extent  even  of  the  French  on  our  right  having 
a  British  battalion  holding  their  own  extremest  right.  For 
the  purposes  of  the  impending  fight  it  became  therefore 
necessary  to  create  temporarily  a  Composite  Division,  con- 
sisting of  the  2nd  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Infantry 
Brigades  (withdrawn  for  the  purpose  from  the  northern 
section),  together  with  a  Naval  Brigade  formed  of  the  Ply- 
mouth and  Drake  Battalions.  The  2Qth  Division  was  recon- 
stituted into  four  brigades — i.e.,  the  88th  and  8yth  Brigades, 
the  Lancashire  Fusilier  Brigade  (T.F.),  and  the  2Qth  Indian 
Infantry  Brigade.  The  French  Corps  Expeditionnaire  was 
reinforced  by  the  2nd  Naval  Brigade,  and  the  new  Compo- 
site Division  formed  my  General  Reserve. 

The  2gth  Division,  whose  left  rested  on  the  coast  about 
three  miles  north-east  of  Cape  Tekke,  was  ordered  to  direct, 
its  right  moving  on  the  south-east  edge  of  Krithia,  while  the 
Corps  Expeditionnaire  with  the  2nd  Naval  Brigade  had 
assigned  to  them  for  their  first  point  of  attack  the  command- 
ing ridge  running  from  north  to  south  above  the  Kereves 
Dere.  A  foothold  upon  this  ridge  was  essential,  as  its  capture 
would  ensure  a  safe  pivot  on  which  the  2Qth  Division  could 
swing  in  making  any  further  advance.  Communication 
between  these  two  sections  of  the  attack  was  to  be  main- 
tained by  the  Plymouth  and  Drake  battalions. 

THE  ATTACK   BEGINS. 

During  the  three  days  (6th-8th  May)  our  troops  were 
destined  to  be  very  severely  tried.  They  were  about  to  attack 
a  series  of  positions  scientifically  selected  in  advance  which 
although  not  yet  joined  up  into  one  line  of  entrenchment. 


APPENDIX  I.  189 

were  already  strengthened  by  works  on  their  more  important 
tactical  features. 

The  29th  Division  led  off  at  n  a.m.,  the  French  corps 
followed  suit  at  11.30  a.m.  Every  yard  was  stubbornly 
contested ;  some  Brigades  were  able  to  advance,  others 
could  do  no  more  than  maintain  themselves.  Positions  were 
carried  and  held,  other  positions  were  carried  and  lost ;  but, 
broadly,  our  gunners  kept  lengthening  the  fuses  of  their 
shrapnel,  and  by  1.30  p.m.  the  line  had  been  pushed  forward 
two  to  three  hundred  yards.  Here  and  there  this  advance 
included  a  Turkish  trench,  but  generally  speaking  the  main 
enemy  position  still  lay  some  distance  ahead  of  our  leading 
companies. 

By  4.30  p.m.  it  became  clear  that  we  should  make  no 
more  progress  that  day.  The  French  Corps  were  held  up  by 
a  strong  field  work.  They  had  made  good  a  point  upon  the 
crest  line  of  the  lower  slope  of  the  Kereves  Dere  ridge,  but 
there  they  had  come  under  a  fire  so  galling  that  they  were 
unable,  as  it  turned  out,  to  entrench  until  nightfall.  The 
88th  Brigade  could  not  carry  a  clump  of  fir  trees  to  their 
front :  company  after  company  made  the  perilous  essay,  but 
the  wood,  swept  by  hidden  machine  guns,  proved  a  veritable 
deathtrap.  The  Lancashire  Fusiliers  Brigade  also  were  only 
just  barely  holding  on,  and  were  suffering  heavy  losses  from 
those  same  concealed  machine  guns.  The  troops  were  ordered 
to  entrench  themselves  in  line  and  link  up  their  flanks  on 
either  side. 

At  night,  save  for  rifle  fire,  there  was  quiet  along  the  whole 
British  line.  On  the  right  a  determined  bayonet  charge  was 
made  upon  the  French,  who  gave  ground  for  the  moment, 
but  recovered  it  again. 

THE  MOVEMENT  ON  THE   LEFT. 

Next  morning  (the  7th  May)  we  opened  with  shrapnel 
upon  the  enemy's  trenches  opposite  our  extreme  left,  and  at 
10  a.m.  the  Lancashire  Fusiliers  Brigade  began  the  attack. 


190  APPENDIX  I. 

But  our  artillery  had  not  been  able  to  locate  the  cleverly 
sited  German  machine-gun  batteries,  whose  fire  rendered 
it  physically  impossible  to  cross  that  smooth  glacis.  Next 
to  the  right  the  88th  Brigade  swept  forward,  and  the  i/5th 
Royal  Scots,  well  supported  by  artillery  fire,  carried  the  fir 
trees  with  a  rush.  This  time  it  was  discovered  that  not  only 
the  enfilading  machine  guns  had  made  the  wood  so  difficult 
to  hold.  Amongst  the  branches  of  the  trees  Turkish  snipers 
were  perched,  sometimes  upon  small  wooden  platforms. 
When  these  were  brought  down  the  surroundings  became 
much  healthier.  The  Royal  Inniskilling  Fusiliers,  of  the 
8/th  Brigade,  were  pushed  up  to  support  the  left  of  the 
88th,  and  all  seemed  well,  when,  at  1.20  p.m.,  a  strong  Turkish 
counter-attack  drove  us  back  out  of  the  fir  clump.  As  an 
offset  to  this  check  the  Royal  Inniskilling  Fusiliers  captured 
three  Turkish  trenches,  and  a  second  battalion  of  the  87th 
Brigade,  the  King's  Own  Scottish  Borderers,  was  sent  for- 
ward on  the  left  to  make  these  good. 

At  3  p.m.  the  Lancashire  Fusiliers  Brigade  again  reported 
they  were  definitely  held  up  by  the  accurate  cross-fire  of  bat- 
teries of  machine  guns  concealed  in  the  scrub  on  the  ridge 
between  the  ravine  and  the  sea — batteries  which  also  enfiladed 
the  left  flank  of  the  88th  Brigade  as  it  endeavoured  to  advance 
in  the  centre.  Unless  we  were  to  acquiesce  in  a  stalemate 
the  moment  for  our  effort  had  arrived,  and  a  general  attack 
was  ordered  for  4.45  p.m.,  the  whole  of  the  87th  Brigade  to 
reinforce  the  88th  Brigade,  and  the  New  Zealand  Brigade  to 
support  it. 

THE   GENERAL   ATTACK. 

Despite  their  exhaustion  and  their  losses  the  men  responded 
with  a  will.  The  whole  force,  French  and  British,  rose  simul- 
taneously and  made  a  rush  forward.  All  along  the  front  we 
made  good  a  certain  amount  of  ground,  excepting  only  on  our 
extreme  left.  For  the  third  time  British  bayonets  carried  the 
fir  clump  in  our  centre,  and  when  darkness  fell  the  whole 
line  (excepting  always  the  left)  had  gained  from  200  to  300 


APPENDIX  I.  191 

yards,  and  had  occupied  or  passed  over  the  first  line  of  Turkish 
trenches. 

The  troops  were  now  worn  out ;  the  new  lines  needed 
consolidating,  and  it  was  certain  that  fresh  reinforcements 
were  reaching  the  Turks.  Balancing  the  actual  state  of  my 
own  troops  against  the  probable  condition  of  the  Turks,  I 
decided  to  call  upon  the  men  to  make  one  more  push  before 
the  new  enemy  forces  could  get  into  touch  with  their  sur- 
roundings. 

Orders  were  therefore  issued  to  dig  in  at  sundown  on  the 
line  gained,  to  maintain  that  line  against  counter-attack, 
and  to  prepare  to  advance  again  next  morning.  The  Lanca- 
shire Fusiliers  Brigade  was  withdrawn  into  reserve,  and  its 
place  on  the  left  was  taken  by  the  Brigade  of  New  Zeal- 
anders. 

General  Headquarters  were  shifted  to  an  entrenchment 
on  a  hill  in  rear  of  the  left  of  our  line.  Under  my  plan  for  the 
fresh  attack  the  New  Zealand  Brigade  was  to  advance  through 
the  line  held  during  the  night  by  the  88th  Brigade  and  press  on 
towards  Krithia.  Simultaneously,  the  Syth  Brigade  was  to 
threaten  the  works  on  the  west  of  the  ravine,  whilst  endeav- 
ouring, by  means  of  parties  of  scouts  and  volunteers,  to  steal 
patches  of  ground  from  the  areas  dominated  by  the  German 
machine  guns. 

THE   BATTLE   OF   8TH    MAY. 

At  10.15  a.m.  heavy  fire  from  ships  and  batteries  was 
opened  on  the  whole  front,  and  at  10.30  a.m.  the  New  Zealand 
Brigade  began  to  move,  meeting  with  strenuous  opposition 
from  the  enemy,  who  had  received  his  reinforcements.  Sup- 
ported by  the  fire  of  the  batteries  and  the  machine  guns  of 
the  88th  Brigade,  they  pushed  forward  on  the  right  and  ad- 
vanced their  centre  beyond  the  fir  trees,  but  could  make  little 
further  progress.  By  1.30  p.m.  about  200  yards  had  been 
gained  beyond  the  previously  most  advanced  trenches  of  the 
88th  Brigade. 

At  this  hour  the  French  Corps  reported  they  could  not 


192  APPENDIX  I. 

advance  up  the  crest  of  the  spur  west  of  Kereves  Dere  till 
further  progress  was  made  by  the  British. 

At  4  p.m.  I  gave  orders  that  the  whole  line,  reinforced 
by  the  2nd  Australian  Brigade,  would  fix  bayonets,  slope 
arms,  and  move  on  Krithia  precisely  at  5.30  p.m. 

At  5.15  p.m.  the  ships'  guns  and  our  heavy  artillery  bom- 
barded the  enemy's  position  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  and  at 
5.30  p.m.  the  field  guns  opened  a  hot  shrapnel  fire  to  cover 
the  infantry  advance. 

The  co-operation  of  artillery  and  infantry  in  this  attack 
was  perfect,  the  timing  of  the  movement  being  carried  out 
with  great  precision.  Some  of  the  companies  of  the  New 
Zealand  regiments  did  not  get  their  orders  in  time,  but  acting 
on  their  own  initiative  they  pushed  on  as  soon  as  the  heavy 
howitzers  ceased  firing,  thus  making  the  whole  advance  simul- 
taneous. 

STEADY   BRITISH  ADVANCE. 

The  steady  advance  of  the  British  could  be  followed  by 
the  sparkle  of  their  bayonets  until  the  long  lines  entered  the 
smoke  clouds.  The  French  at  first  made  no  move,  then, 
their  drums  beating  and  bugles  sounding  the  charge,  they 
suddenly  darted  forward  in  a  swarm  of  skirmishers,  which 
seemed  in  one  moment  to  cover  the  whole  southern  face  of 
the  ridge  of  the  Kereves  Dere.  Against  these  the  Turkish 
gunners  now  turned  their  heaviest  pieces,  and  as  the  leading 
groups  stormed  the  first  Turkish  redoubt  the  ink-black  bursts 
of  high  explosive  shells  blotted  out  both  assailants  and  assailed. 
The  trial  was  too  severe  for  the  Senegalese  tirailleurs.  They 
recoiled.  They  were  rallied.  Another  rush  forward,  another 
repulse,  and  then  a  small  supporting  column  of  French  soldiers 
was  seen  silhouetted  against  the  sky  as  they  charged  upwards 
along  the  crest  of  the  ridge  of  the  Kereves  Dere,  whilst  else* 
where  it  grew  so  dark  that  the  whole  of  the  battlefield  became 
a  blank. 

Not  until  next  morning  did  any  reliable  detail  come  to 
hand  of  what  had  happened.  The  New  Zealanders'  firing  line 


APPENDIX  I.  193 

had  marched  over  the  cunningly  concealed  enemy's  machine- 
guns  without  seeing  them,  and  these,  reopening  on  our  sup- 
ports as  they  came  up,  caused  them  heavy  losses.  But  the 
first  line  pressed  on  and  arrived  within  a  few  yards  of  the 
Turkish  trenches  which  had  been  holding  up  our  advances 
beyond  the  fir  wood.  There  they  dug  themselves  in. 

The  Australian  Brigade  had  advanced  through  the  Com- 
posite Brigade,  and,  in  spite  of  heavy  losses  from  shrapnel, 
machine-gun,  and  rifle  fire,  had  progressed  from  300  to  400 
yards. 

The  determined  valour  shown  by  these  two  brigades,  the 
New  Zealand  Brigade,  under  Brigadier-General  F.  E.  Johnston, 
and  the  2nd  Australian  Infantry  Brigade,  under  Brigadier- 
General  the  Hon.  J.  W.  McCay,  is  worthy  of  particular 
praise.  Their  losses  were  correspondingly  heavy,  but  in  spite 
of  fierce  counter-attacks  by  numerous  fresh  troops  they  stuck 
to  what  they  had  won  with  admirable  tenacity. 

On  the  extreme  left  the  8yth  Brigade,  under  Major-General 
W.  R.  Marshall,  made  a  final  and  especially  gallant  effort  to 
advance  across  the  smooth,  bullet-swept  area  between  the 
ravine  and  the  sea ;  but  once  more  the  enemy  machine  guns 
thinned  the  ranks  of  the  leading  companies  of  the  South  Wales 
Borderers,  and  again  there  was  nothing  for  it  but  to  give 
ground.  But  when  night  closed  in  the  men  of  the  8yth  Brigade 
of  their  own  accord  asked  to  be  led  forward,  and  achieved 
progress  to  the  extent  of  just  about  200  yards.  During  the 
darkness  the  British  troops  everywhere  entrenched  themselves 
on  the  line  gained. 

On  the  right  the  French  column,  last  seen  as  it  grew  dark, 
had  stormed  and  still  held  the  redoubt  round  which  the 
fighting  had  centred  until  then.  Both  General  d'Amade  and 
General  Simonin  had  been  present  in  person  with  this  detach- 
ment, and  had  rallied  the  Senegalese  and  encouraged  the  white 
troops  in  their  exploit.  With  their  bayonets  these  brave 
fellows  of  the  8th  Colonials  had  inflicted  exceedingly  heavy 
losses  upon  the  enemy. 

ix.  13 


194  APPENDIX  I. 

The  French  troops  whose  actions  have  hitherto  been 
followed  belonged,  all  of  them,  to  the  2nd  Division.  But  be- 
yond the  crest  of  the  ridge  the  valley  of  the  Kereves  Dere  lies 
dead  to  any  one  occupying  my  post  of  command.  And  in  this 
area  the  newly-arrived  Brigade  of  the  French  ist  Division 
had  been  also  fighting  hard.  Here  they  had  advanced  simul- 
taneously with  the  2nd  Division  and  achieved  a  fine  success 
in  their  first  rush,  which  was  jeopardized  when  a  battalion  of 
Zouaves  was  forced  to  give  way  under  a  heavy  bombardment. 
But,  as  in  the  case  of  the  2nd  Division,  the  other  battalions 
of  the  ist  Regiment  de  Marche  d'Afrique,  under  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  Nieger,  restored  the  situation,  and  in  the  end  the 
Division  carried  and  held  two  complete  lines  of  Turkish  re- 
doubts and  trenches. 

THE  RESULT  OF  THE  THREE  DAYS'  BATTLE. 

The  net  result  of  the  three  days'  fighting  has  been  a  gain 
of  600  yards  on  the  right  of  the  British  line  and  400  yards 
on  the  left  and  centre.  The  French  had  captured  all  the 
ground  in  front  of  the  Farm  Zjimmerman,  as  well  as  a  redoubt, 
for  the  possession  of  which  there  had  been  obstinate  fighting 
during  the  whole  of  the  past  three  days. 

This  may  not  seem  very  much,  but  actually  more  had  been 
won  than  at  first  meets  the  eye.  The  German  leaders  of  the 
Turks  were  quick  to  realize  the  fact.  From  nightfall  till  dawn 
on  the  gth-ioth  efforts  were  made  everywhere  to  push  us  back. 
A  specially  heavy  attack  was  made  upon  the  French,  sup- 
ported by  a  hot  cannonade  and  culminating  in  a  violent 
hand-to-hand  conflict  in  front  of  the  Brigade  Simomn.  Every- 
where the  assailants  were  repulsed,  and  now  for  the  first 
time  I  felt  that  we  had  planted  a  fairly  firm  foothold  upon  the 
point  of  the  Gallipoli  Peninsula. 

Meanwhile  in  the  Northern  Zone  also  the  Australian  and 
New  Zealand  Army  Corps  had  strengthened  their  grip  on 
Turkish  soil.  Whilst  in  the  south  we  had  been  attacking  and 
advancing,  they  had  been  defending  and  digging  themselves 


APPENDIX  I.  195 

more  and  more  firmly  into  those  cliffs  on  which  it  had  seemed 
at  first  that  their  foothold  was  so  precarious. 

On  the  nth  May,  the  first  time  for  eighteen  days  and  nights, 
it  was  found  possible  to  withdraw  the  2gth  Division  from  the 
actual  firing  line  and  to  replace  it  by  the  2Qth  Indian  Infantry 
Brigade  and  by  the  42nd  Division,  which  had  completed  its 
disembarkation  two  days  previously.  The  withdrawal  gave 
no  respite  from  shells,  but  at  least  the  men  were,  most  nights, 
enabled  to  sleep. 

THE   BEGINNING  OF  SIEGE  WARFARE. 

The  moment  lent  itself  to  reflection,  and  during  this 
breathing  space  I  was  able  to  realize  we  had  now  nearly 
reached  the  limit  of  what  could  be  attained  by  mingling 
initiative  with  surprise.  The  enemy  was  as  much  in  posses- 
sion of  my  numbers  and  dispositions  as  I  was  in  possession 
of  their  first  line  of  defence  ;  the  opposing  fortified  fronts 
stretched  parallel  from  sea  to  straits  ;  there  was  little  scope 
left  now,  either  at  Achi  Baba  or  at  Kaba  Tepe,  for  tactics 
which  would  fling  flesh-and-blood  battalions  against  lines  of 
unbroken  barbed  wire.  Advances  must  more  and  more  tend 
to  take  the  shape  of  concentrated  attacks  on  small  sections 
of  the  enemy's  line  after  full  artillery  preparation.  Siege 
warfare  was  soon  bound  to  supersede  manoeuvre  battles 
in  the  open.  Consolidation  and  fortification  of  our  front, 
improvement  of  approaches,  selection  of  machine-gun  em- 
placements and  scientific  grouping  of  our  artillery  under  a 
centralized  control  must  ere  long  form  the  tactical  basis  of 
our  plans. 

So  soon,  then,  as  the  troops  had  enjoyed  a  day  or  two  of 
comparative  rest  I  divided  my  front  into  four  sections.  On 
the  left  was  the  2Qth  Division,  to  which  the  2Qth  Indian 
Infantry  Brigade  was  attached.  In  the  left  centre  came  the 
42nd  (East  Lancashire)  Division,  on  the  right  centre  stood  the 
Royal  Naval  Division,  and  at  my  right  was  the  Corps  ExpMi- 
tionnaire.  Thus  I  secured  organization  in  depth  as  well  as 


196  APPENDIX  I. 

front,  enabling  each  division  to  arrange  for  its  own  reliefs, 
supports,  and  reserves,  and  giving  strength  for  defence  as  well 
as  attack.  Hitherto  the  piecemeal  arrival  of  reinforcements 
had  forced  a  hand-to-mouth  procedure  upon  headquarters  ; 
now  the  control  became  more  decentralized. 

A  GURKHA   PERFORMANCE. 

Already,  before  the  new  system  of  local  efforts  had  come 
into  working  order,  the  2Qth  Indian  Brigade  had  led  the  way 
towards  it  by  a  brilliant  little  affair  on  the  night  of  the  loth- 
nth  May.  The  Turkish  right  rested  upon  the  steep  cliff 
north-east  of  "Y"  beach,  where  the  King's  Own  Scottish 
Borderers  and  the  Plymouth  Battalion,  Royal  Naval  Division, 
had  made  their  first  landing.  Since  those  days  the  enemy 
had  converted  the  bluff  into  a  powerful  bastion,  from  which 
the  fire  of  machine  guns  had  held  up  the  left  of  our  attacks. 
Two  gallant  attempts  by  the  Royal  Munster  Fusiliers  and  the 
Royal  Dublin  Fusiliers  to  establish  a  footing  on  this  cliff  on 
the  8th  and  gth  May  had  both  of  them  failed. 

During  the  night  of  the  loth-nth  May  the  6th  Gurkhas 
started  off  to  seize  this  bluff.  Their  scouts  descended  to  the 
sea,  worked  their  way  for  some  distance  through  the  broken 
ground  along  the  shore,  and  crawled  hands  and  knees  up  the 
precipitous  face  of  the  cliff.  On  reaching  the  top  they  were 
heavily  fired  on.  As  a  surprise  the  enterprise  had  failed,  but 
as  a  reconnaissance  it  proved  very  useful.  On  the  following 
day  Major-General  H.  B.  Cox,  commanding  2Qth  Indian 
Infantry  Brigade,  submitted  proposals  for  a  concerted  attack 
on  this  bluff  (now  called  Gurkha  Bluff),  and  arrangements 
were  made  with  the  Navy  for  co-operation.  These  arrange- 
ments were  completed  on  I2th  May  ;  they  included  a  demon- 
stration by  the  Manchester  Brigade  of  the  42nd  Division,  and 
by  our  artillery  and  the  support  of  the  attack  from  the  sea 
by  the  guns  of  H.M.S.  Dublin  and  H.M.S.  Talbot.  At 
6.30  p.m.  on  the  I2th  May  the  Manchester  Brigade  and  the 
29th  Divisional  artillery  opened  fire  on  the  Turkish  trenches, 


APPENDIX  I.  197 

and  under  cover  of  this  fire  a  double  company  of  the  i/6th 
Gurkhas  once  more  crept  along  the  shore  and  assembled  below 
the  bluff.  Then,  the  attention  of  the  Turks  being  taken  up 
with  the  bombardment,  they  swiftly  scaled  the  cliffs  and  car- 
ried the  work  with  a  rush.  The  machine-gun  section  of  the 
Gurkhas  was  hurried  forward,  and  at  4.30  a.m.  a  second 
double  company  was  pushed  up  to  join  the  first. 

An  hour  later  these  two  double  companies  extended  and 
began  to  entrench  to  join  up  their  new  advanced  left  diago- 
nally with  the  right  of  the  trenches  previously  held  by  their 
battalion. 

At  6  a.m.  a  third  double  company  advanced  across  the 
open  from  their  former  front  line  of  trenches  under  a  heavy 
rifle  and  machine-gun  fire,  and  established  themselves  on  this 
diagonal  line  between  the  main  ravine  on  their  right  and  the 
newly  captured  redoubt.  The  4th  double  company  moved  up 
as  a  support,  and  held  the  former  firing  line. 

Our  left  flank,  which  had  been  firmly  held  up  against  all 
attempts  on  the  6th-8th,  was  now,  by  stratagem,  advanced 
nearly  500  yards.  Purchased  as  it  was  with  comparatively 
slight  losses  (21  killed,  92  wounded),  this  success  was  due  to 
careful  preparation  and  organization  by  Major-General 
H.  V.  Cox,  commanding  2gth  Indian  Infantry  Brigade,  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel Hon.  C.  G.  Bruce,  commanding  i/6th  Gurkhas, 
and  Major  (temporary  Lieutenant-Colonel)  F.  A.  Wynter, 
R.G.A.,  commanding  the  Artillery  Group  supporting  the 
attack.  The  co-operation  of  the  two  cruisers  was  excellent, 
and  affords  another  instance  of  the  admirable  support  by  the 
Navy  to  our  troops. 

ARRIVAL  OF  GENERAL  GOURAUD. 

On  May  I4th  General  Gouraud  arrived  and  took  over 
from  General  d'Amade  the  command  of  the  Corps  Expedi- 
tionnaire.  As  General  d'Amade  quitted  the  shores  of  the 
peninsula  he  received  a  spontaneous  ovation  from  the  British 
soldiers  at  work  upon  the  beaches. 


198  APPENDIX  I. 

The  second  division  of  the  Corps  Expeditionnaire,  com- 
manded by  General  Bailloud,  had  now  completed  disembar- 
kation. 

From  the  time  of  the  small  local  push  forward  made  by 
the  6th  Gurkhas  on  the  night  of  the  loth-nth  May  until 
the  4th  of  June  the  troops  under  my  command  pressed  against 
the  enemy  continuously  by  sapping,  reconnaissance,  and  local 
advances;  whilst,  to  do  them  justice,  they  (the  enemy)  did 
what  they  could  to  repay  us  in  like  coin.  I  have  given  the 
escalade  of  Gurkha  Bluff  as  a  sample;  no  forty-eight  hours 
passed  without  something  of  the  sort  being  attempted  or 
achieved  either  by  the  French  or  ourselves. 

THE  ANZAC  CORPS. 

Turning  now  to  where  the  Australian  and  New  Zealand 
Army  Corps  were  perched  upon  the  cliffs  of  Sari  Bair,  I  must 
begin  by  explaining  that  their  rdle  at  this  stage  of  the  opera- 
tions was — first,  to  keep  open  a  door  leading  to  the  vitals  of 
the  Turkish  position  ;  secondly,  to  hold  up  as  large  a  body  as 
possible  of  the  enemy  in  front  of  them,  so  as  to  lessen  the  strain 
at  Cape  Helles.  Anzac,  in  fact,  was  cast  to  play  second  fiddle 
to  Cape  Helles — a  part  out  of  harmony  with  the  dare-devil 
spirit  animating  those  warriors  from  the  South ;  and  so  it  has 
come  about  that,  as  your  Lordship  will  now  see,  the  defensive 
of  the  Australians  and  New  Zealanders  has  always  tended  to 
take  on  the  character  of  an  attack. 

The  line  held  during  the  period  under  review  by  the 
Australian  and  New  Zealand  Army  Corps  formed  a  rough 
semicircle  inland  from  the  beach  of  Anzac  Cove,  with  a 
diameter  of  about  1,100  yards.  The  firing  line  is  everywhere 
close  to  the  enemy's  trenches,  and  in  all  sections  of  the  posi- 
tion sapping,  counter-sapping,  and  bomb  attacks  have  been 
incessant.  The  shelling  both  of  the  trenches  and  beaches 
has  been  impartial  and  liberal.  As  many  as  1,400  shells  have 
fallen  on  Anzac  within  the  hour,  and  these  of  all  calibres, 
from  ii  inches  to  field  shrapnel.  Around  Quinn's  Post,  both 


APPENDIX  I.  199 

above  and  below  ground,  the  contest  has  been  particularly 
severe.  This  section  of  the  line  is  situated  on  the  circum- 
ference of  the  Anzac  semicircle  at  the  farthest  point  from  its 
diameter.  Here  our  fire  trenches  are  mere  ledges  on  the 
brink  of  a  sheer  precipice  falling  200  feet  into  the  valley  below. 
The  enemy's  trenches  are  only  a  few  feet  distant. 

On  gth  May  a  night  assault,  supported  by  enfilade  fire, 
was  delivered  on  the  enemy's  trenches  in  front  of  Quinn's 
Post.  The  trenches  were  carried  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet, 
troops  established  in  them,  and  reinforcements  sent  up. 

At  dawn  on  the  loth  May  a  strong  counter-attack  forced 
our  troops  to  evacuate  the  trenches  and  fall  back  on  Quinn's 
Post.  In  opposing  this  counter-attack  our  guns  did  great 
execution,  as  we  discovered  later  from  a  Turkish  officer's 
diary  that  two  Turkish  regiments  on  this  date  lost  600  killed 
and  2,000  wounded. 

On  the  night  of  I4th-i5th  May  a  sortie  was  made  from 
Quinn's  Post  with  the  object  of  filling  in  Turkish  trenches  in 
which  bomb-throwers  were  active.  The  sortie,  which  cost  us 
some  70  casualties,  was  not  successful. 

On  I4th  May  Lieutenant-General  Sir  W.  B.  Birdwood 
was  slightly  wounded,  but  I  am  glad  to  say  he  was  not 
obliged  to  relinquish  the  command  of  his  Corps. 

DEATH   OF   GENERAL   BRIDGES. 

On  I5th  May,  I  deeply  /egret  to  say,  Major-General  W.  T. 
Bridges,  commanding  the  Australian  Division,  received  a 
severe  wound,  which  proved  fatal  a  few  days  later.  Sincere 
and  single-minded  in  his  devotion  to  Australia  and  to  duty, 
his  loss  still  stands  out  even  amidst  the  hundreds  of  other 
brave  officers  who  have  gone. 

On  1 8th  May  Anzac  was  subjected  to  a  heavy  bombard- 
ment from  large-calibre  guns  and  howitzers.  At  midnight 
of  the  iSth-igth  the  most  violent  rifle  and  machine-gun  fire 
yet  experienced  broke  out  along  the  front.  Slackening  from 
3  a.m.  to  4  a.m.  it  then  broke  out  again,  and  a  heavy  Turkish 


200  APPENDIX  I. 

column  assaulted  the  left  of  No.  2  section.  This  assault  was 
beaten  off  with  loss.  Another  attack  was  delivered  before 
daylight  on  the  centre  of  this  section  ;  it  was  repeated  four 
times  and  repulsed  each  time  with  very  serious  losses  to  the 
enemy.  Simultaneously  a  heavy  attack  was  delivered  on  the 
north-east  salient  of  No.  4  section,  which  was  repulsed  and  fol- 
lowed up,  but  the  pressing  of  the  counter-attack  was  pre- 
vented by  shrapnel.  Attacks  were  also  delivered  on  Quinn's 
Post,  Courtney's  Post,  and  along  the  front  of  our  right  section. 
At  about  5  a.m.  the  battle  was  fairly  joined,  and  a  furious 
cannonade  was  begun  by  a  large  number  of  enemy  guns, 
including  12-inch  and  9.2-inch,  and  other  artillery  that  had 
not  till  then  opened.  By  9.30  a.m.  the  Turks  were  pressing 
hard  against  the  left  of  Courtney's  and  the  right  of  Quinn's 
Post.  At  10  a.m.  this  attack,  unable  to  face  fire  from  the  right, 
swung  round  to  the  left,  where  it  was  severely  handled  by  our 
guns  and  the  machine  guns  of  our  left  section.  By  n  a.m. 
the  enemy,  who  were  crowded  together  in  the  trenches  beyond 
Quinn's  Post,  were  giving  way  under  their  heavy  losses. 

According  to  prisoners'  reports,  30,000  troops,  including 
five  fresh  regiments,  were  used  against  us.  General  Liman  von 
Sanders  was  himself  in  command. 

The  enemy's  casualties  were  heavy,  as  may  be  judged  from 
the  fact  that  over  3,000  dead  were  lying  in  the  open  in  view  of 
our  trenches.  A  large  proportion  of  these  losses  was  due  to 
our  artillery  fire.  Our  casualties  amounted  to  about  100 
killed  and  500  wounded,  including  nine  officers  wounded. 

A  SUSPENSION  OF  ARMS. 

The  next  four  days  were  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  carry- 
ing through  of  the  negotiations  for  the  suspension  of  arms, 
which  actually  took  place  on  24th  May.  About  5  p.m.  on  2oth 
May  white  flags  and  Red  Crescents  began  to  appear  all  along 
the  line.  In  No.  2  section  a  Turkish  staff  officer,  two  medical 
officers,  and  a  company  commander  came  out,  and  were  met 
by  Major-General  H.  B.  Walker,  commanding  the  Australian 


APPENDIX  I.  201 

Division,  half-way  between  the  trenches.  The  staff  officer 
explained  that  he  was  instructed  to  arrange  a  suspension  of 
arms  for  the  removal  of  dead  and  wounded.  He  had  no 
written  credentials,  and  he  was  informed  that  neither  he  nor 
the  General  Officer  Commanding  Australian  Division  had  the 
power  to  arrange  such  a  suspension  of  arms,  but  that  at  8  p.m. 
an  opportunity  would  be  given  of  exchanging  letters  on  the 
subject,  and  that  meanwhile  hostilities  would  recommence 
after  10  minutes'  grace.  At  this  time  some  stretcher  parties 
on  both  sides  were  collecting  wounded,  and  the  Turkish 
trenches  opposite  ours  were  packed  with  men  standing  shoul- 
der to  shoulder  two  deep.  Matters  were  less  regular  in  front  of 
other  sections,  where  men  with  white  flags  came  out  to  collect 
wounded.  Meanwhile  it  was  observed  that  columns  were  on 
the  march  in  the  valley  up  which  the  Turks  were  accustomed 
to  bring  up  their  reinforcements. 

On  hearing  the  report  of  these  movements,  General  Sir 
W.  R.  Birdwood,  commanding  Australian  and  New  Zealand 
Army  Corps,  ordered  his  trenches  to  be  manned  against  a 
possible  attack.  As  the  evening  drew  in  the  enemy's  concen- 
tration continued,  and  everything  pointed  to  their  intention 
of  making  use  of  the  last  of  the  daylight  to  get  their  troops 
into  position  without  being  shelled  by  our  artillery.  A  message 
was  therefore  sent  across  to  say  that  no  clearing  of  dead  or 
wounded  could  be  allowed  during  the  night,  and  that  any 
negotiations  for  such  a  purpose  should  be  opened  through  the 
proper  channel  and  initiated  before  noon  on  the  following  day. 

Stretcher  and  other  parties  fell  back,  and  immediately  fire 
broke  out.  In  front  of  our  right  section  masses  of  men  ad- 
vanced behind  lines  of  unarmed  men  holding  up  their  hands. 
Firing  became  general  all  along  the  line,  accompanied  by  a 
heavy  bombardment  of  the  whole  position,  so  that  evidently 
this  attack  must  have  been  prearranged.  Musketry  and 
machine-gun  fire  continued  without  interruption  till  after 
dark,  and  from  then  up  to  about  4  a.m.  next  day. 

Except  for  a  half-hearted  attack  in  front  of  Courtney's 


202  APPENDIX  I. 

Post,  no  assault  was  made  till  1.20  a.m.,  when  the  enemy 
left  their  trenches  and  advanced  on  Quinn's  Post.  Our  guns 
drove  the  Turks  back  to  their  trenches,  and  beat  back  all  other 
attempts  to  assault.  By  4.30  a.m.  on  2ist  May  musketry 
fire  had  died  down  to  normal  dimensions. 

As  the  Turks  seemed  anxious  to  bury  their  dead,  and  as 
human  sentiment  and  medical  science  were  both  of  one  accord 
in  favour  of  such  a  course,  I  sent  Major-General  W.  P.  Braith- 
waite,  my  Chief  of  the  General  Staff,  on  22nd  May,  to  assist 
Lieutenant-General  Sir  W.  R.  Birdwood,  commanding  the 
Army  Corps,  in  coming  to  some  suitable  arrangements  with 
the  representatives  sent  by  Essad  Pasha.  The  negotiations 
resulted  in  a  suspension  of  arms  from  7.30  a.m.  to  4.30  p.m. 
on  24th  May.  The  procedure  laid  down  for  this  suspension 
of  arms  was,  I  am  glad  to  inform  your  Lordship,  correctly 
observed  on  both  sides. 

The  burial  of  the  dead  was  finished  about  3  p.m.  Some 
3,000  Turkish  dead  were  removed  or  buried  in  the  area  be- 
tween the  opposing  lines.  The  whole  of  these  were  killed  on 
or  since  the  i8th  of  May.  Many  bodies  of  men  killed  earlier 
were  also  buried. 

On  the  25th  May,  with  the  assistance  of  two  destroyers 
of  the  Royal  Navy,  a  raid  was  carried  out  on  Nibrunesi  Point. 
A  fresh  telephone  line  was  destroyed  and  an  observing  station 
demolished. 

MAJOR   QUINN   KILLED. 

On  28th  May,  at  9  p.m.,  a  raid  was  made  on  a  Turkish 
post  overlooking  the  beach  1,200  yards  north  of  Kaba 
Tepe,  H.M.S.  Rattlesnake  co-operating.  A  party  of  50  rifles 
rushed  the  post,  killing  or  capturing  the  occupants.  A  similar 
raid  was  made  against  an  enemy  trench  to  the  left  of  our 
line  which  cost  the  Turks  200  casualties,  as  was  afterwards 
ascertained. 

From  28th  May  till  5th  June  the  fighting  seemed  to  con- 
centrate itself  around  Quinn's  Post.  Three  enemy  galleries 
had  been  detected  there,  and  work  on  them  stopped  by 


APPENDIX  I.  203 

counter-mines,  which  killed  20  Turks  and  injured  30.  One 
gallery  had,  however,  been  overlooked,  and  at  3.30  a.m.  on 
29th  May  a  mine  was  sprung  in  or  near  the  centre  of  Quinn's 
Post.  The  explosion  was  followed  by  a  very  heavy  bomb 
attack,  before  which  our  left  centre  subsection  fell  back, 
letting  in  a  storming  party  of  Turks.  This  isolated  one  sub- 
section on  the  left  from  the  two  other  subsections  on  the 
right. 

At  5.30  a.m.  our  counter-attack  was  launched,  and  by 
6  a.m.  the  position  had  been  retaken  with  the  bayonet  by 
the  I5th  Australian  Infantry  Battalion,  led  by  Major  Quinn, 
who  was  unfortunately  killed.  All  the  enemy  in  the  trench 
were  killed  or  captured,  and  the  work  of  restoration  was 
begun. 

At  6.30  a.m.  the  Turks  again  attacked,  supported  by 
artillery,  rifle,  and  machine-gun  fire  and  by  showers  of  bombs 
from  the  trenches.  The  fine  shooting  of  our  guns  and  the 
steadiness  of  the  Infantry  enabled  us  to  inflict  upon  the  enemy 
a  bloody  repulse,  demoralizing  them  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
bomb-throwers  of  their  second  line  flung  the  missiles  into  the 
middle  of  their  own  first  line. 

At  8.15  a.m.  the  attack  slackened,  and  by  8.45  a.m.  the 
enemy's  attacks  had  practically  ceased. 

Our  casualties  in  this  affair  amounted  to  2  officers,  31  other 
ranks  killed,  12  officers  and  176  other  ranks  wounded.  The 
enemy's  losses  must  have  been  serious,  and  were  probably 
equal  to  those  sustained  on  gth-ioth  May.  Except  for  the 
first  withdrawal  in  the  confusion  of  the  mine  explosion,  all 
ranks  fought  with  the  greatest  tenacity  and  courage. 

On  30th  May  preparations  were  made  in  Quinn's  Post  to 
attack  and  destroy  two  enemy  saps,  the  heads  of  which  had 
reached  within  5  yards  of  our  fire  trench.  Two  storming 
parties  of  35  men  went  forward  at  i  p.m.,  cleared  the  sap  heads 
and  penetrated  into  the  trenches  beyond;  but  they  were 
gradually  driven  back  by  Turkish  counter-attacks,  in  spite  of 
our  heavy  supporting  fire,  our  casualties  being  chiefly  caused 


204  APPENDIX  I. 

by  bombs,  of  which  the  enemy  seem  to  have  an  unlimited 
supply. 

During  3ist  May  close  fighting  continued  in  front  of  Quinn's 
Post. 

On  ist  June,  an  hour  after  dark,  two  sappers  of  the  New 
Zealand  Engineers  courageously  crept  out  and  laid  a  charge 
of  gun-cotton  against  a  timber  and  sandbag  bomb-proof.  The 
structure  was  completely  demolished. 

THE   ANZAC   MOVEMENTS. 

After  sunset  on  the  4th  of  June  three  separate  enterprises 
were  carried  out  by  the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Army 
Corps.  These  were  undertaken  in  compliance  with  an  order 
which  I  had  issued  that  the  enemy's  attention  should  be 
distracted  during  an  attack  I  was  about  to  deliver  in  the 
southern  zone. 

(1)  A  demonstration  in  the  direction  of  Kaba  Tepe,  the 
Navy  co-operating  by  bombarding  the  Turkish  trenches. 

(2)  A  sortie  at  n  p.m.  towards  a  trench  200  yards  from 
Quinn's  Post.    This  failed,  but  a  second  sortie  by  100  men 
took  place   at   2.55   a.m.  on  5th  June  and  penetrated  to 
the   Turkish   trench,  demolished   a   machine-gun    emplace- 
ment which  enfiladed  Quinn's  Post,  and  withdrew  in  good 
order. 

(3)  At  Quinn's  Post  an  assault  was  delivered  at  n  p.m. 
A  party  of  60  men,  accompanied  by  a  bomb-throwing  party 
on  either  flank,  stormed  the  enemy's  trench.     In  the  assault 
many  Turks  were  bayoneted  and  28  captured.     A  working 
party  followed  up  the  attack  and  at  once  set  to  work.    Mean- 
while the  Turkish  trenches  on  the  left  of  the  post  were  heavily 
assailed  with  machine-gun  fire  and  grenades,  which  drew  from 
them  a  very  heavy  fire.    After  daybreak  a  strong  bomb  attack 
developed  on  the  captured  trench,  the  enemy  using  a  heavier 
type  of  bomb  than  hitherto. 

At  6.30  a.m.  the  trench  had  to  be  abandoned,  and  it  was 
found  necessary  to  retire  to  the  original  fire  trench  of  the  post 


APPENDIX  I.  205 

and  the  bomb-proof  in  front  of  its  left.    Our  casualties  were  80 ; 
those  of  the  enemy  considerably  greater. 

On  5th  June  a  sortie  was  made  from  Quinn's  Post  by  2 
officers  and  100  men  of  the  ist  Australian  Infantry,  the  ob- 
jective being  the  destruction  of  a  machine  gun  in  a  trench 
known  as  German  Officer's  Trench.  A  special  party  of  10 
men  with  the  officer  commanding  the  party  (Lieutenant 
E.  E.  L.  Lloyd,  ist  Battalion  (New  South  Wales)  Australian 
Imperial  Force)  made  a  dash  for  the  machine-gun  ;  one  of 
the  10  men  managed  to  fire  three  rounds  into  the  gun  at  a 
range  of  five  feet  and  another  three  at  the  same  range  through 
a  loophole.  The  darkness  of  the  trench  and  its  overhead 
cover  prevented  the  use  of  the  bayonet,  but  some  damage 
was  done  by  shooting  down  over  the  parapet.  As  much  of 
the  trench  as  possible  was  dismantled.  The  party  suffered 
some  casualties  from  bombs,  and  was  enfiladed  all  the  time 
by  machine  guns  from  either  flank.  The  aim  of  this  gallant 
assault  being  attained,  the  party  withdrew  in  good  order  with 
their  wounded.  Casualties  in  all  were  36. 

THE   BATTLE  OF  4TH   JUNE. 

I  now  return  to  the  Southern  Zone  and  to  the  battle  of 
the  4th  of  June. 

From  25th  May  onwards  the  troops  had  been  trying  to 
work  up  within  rushing  distance  of  the  enemy's  front  trenches. 
On  the  25th  May  the  Royal  Naval  and  42nd  Divisions  crept 
100  yards  nearer  to  the  Turks,  and  on  the  night  of  28th-29th 
May  the  whole  of  the  British  line  made  a  further  small  advance. 
On  that  same  night  the  French  Corps  ExpSditionnaire  was 
successful  in  capturing  a  small  redoubt  on  the  extreme  Turkish 
left  west  of  the  Kereves  Dere. 

All  Turkish  counter-attacks  during  2gth  May  were  re- 
pulsed. On  the  night  of  30th  May  two  of  their  many  assaults 
effected  temporary  lodgment.  But  on  both  occasions  they 
were  driven  out  again  with  the  bayonet. 

On  every  subsequent  night  up  to  that  of  the  3rd~4th  June 


206  APPENDIX  I. 

assaults  were  made  upon  the  redoubt  and  upon  our  line,  but 
at  the  end  of  that  period  our  position  remained  intact. 

This  brings  the  narrative  up  to  the  day  of  the  general  attack 
upon  the  enemy's  front  line  of  trenches  which  ran  from  the 
west  of  the  Kereves  Dere  in  a  northerly  direction  to  the  sea. 

Taking  our  line  of  battle  from  right  to  left,  the  troops  were 
deployed  in  the  following  order : — The  Corps  Expeditionnaire, 
the  Royal  Naval  Division,  the  42nd  (East  Lanes)  Division, 
and  the  2gth  Division. 

The  length  of  the  front,  so  far  as  the  British  troops  were 
concerned,  was  rather  over  4,000  yards,  and  the  total  infantry 
available  amounted  to  24,000  men,  which  permitted  the 
General  Officer  Commanding  8th  Army  Corps  to  form  a  corps 
reserve  of  7,000  men. 

My  General  Headquarters  for  the  day  were  at  the  com- 
mand post  on  the  peninsula. 

At  8  a.m.  on  4th  June  our  heavy  artillery  opened  with 
a  deliberate  bombardment,  which  continued  till  10.30  a.m. 
At  ii  a.m.  the  bombardment  recommenced,  and  continued  till 
11.20  a.m.,  when  a  feint  attack  was  made  which  successfully 
drew  heavy  fire  from  the  enemy's  guns  and  rifles.  At  11.30 
a.m.  all  our  guns  opened  fire,  and  continued  with  increasing 
intensity  till  noon. 

On  the  stroke  of  noon  the  artillery  increased  their  range, 
and  along  the  whole  line  the  infantry  fixed  bayonets  and 
advanced. 

The  assault  was  immediately  successful.  On  the  extreme 
right  the  French  ist  Division  carried  a  line  of  trench,  whilst 
the  French  2nd  Division,  with  the  greatest  dash  and  gallantry, 
captured  a  strong  redoubt  called  the  "  Haricot,"  for  which 
they  had  already  had  three  desperate  contests.  Only  the 
extreme  left  of  the  French  was  unable  to  gain  any  ground — 
a  feature  destined  to  have  an  unfortunate  effect  upon  the 
final  issue. 

The  2nd  Naval  Brigade  of  the  Royal  Naval  Division 
rushed  forward  with  great  dash ;  the  Anson  Battalion 


APPENDIX  I.  207 

captured  the  southern  face  of  a  Turkish  redoubt  which 
formed  a  salient  in  the  enemy's  line,  the  Howe  and  Hood 
Battalions  captured  trenches  fronting  them,  and  by  12.15  p.m. 
the  whole  Turkish  line  forming  their  first  objective  was  in 
their  hands.  Their  consolidating  party  went  forward  at 
12.25  P-m- 

The  Manchester  Brigade  of  the  42nd  Division  advanced 
magnificently.  In  five  minutes  the  first  line  of  Turkish 
trenches  was  captured,  and  by  12.30  p.m.  the  Brigade  had 
carried  with  a  rush  the  line  forming  their  second  objective, 
having  made  an  advance  of  600  yards  in  all.  The  working 
parties  got  to  work  without  incident,  and  the  position  here 
could  not  possibly  have  been  better. 

On  the  left  the  2Qth  Division  met  with  more  difficulty. 
All  along  the  section  of  the  88th  Brigade  the  troops  jumped 
out  of  their  trenches  at  noon  and  charged  across  the  open  at 
the  nearest  Turkish  trench.  In  most  places  the  enemy  crossed 
bayonets  with  our  men  and  inflicted  severe  loss  upon  us. 
But  the  88th  Brigade  was  not  to  be  denied.  The  Worcester 
Regiment  was  the  first  to  capture  trenches,  and  the  remainder 
of  the  88th  Brigade,  though  at  first  held  up  by  flanking  as 
well  as  fronting  fire,  also  pushed  on  doggedly  until  they  had 
fairly  made  good  the  whole  of  the  Turkish  first  line. 

THE  CHECK  ON  THE  LEFT. 

. 

Only  on  the  extreme  left  did  we  sustain  a  check.  Here 
I  the  Turkish  front  trench  was  so  sited  as  to  have  escaped 
i  damage  from  our  artillery  bombardment,  and  the  barbed 
I  wire  obstacle  was  intact.  The  result  was  that,  though  the 
;  I4th  Sikhs  on  the  right  flank  pushed  on  despite  losses  amount- 
j  ing  to  three-fourths  of  their  effectives,  the  centre  of  the  Brigade 
I  could  make  no  headway.  A  company  of  the  6th  Gurkhas  on 
|  the  left,  skilfully  led  along  the  cliffs  by  its  commander,  actually 
i  forced  its  way  into  a  Turkish  work ;  but  the  failure  of  the 
I  rest  of  the  Brigade  threatened  isolation,  and  it  was  as  skil- 
i  fully  withdrawn  under  fire.  Reinforcements,  were  therefore 


zo8  APPENDIX  I. 

sent  to  the  left,  so  that,  if  possible,  a  fresh  attack  might  be 
organized. 

Meanwhile,  on  the  right  of  the  line,  the  gains  of  the  morn- 
ing were  being  compromised.  A  very  heavy  counter-attack 
had  developed  against  the  "  Haricot.'*  The  Turks  poured 
in  masses  of  men  through  prepared  communication  trenches, 
and,  under  cover  of  accurate  shell  fire,  were  able  to  recapture 
that  redoubt.  The  French,  forced  to  fall  back,  uncovered  in 
doing  so  the  right  flank  of  the  Royal  Naval  Division.  Shortly 
before  i  p.m.  the  right  of  the  2nd  Naval  Brigade  had  to  retire 
with  very  heavy  loss  from  the  redoubt  they  had  captured, 
thus  exposing  in  their  turn  the  Howe  and  Hood  Battalions  to 
enfilade,  so  that  they,  too,  had  nothing  for  it  but  to  retreat 
across  the  open  under  exceedingly  heavy  machine-gun  and 
musketry  fire. 

By  1.30  p.m.  the  whole  of  the  captured  trenches  in  this 
section  had  been  lost  again,  and  the  Brigade  was  back  in  its 
original  position — the  Collingwood  Battalion,  which  had  gone 
forward  in  support,  having  been  practically  destroyed. 

The  question  was  now  whether  this  rolling  up  of  the 
newly  captured  line  from  the  right  would  continue  until  the 
whole  of  our  gains  were  wiped  out.  It  looked  very  like  it, 
for  now  the  enfilade  fire  of  the  Turks  began  to  fall  upon  the 
Manchester  Brigade  of  the  42nd  Division,  which  was  firmly 
consolidating  the  furthest  distant  line  of  trenches  it  had  so 
brilliantly  won.  After  1.30  p.m.  it  became  increasingly 
difficult  for  this  gallant  Brigade  to  hold  its  ground.  Heavy 
casualties  occurred  ;  the  Brigadier  and  many  other  officers 
were  wounded  or  killed  ;  yet  it  continued  to  hold  out  with 
the  greatest  tenacity  and  grit.  Every  effort  was  made  to 
sustain  the  Brigade  in  its  position.  Its  right  flank  was  thrown 
back  to  make  face  against  the  enfilade  fire,  and  reinforce- 
ments were  sent  to  try  to  fill  the  diagonal  gap  between  it 
and  the  Royal  Naval  Division.  But  ere  long  it  became 
clear  that  unless  the  right  of  our  line  could  advance  again 
it  would  be  impossible  for  the  Manchesters  to  maintain  the 


APPENDIX  I.  209 

very  pronounced   salient   in   which  they  now  found   them- 
selves. 

THE  FINAL  ATTACK. 

Orders  were  issued,  therefore,  that  the  Royal  Naval 
Division  should  co-operate  with  the  French  Corps  in  a  fresh 
attack,  and  reinforcements  were  dispatched  to  this  end.  The 
attack,  timed  for  3  p.m.,  was  twice  postponed  at  the  request 
of  General  Gouraud,  who  finally  reported  that  he  would  be 
unable  to  advance  again  that  day  with  any  prospect  of  success. 
By  6.30  p.m.,  therefore,  the  42nd  Division  had  to  be  ex- 
tricated with  loss  from  the  second  line  Turkish  trenches, 
and  had  to  content  themselves  with  consolidating  on  the 
first  line,  which  they  had  captured  within  five  minutes  of 
commencing  the  attack.  Such  was  the  spirit  displayed  by 
this  Brigade  that  there  was  great  difficulty  in  persuading  the 
men  to  fall  back.  Had  their  flanks  been  covered  nothing 
would  have  made  them  loosen  their  grip. 

No  further  progress  had  been  found  possible  in  front  of 
the  88th  Brigade  and  Indian  Brigade.  Attempts  were  made 
by  their  reserve  battalions  to  advance  on  the  right  and  left 
flanks  respectively,  but  in  both  cases  heavy  fire  drove  them 
back. 

At  4  p.m.,  under  support  of  our  artillery,  the  Royal  Fusiliers 
were  able  to  advance  beyond  the  first  line  of  captured  trenches, 
but  the  fact  that  the  left  flank  was  held  back  made  the  at- 
tempt to  hold  any  isolated  position  in  advance  inadvisable. 

As  the  reserves  had  been  largely  depleted  by  the  dispatch 
of  reinforcements  to  various  parts  of  the  line,  and  information 
was  to  hand  of  the  approach  of  strong  reinforcements  of  fresh 
troops  to  the  enemy,  orders  were  issued  for  the  consolidation 
of  the  line  then  held. 

Although  we  had  been  forced  to  abandon  so  much  of  the 
ground  gained  in  the  first  rush,  the  net  result  of  the  day's 
operations  was  considerable — namely,  an  advance  of  200 
to  400  yards  along  the  whole  of  our  centre,  a  front  of  nearly 
3  miles.  That  the  enemy  suffered  severely  was  indicated, 
ix.  14 


210  APPENDIX  I. 

not  only  by  subsequent  information,  but  by  the  fact  of  his 
attempting  no  counter-attack  during  the  night,  except  upon 
the  trench  captured  by  the  French  ist  Division  on  the  extreme 
right.  Here  two  counter-attacks  were  repulsed  with  loss. 

The  prisoners  taken  during  the  day  amounted  to  400, 
including  n  officers  :  amongst  these  were  5  Germans,  the 
remains  of  a  volunteer  machine-gun  detachment  from  the 
Goeben.  Their  commanding  officer  was  killed  and  the  machine 
gun  destroyed.  The  majority  of  these  captures  were  made 
by  the  42nd  Division  under  Major-General  W.  Douglas. 

THE   BATTLE   OF   2IST   JUNE. 

From  the  date  of  this  battle  to  the  end  of  the  month  of 
June  the  incessant  attacks  and  counter-attacks  which  have 
so  grievously  swelled  our  lists  of  casualties  have  been  caused 
by  the  determination  of  the  Turks  to  regain  ground  they 
had  lost — a  determination  clashing  against  our  firm  resolve 
to  continue  to  increase  our  holding.  Several  of  these  daily 
encounters  would  have  been  the  subject  of  a  separate  dis- 
patch in  the  campaigns  of  my  youth  and  middle  age,  but, 
with  due  regard  to  proportion,  they  cannot  even  be  so  much 
as  mentioned  here.  Only  one  example  each  from  the  French, 
British,  and  Australian  and  New  Zealand  spheres  of  action 
will  be  most  briefly  set  down,  so  that  Your  Lordship  may 
understand  the  nature  of  the  demands  made  upon  the  energies 
and  fortitude  of  the  troops. 

i.  At  4.30  a.m.  on  June  the  2ist  the  French  Corps  Ex- 
p6ditionnaire  attacked  the  formidable  works  that  flank  the 
Kereves  Dere.  By  noon  their  2nd  Division  had  stormed  all 
the  Turkish  first  and  second  line  trenches  to  their  front,  and 
had  captured  the  Haricot  redoubt.  On  their  right  the  ist 
Division  took  the  first  line  of  trenches,  but  were  counter- 
attacked and  driven  out.  Fresh  troops  were  brought  up  and 
launched  upon  another  assault;  but  the  Turks  were  just  as 
obstinate,  and  drove  out  the  second  party  before  they  had 
time  to  consolidate.  At  2.45  p.m.  General  Gouraud  issued 


APPENDIX  I.  211 

an  order  that  full  use  must  be  made  of  the  remaining  five 
hours  of  daylight,  and  that,  before  dark,  these  trenches  must 
be  taken  and  held,  otherwise  the  gains  of  the  2nd  Division 
would  be  sacrificed.  At  6  p.m.  the  third  assault  succeeded  ; 
600  yards  of  trenches  remained  in  our  hands,  despite  all  the 
heavy  counter-attacks  made  through  the  night  by  the  enemy. 
In  this  attack  the  striplings  belonging  to  the  latest  French 
drafts  specially  distinguished  themselves  by  their  forward- 
ness and  contempt  of  danger.  Fifty  prisoners  were  taken, 
and  the  enemy's  casualties  (mostly  incurred  during  counter- 
attacks) were  estimated  at  7,000.  The  losses  of  the  Corps 
Expeditionnaire  were  2,500. 

THE  BATTLE  OF  28TH  JUNE. 

2.  The  Turkish  right  had  hitherto  rooted  itself  with 
special  tenacity  into  the  coast.  In  the  scheme  of  attack 
submitted  by  Lieutenant-General  A.  G.  Hunter  West  on, 
commanding  Vlllth  Army  Corps,  our  left,  pivoting  upon  a 
point  in  our  line  about  one  mile  from  the  sea,  was  to  push 
forward  until  its  outer  flank  advanced  about  1,000  yards. 
If  the  operation  was  successful,  then,  at  its  close,  we  should 
have  driven  the  enemy  back  for  a  thousand  yards  along  the 
coast,  and  the  trenches  of  this  left  section  of  our  line  would 
be  facing  east  instead  of,  as  previously,  north-east.  Ob- 
viously the  ground  to  be  gained  lessened  as  our  line  drew 
back  from  the  sea  towards  its  fixed  or  pivoted  right.  Five 
Turkish  trenches  must  be  carried  in  the  section  nearest  the 
sea :  only  two  Turkish  trenches  in  the  section  farthest  from 
the  sea.  At  10.20  a.m.  on  the  28th  June  our  bombardment 
began.  At  10.45  a.m.  a  small  redoubt  known  as  the  Boom- 
erang was  rushed  by  the  Border  Regiment.  At  n  a.m.  the 
87th  Brigade,  under  Major-General  W.  R.  Marshall,  captured 
three  lines  of  Turkish  trenches.  On  their  right  the  4th  and 
7th  Royal  Scots  captured  the  two  Turkish  trenches  allotted 
to  them,  but  further  to  the  east ;  near  the  pivotal  point  the 
remainder  of  the  I56th  Brigade  were  unable  to  get  on.  Pre- 


212  APPENDIX  I. 

cisely  at  11.30  a.m.  the  second  attack  took  place.  The  86th 
Brigade,  led  by  the  2nd  Royal  Fusiliers,  dashed  over  the 
trenches  already  captured  by  their  comrades  of  the  8yth 
Brigade,  and,  pushing  on  with  great  steadiness,  took  two 
more  lines  of  trenches,  thus  achieving  the  five  successive 
lines  along  the  coast.  This  success  was  further  improved 
upon  by  the  Indian  Brigade,  who  managed  to  secure,  and  to 
place  into  a  state  of  defence,  a  spur  running  from  the  west 
of  the  furthest  captured  Turkish  trench  to  the  sea.  Our 
casualties  were  small — 1,750  in  all.  The  enemy  suffered 
heavily,  especially  in  the  repeated  counter-attacks,  which 
for  many  days  and  nights  afterwards  they  launched  against 
the  trenches  they  had  lost. 

ENVER  PASHA'S  ORDER. 

3.  On  the  night  of  the  2gth~30th  June  the  Turks,  acting, 
as  we  afterwards  ascertained,  under  the  direct  personal  order 
of  Enver  Pasha,  to  drive  us  all  into  the  sea,  made  a  big  attack 
on  the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Army  Corps,  principally 
on  that  portion  of  the  line  which  was  under  the  command  of 
Major-General  Sir  A.  J.  Godley.  From  midnight  till  1.30  a.m. 
a  fire  of  musketry  and  guns  of  greatest  intensity  was  poured 
upon  our  trenches.  A  heavy  column  then  advanced  to  the 
assault,  and  was  completely  crumpled  up  by  the  musketry 
and  machine  guns  of  the  7th  and  8th  Light  Horse.  An  hour 
later  another  grand  attack  took  place  against  our  left  and 
left  centre,  and  was  equally  cut  to  pieces  by  our  artillery 
and  rifle  fire.  The  enemy's  casualties  may  be  judged  by  the 
fact  that  in  areas  directly  exposed  to  view  between  400  and 
500  were  actually  seen  to  fall. 

On  the  evening  of  this  day,  the  3oth  of  June,  the  Medi- 
terranean Expeditionary  Force  suffered  grievous  loss  owing  to 
the  wounding  of  General  Gouraud  by  a  shell.  This  calamity — 
for  I  count  it  nothing  less — brings  us  down  to  the  beginning 
of  the  month  of  July. 

The    command    of   the    Corps    Expeditionnaire    francais 


APPENDIX  I.  213 

d'Orient  was  then  taken  over  by  General  Bailloud,  at  which 
point  I  shall  close  my  dispatch. 

THE   PROBLEM   OF  TRANSPORT. 

During  the  whole  period  under  review  the  efforts  and 
expedients  whereby  a  great  army  has  had  its  wants  sup- 
plied upon  a  wilderness  have,  I  believe,  been  breaking  world 
records. 

The  country  is  broken,  mountainous,  arid,  and  void  of 
supplies  ;  the  water  found  in  the  areas  occupied  by  our  forces 
is  quite  inadequate  for  their  needs  ;  the  only  practicable 
beaches  are  small,  cramped  breaks  in  impracticable  lines  of 
cliffs  ;  with  the  wind  in  certain  quarters  no  sort  of  landing 
is  possible  ;  the  wastage,  by  bombardment  and  wreckage, 
of  lighters  and  small  craft  has  led  to  crisis  after  crisis  in  our 
carrying  capacity,  whilst  over  every  single  beach  plays  fitfully 
throughout  each  day  a  devastating  shell  fire  at  medium  ranges. 

Upon  such  a  situation  appeared  quite  suddenly  the  enemy 
submarines.  On  22nd  May  all  transports  had  to  be  dis- 
patched to  Mudros  for  safety.  Thenceforth  men,  stores, 
guns,  horses,  etc.,  etc.,  had  to  be  brought  from  Mudros — a 
distance  of  40  miles — in  fleet  sweepers  and  other  small  and 
shallow  craft  less  vulnerable  to  submarine  attack.  Every 
danger  and  every  difficulty  was  doubled. 

But  the  Navy  and  the  Royal  Engineers  were  not  to  be 
thwarted  in  their  landing  operations  either  by  nature  or  by 
the  enemy,  whilst  the  Army  Service  Corps,  under  Brigadier- 
General  F.  W.  B.  Koe,  and  the  Army  Ordnance  Corps,  under 
Brigadier-General  R.  W.  M.  Jackson,  have  made  it  a  point 
of  honour  to  feed  men,  animals,  guns,  and  rifles  in  the  fighting 
line  as  regularly  as  if  they  were  only  out  for  manoeuvres  on 
Salisbury  Plain. 

I  desire,  therefore,  to  record  my  admiration  for  the  cool 
courage  and  unfailing  efficiency  with  which  the  Royal  Navy, 
the  beach  personnel,  the  engineers,  and  the  administrative 
services  have  carried  out  these  arduous  duties. 


214  APPENDIX  I. 

A  CORPORAL'S  APOLOGY. 

In  addition  to  its  normal  duties  the  Signal  Service,  under 
the  direction  of  Lieutenant-Colonel  M.  G.  E.  Bowman-Mani- 
fold, Director  of  Army  Signals,  has  provided  the  connecting 
link  between  the  Royal  Navy  and  the  Army  in  their  com- 
bined operations,  and  has  rapidly  readjusted  itself  to  am- 
phibious methods.  All  demands  made  on  it  by  sudden  expan- 
sion of  the  fighting  forces  or  by  the  movements  of  General 
Headquarters  have  been  rapidly  and  effectively  met.  The 
working  of  the  telegraphs,  telephones,  and  repair  of  lines, 
often  under  heavy  fire,  has  been  beyond  praise.  Casualties 
have  been  unusually  high,  but  the  best  traditions  of  the 
Corps  of  Royal  Engineers  have  inspired  the  whole  of  their 
work.  As  an  instance,  the  central  telegraph  office  at  Cape 
Helles  (a  dug-out)  was  recently  struck  by  a  high  explosive 
shell.  The  officer  on  duty  and  twelve  other  ranks  were  killed 
or  wounded  and  the  office  entirely  demolished.  But  No. 
72003  Corporal  G.  A.  Walker,  Royal  Engineers,  although 
much  shaken,  repaired  the  damage,  collected  men,  and  within 
39  minutes  reopened  communication  by  apologizing  for  the 
incident  and  by  saying  he  required  no  assistance. 

The  Royal  Army  Medical  Service  have  had  to  face  unusual 
and  very  trying  conditions.  There  are  no  roads,  and  the 
wounded  who  are  unable  to  walk  must  be  carried  from  the 
firing  line  to  the  shore.  They  and  their  attendants  may  be 
shelled  on  their  way  to  the  beaches,  at  the  beaches,  on  the 
jetties,  and  again,  though  I  believe  by  inadvertence,  on  their 
way  out  in  lighters  to  the  hospital  ships.  Under  shell  fire  it 
is  not  as  easy  as  some  of  the  critically  disposed  seem  to  imag- 
ine to  keep  all  arrangements  in  apple-pie  order.  Here  I 
can  only  express  my  own  opinion  that  efficiency,  method, 
and  even  a  certain  quiet  heroism  have  characterized  the 
evacuations  of  the  many  thousands  of  our  wounded. 


APPENDIX  I.  215 

COMMANDS   AND   STAFF. 

In  my  three  Commanders  of  Corps  I  have  indeed  been 
thrice  fortunate. 

General  Gouraud  brought  a  great  reputation  to  our  help 
from  the  battlefields  of  the  Argonne,  and  in  so  doing  he  has 
added  to  its  lustre.  A  happy  mixture  of  daring  in  danger 
and  of  calm  in  crisis,  full  of  energy  and  resource,  he  has  worked 
hand  in  glove  with  his  British  comrades  in  arms,  and  has 
earned  their  affection  and  respect. 

Lieutenant-General  Sir  W.  R.  Birdwood  has  been  the 
soul  of  Anzac.  Not  for  one  single  day  has  he  ever  quitted 
his  post.  Cheery  and  full  of  human  sympathy,  he  has  spent 
many  hours  of  each  twenty-four  inspiring  the  defenders  of 
the  front  trenches  ;  and  if  he  does  not  know  every  soldier  in 
his  force,  at  least  every  soldier  in  the  force  believes  he  is 
known  to  his  Chief. 

Lieutenant-General  A.  G.  Hunter  Weston  possesses  a 
genius  for  war.  I  know  no  more  resolute  Commander.  Calls 
for  reinforcements,  appeals  based  on  exhaustion  or  upon 
imminent  counter-attack  are  powerless  to  divert  him  from 
his  aim.  And  this  aim,  in  so  far  as  he  may  be  responsible 
for  it,  is  worked  out  with  insight,  accuracy,  and  that  wisdom 
which  comes  from  close  study  in  peace  combined  with  long 
experience  in  the  field. 

In  my  first  dispatch  I  tried  to  express  my  indebtedness 
to  Major-General  W.  P.  Braithwaite,  and  I  must  now  again, 
however  inadequately,  place  on  record  the  untiring,  loyal 
assistance  he  has  continued  to  render  me  ever  since. 

The  thanks  of  every  one  serving  in  the  Peninsula  are  due 
to  Lieutenant-General  Sir  John  Maxwell.  All  the  resources 
of  Egypt  and  all  of  his  own  remarkable  administrative  abilities 
have  been  ungrudgingly  placed  at  our  disposal. 

Finally,  if  my  dispatch  is  in  any  way  to  reflect  the  feelings 
of  the  force,  I  must  refer  to  the  shadow  cast  over  the  whole 
of  our  adventure  by  the  loss  of  so  many  of  our  gallant  and 


216  APPENDIX  I. 

true-hearted  comrades.     Some  of  them  we  shall  never  see 
again  ;  some  have  had  the  mark  of  the  Dardanelles  set  upon 
them  for  life ;  but  others,  and,  thank  God,  by  far  the  greater 
proportion,  will  be  back  in  due  course  at  the  front. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be 

Your  Lordship's  most  obedient  Servant, 
TAN  HAMILTON, 

General, 
Commanding  Mediterranean  Expeditionary  Force. 


APPENDIX    II. 

THE  SPEECH  OF  THE  GERMAN 
IMPERIAL  CHANCELLOR. 

I. 

HERR    VON    BETHMANN-HOLLWEG'S    DEFENCE. 

Aug.  19. 

THE  sitting  of  the  Reichstag  was  opened  to-day  with  a  speech 
by  the  President,  who  said  : — 

While  in  the  West  we  maintain  unflinchingly  our  gains, 
and  the  Dardanelles  and  Italian  frontier  attacks  are  shattered 
by  the  bravery  of  our  heroic  soldiers,  in  the  East  the  second 
year  of  war  brings  us  and  our  Allies  successes  that  border 
on  the  fabulous. 

After  the  President's  speech  the  Chancellor  spoke.  He 
said  : — 

Since  our  last  meeting  great  things  have  again  happened. 
All  attempts  of  the  French,  in  spite  of  their  contempt  for 
death  and  the  utmost  sacrifice  of  human  life,  to  break  our 
West  front  have  failed  against  the  stubborn  pertinacity  of 
our  brave  troops.  Italy,  who  thought  to  conquer  easily  the 
goods  of  others  which  she  has  coveted,  has  been  thus  far 
brilliantly  repulsed  in  spite  of  her  numerical  superiority  and 
unsparing  sacrifice  of  human  lives.  At  the  Dardanelles  the 
Turkish  Army  makes  an  unflinching  stand.  Where  we  have 
assumed  the  offensive  we  have  beaten  and  thrown  back  the 
enemy.  With  our  Allies  we  have  freed  almost  all  Galicia, 


218  APPENDIX  II. 

Poland,  Lithuania,  and  Courland  from  the  Russians.  Iwan- 
gorod,  Warsaw,  and  Kovno  have  fallen. 

Amidst  the  horrors  of  war  we  recall  gratefully  the  practical 
love  of  humanity  displayed  by  neighbouring  neutral  States 
towards  us  on  the  occasion  of  the  return  of  civilians  from 
hostile  countries,  and  the  exchange  of  prisoners  of  war.  The 
Netherlands  has  already  twice  given  ready  and  devoted 
assistance  to  our  severely  wounded  returning  from  England. 
I  express  the  heartfelt  thanks  of  the  German  people  to  this 
nation  (applause),  and  add  a  word  of  special  thanks  to  the 
Pope,  who  has  displayed  untiring  sympathy  with  the  idea 
of  the  exchange  of  prisoners  and  with  so  many  works  of 
humanity  during  the  war,  and  to  whom  belongs  the  main  credit 
for  their  realization. 

Our  enemies  incur  a  terrible  bloodguiltiness  by  seeking  to 
deceive  their  peoples  about  the  real  situation.  When  they  do 
not  deny  their  defeats  our  victories  serve  them  to  accumulate 
new  calumnies  against  us.  For  instance,  that  we  were  victori- 
ous in  the  first  year  of  the  war  because  we  had  treacherously 
prepared  for  this  war  long  beforehand,  while  they  in  their 
innocent  love  of  peace  (laughter)  were  not  ready  for  war. 
You  remember  the  bellicose  articles  which  the  Russian  Minister 
of  War  caused  to  be  circulated  in  the  spring  of  1914  in  which 
the  complete  preparedness  for  war  of  the  Russian  Army  was 
praised  ;  you  remember  the  frequently  provocative  language 
which  France  has  employed  in  recent  years ;  you  know  that 
France,  whenever  she  satisfied  Russia's  financial  needs,  made 
it  a  condition  that  the  greater  portion  of  the  loan  should 
always  be  applied  to  war  equipment. 

Sir  Edward  Grey  said  in  Parliament  on  August  3  : — 
"  We,  with  our  mighty  Fleet,  shall,  if  we  participate  in  the 
war,  surfer  little  more  than  if  we  remained  outside/'  The 
man  who,  on  the  eve  of  his  own  declaration  of  war,  speaks 
in  such  a  very  sober,  businesslike  tone  and  who,  in  accordance 
therewith,  also  directs  the  policy  of  his  friends,  can  only 
act  so  when  he  knows  that  he  and  his  Allies  are  ready.  (Loud 


APPENDIX  II.  219 

cheers.)  The  fable  that  England  participated  in  the  war 
only  for  the  sake  of  Belgium  has  been  abandoned  in  the 
meantime  by  England  herself.  It  was  not  tenable. 

ENGLAND  AND  THE   SMALL  NATIONS. 

Do  the  smaller  nations  still  believe  that  England  and  her 
Allies  are  waging  war  for  their  protection  and  the  protection 
and  freedom  of  civilization  ?  Neutral  commerce  on  the  sea 
is  strangled  by  England  as  far  as  possible,  goods  destined 
for  Germany  must  no  longer  be  loaded  on  neutral  ships. 
Neutral  ships  are  compelled  on  the  high  seas  to  take  English 
crews  aboard  and  to  obey  their  orders.  England  without 
hesitation  occupies  Greek  islands  because  it  suits  her  military 
operations,  and  with  her  Allies  she  wishes  to  constrain  neutral 
Greece  to  make  cessions  of  territory  in  order  to  bring  Bulgaria 
to  her  side.  In  Poland  Russia,  who  is  fighting  with  the 
Allies  for  the  freedom  of  peoples,  lays  waste  the  entire  land 
before  the  retreat  of  her  armies.  Villages  are  burnt  down, 
cornfields  trampled  down,  and  the  population,  Jews  and 
Christians,  are  sent  to  uninhabited  districts.  They  languish 
in  the  mud  of  Russian  roads  in  windowless,  sealed  goods 
wagons.  Such  are  the  freedom  and  civilization  for  which  our 
enemies  fight.  In  her  claims  to  be  the  protector  of  smaller 
States  England  counts  on  the  world  having  a  very  bad  memory. 

In  the  spring  of  1902  the  Boer  Republics  were  incorporated 
in  the  British  Empire.  Then  English  eyes  were  turned  to 
Egypt.  To  the  formal  annexation  of  this  there  was  opposed 
the  British  Government's  solemn  promise  to  evacuate  the 
land.  That  same  England  that  to  our  proposal  to  guarantee 
to  her  Belgium's  integrity  if  she  remained  neutral  proudly 
replied  that  England  could  not  make  her  obligations  relative 
to  Belgian  neutrality  a  matter  for  bargaining,  that  same 
England  had  no  scruple  in  bartering  away  to  France  her 
solemn  obligation  undertaken  towards  all  Europe  by  the 
conclusion  of  a  treaty  with  France  which  was  to  give  to 
England  Egypt  and  to  France  Morocco.  In  1907  the  southern 


220  APPENDIX  II. 

portion  of  Persia,  by  agreement  with  Russia,  was  converted 
into  an  exclusively  English  sphere  of  interest,  and  the  northern 
portion  was  delivered  over  to  a  freedom-loving  regiment  of 
Russian  Cossacks.  (Herr  Liebknecht  here  interjected  "  Pots- 
dam interview.")  I  am  coming  to  that  later.  Whosoever 
pursues  such  a  policy  has  no  right  to  accuse  of  warlike  aspira- 
tions and  territorial  covetousness  a  country  which  for  forty- 
four  years  has  protected  European  peace  and,  while  almost  all 
other  countries  have  waged  wars  and  conquered  lands,  has 
striven  only  for  peaceful  development.  That  is  hypocrisy. 
(Tempestuous  applause.) 

Conclusive  testimony  of  the  tendencies  of  English  policy 
and  of  the  origin  of  the  war  is  contained  in  the  reports  of  the 
Belgian  Minister.  For  what  reason  are  these  documents  as 
far  as  possible  hushed  up  in  London  and  St.  Petersburg  ? 
The  public  of  the  Entente  may  look  at  the  publications  which 
I  caused  to  be  published,  particularly  about  the  negotiations 
of  the  English  Military  Attach^  with  the  Belgian  military 
authorities.  Here  it  is  a  question  of  England's  policy  of 
isolation.  His  colleagues  in  London  and  Paris  form  an  ex- 
actly similar  judgment  to  that  of  Baron  Greindl,  and  this 
harmonious  judgment  is  of  quite  decisive  weight. 

Against  these  testimonies  all  attempts  of  the  enemy  to 
ascribe  to  us  warlike  ambitions  and  to  themselves  a  love  of 
peace  fail.  Was  German  policy  not  informed  of  these  events 
or  did  it  intentionally  close  its  eyes  to  them  by  still  seeking 
an  adjustment  ?  Neither  one  nor  the  other.  There  are  circles 
who  reproach  me  with  political  shortsightedness  because  I 
again  and  again  endeavoured  to  prepare  an  understanding 
with  England.  I  thank  God  that  I  did.  It  is  clearly  proved 
that  the  fatality  of  this  devastating  world  conflagration  could 
have  been  prevented  if  an  honest  understanding  with  England 
directed  towards  peace  had  been  accomplished.  Who  in 
Europe  would  then  have  thought  of  making  war  ?  With 
such  an  aim  in  view  should  I  have  refused  the  work  because 
it  was  heavy,  and  because  it  again  and  again  proved  fruitless  ? 


APPENDIX  II.  221 

King  Edward  saw  his  main  task  in  personally  promoting 
the  English  policy  of  isolation  against  Germany.  After  his 
death  I  hoped  the  negotiations  for  an  agreement  already 
inaugurated  by  us  in  1909  would  make  better  progress.  The 
negotiations  dragged  on  till  the  spring  of  1911  without  achiev- 
ing any  result.  Then  England's  interference  in  our  discussion 
with  France  in  the  Morocco  question  showed  the  entire  world 
how  English  policy  in  order  to  impose  its  will  on  the  entire 
world  menaced  the  world's  peace.  Then  also  the  English 
people  was  not  exactly  informed  concerning  the  danger  of 
the  policy  of  its  Government.  When  after  the  crisis  it  recog- 
nized how,  by  a  hairsbreadth,  it  had  escaped  the  abyss  of  a 
world-war,  a  sentiment  grew  up  in  wide  circles  of  the  English 
nation  in  favour  of  establishing  relations  with  us  which  would 
prevent  warlike  complications. 

LORD  HALDANE'S  MISSION. 

Thus  arose  Lord  Haldane's  mission  in  the  spring  of  1912. 
Lord  Haldane  assured  me  that  the  English  Cabinet  was 
inspired  with  a  sincere  desire  for  an  understanding.  It  was 
depressed  by  our  impending  naval  Budget.  I  asked  him 
whether  an  open  agreement  with  us,  which  would  not  only 
exclude  an  Anglo-German  war,  but  any  European  war  whatso- 
ever, did  not  seem  of  more  importance  to  him  than  a  couple 
of  German  Dreadnoughts  more  or  less.  Lord  Haldane  ap- 
peared inclined  to  this  view.  He  asked  me,  however,  whether 
if  we  were  assured  of  security  in  regard  to  England,  we  would 
not  fall  upon  France  and  destroy  her.  I  replied  that  the 
policy  of  peace  which  Germany  had  pursued  for  more  than 
forty  years  ought  really  to  save  us  from  such  a  question.  If  we 
had  planned  robber-like  attacks  we  could  have  had  the  best 
opportunity  during  the  South  African  War  and  Russo-Japanese 
War  to  show  our  love  of  war.  Germany,  which  sincerely 
wished  to  live  in  peace  with  France,  would  just  as  little  think 
of  attacking  another  country.  After  Haldane  had  left  negotia- 
tions were  continued  in  London.  In  order  to  arrive  at  lasting 


222  APPENDIX  II. 

relations  with  England  we  proposed  an  unconditional  mutual 
neutrality  undertaking.  When  this  proposal  was  rejected  by 
England  as  going  too  far,  we  proposed  to  restrict  neutrality 
to  wars  in  which  it  could  not  be  said  that  the  Power  to  whom 
neutrality  was  assured  was  the  aggressor. 

This  was  also  rejected  by  England,  who  proposed  the 
following  formula  : — 

"  England  will  not  make  an  unprovoked  attack  on  Ger- 
many and  will  refrain  from  an  aggressive  policy  towards 
Germany.  An  attack  on  Germany  is  not  included  in  any 
agreement  or  combination  to  which  England  is  at  present 
a  party.  England  will  not  join  any  agreement  which  aims 
at  such  an  attack." 

My  opinion  was  that  among  civilized  Powers  it  was  not 
customary  to  attack  other  Powers  without  provocation  or 
join  combinations  which  were  planning  such  things.  There- 
fore a  promise  to  refrain  from  such  attacks  could  not  be  made 
the  substance  of  a  solemn  agreement.  The  English  Cabinet 
then  proposed  to  prefix  the  following  to  the  above  formula  : — 

"  As  both  Powers  mutually  desire  to  secure  between  them- 
selves peace  and  friendship,  England  declares  that  she  will 
not  make  any  unprovoked  attack,"  &c. 

This  addition  could  not  in  any  way  alter  the  nature  of 
the  English  proposal,  and  nobody  could  have  blamed  me  if 
already  at  that  time  I  had  broken  off  negotiations.  In  order 
to  do  all  in  my  power  to  secure  the  peace  of  Europe  I  declared 
myself  ready  to  accept  the  English  proposal,  also  on  condition 
that  it  was  completed  as  follows  : — 

"  England  therefore  will,  of  course,  observe  benevolent 
neutrality  should  war  be  forced  upon  Germany." 

Sir  Edward  Grey  flatly  refused  this  addition,  as  he  declared 
to  our  Ambassador,  from  fear  that  it  would  endanger  the 
existing  British  friendship  with  other  Powers.  This  meant 
for  us  the  conclusion  of  the  negotiations.  England  thought 
it  a  token  of  special  friendship  to  be  sealed  by  a  solemn  agree- 
ment that  she  would  not  fall  upon  us  without  reason,  but 


APPENDIX  II.  223 

reserved  for  herself  a  free  hand  in  case  her  friends  should  like 

to  do  it. 

MR.  ASQUITH'S  CARDIFF  SPEECH. 

Mr.  Asquith,  on  October  2,  1914,  referred  to  this  at  Cardiff. 
He  told  his  audience  that  the  English  formula  that  England 
would  not  attack  Germany  without  provocation  was  not 
sufficient  for  the  German  statesmen,  who  demanded  that 
England  should  remain  absolutely  neutral  in  the  event  of 
Germany's  being  involved  in  war. 

This  assertion  of  Mr.  Asquith's  is  a  misrepresentation  of 
the  facts.  Naturally  we  demanded  unconditional  neutrality 
at  first,  but  in  the  course  of  negotiations  we  restricted  our 
demand  for  neutrality  to  the  contingency  of  war  having  been 
forced  upon  Germany.  This  Mr.  Asquith  withheld  from  his 
audience.  I  believe  myself  justified  in  declaring  that  he 
thereby  misled  public  opinion  in  England  in  an  unjustifiable 
manner.  If  Mr.  Asquith  had  given  the  complete  facts  he 
could'not  have  continued  his  speech  as  he  did.  He  said  : — 

"  And  this  demand,  namely,  for  unconditional  neutrality 
in  any  war,  was  proposed  by  German  statesmen  at  a  moment 
when  Germany  had  greatly  increased  her  aggressive  and 
defensive  means  of  power,  especially  on  the  sea.  They 
demanded  that  we  should  give  them,  as  far  as  we  were  con- 
cerned, a  free  hand,  when  they  chose  the  moment  to  conquer 
and  govern  Europe." 

I  cannot  understand  how  Mr.  Asquith  could  objectively 
represent  so  wrongly  a  fact  of  which  he  was  very  well  informed 
to  draw  from  it  conclusions  which  were  contrary  to  the  truth. 
I  mention  this  incident  in  order  to  protest  before  the  entire 
world  against  the  falsehood  and  slander  with  which  our 
enemies  fight  against  us.  After  we  had  made,  in  full  cognizance 
of  the  anti-German  direction  of  English  policy,  with  the 
utmost  patience,  the  greatest  possible  concessions,  they  wanted 
to  expose  us  before  all  the  world  by  an  exaggerated  mis- 
representation of  the  facts.  Should  our  enemies  succeed  in 
drowning  also  these  statements  in  the  noise  of  battle  and  in 


224  APPENDIX  II. 

unworthy  work  of  inciting  peoples,  the  time  will  come  when 
history  will  pronounce  judgment.  At  that  time  the  moment 
had  come  when  England  and  Germany,  by  a  sincere  under- 
standing, could  have  secured  the  peace  of  the  world.  We 
were  ready.  England  declined  ;  she  will  never  free  herself 
from  this  blot. 

Afterwards,  Sir  Edward  Grey,  and  the  French  Ambassador 
in  London,  M.  Cambon,  exchanged  the  well-known  letters 
which  aimed  at  an  Anglo-French  defensive  alliance,  but  by 
separately  concluded  agreements  between  both  the  general 
staffs  and  the  Admiralty  staffs  they  became  in  fact  an  offensive 
alliance.  This  fact  was  also  held  from  the  public.  Only 
when  there  was  no  way  out  the  English  Government  on 
August  3,  1914,  informed  the  public  of  this.  Until  then 
the  English  Ministers  had  always  declared  in  Parliament 
that  England  in  the  case  of  a  European  conflict  reserved  a 
completely  free  hand.  The  same  policy  was  pursued  by  Eng- 
land when  naval  negotiations  in  the  spring  of  1914  were 
opened  with  Russia,  and  the  Russian  Admiralty  desired  to 
invade  our  province  of  Pomerania  with  the  assistance  of 
English  vessels.  Thus  the  encircling  by  the  Entente  with  its 
openly  hostile  tendencies  became  narrower.  We  were  obliged 
to  reply  to  the  situation  with  the  great  armament  of  the  Budget 
of  1913. 

RELATIONS  WITH   RUSSIA. 

As  regards  Russia,  I  have  always  acted  from  the  conviction 
that  friendly  relations  to  individual  members  of  the  Entente 
might  diminish  tension.  On  isolated  questions  we  had  come 
to  a  good  understanding  with  Russia.  I  remind  you  of  the 
Potsdam  Agreement.  The  relations  between  the  Govern- 
ments were  not  only  correct,  but  were  also  inspired  by  personal 
confidence.  But  the  general  situation  was  not  solved,  because 
the  "  revanche  "  idea  of  France  and  the  bellicose  pan-Slav 
attempts  at  expansion  in  Russia  were  continually  encouraged 
by  the  anti-German  policy  of  the  balance  of  power  of  the 
London  Cabinet.  The  tension  thus  grew  to  such  an  extent 


APPENDIX  II.  225 

that  it  could  not  stand  a  serious  test.  Thus  the  summer 
of  1914  arrived. 

In  England  it  is  now  asserted  that  war  could  have  been 
avoided  if  I  had  agreed  to  the  proposal  of  Sir  Edward  Grey 
to  participate  in  a  conference  for  the  adjustment  of  the  Russo- 
Austrian  conflict.  The  English  proposal  for  a  conference  was 
handed  here  on  July  27  through  the  Ambassador.  The 
Foreign  Secretary,  in  a  conversation  with  Sir  E.  Goschen,  in 
which  he  characterized  the  proposed  method  as  unsuitable, 
declared  that  according  to  his  information  from  Russia  M. 
Sazonoff  was  prepared  for  a  direct  exchange  of  opinion  with 
Count  Berchtold,  and  that  direct  discussion  between  Petrograd 
and  Vienna  might  lead  to  a  satisfactory  result.  Therefore  it 
would  be  best,  Heir  von  Jagow  said,  to  await  this  discussion. 

Sir  E.  Goschen  reported  this  to  London  and  received  Sir 
Edward  Grey's  answer,  namely,  that  this  would  be  a  pro- 
cedure which  was  by  far  to  be  preferred  to  all  others.  At 
that  time  Sir  Edward  Grey  agreed  to  the  German  standpoint 
and  expressly  put  aside  his  proposal  for  a  conference.  We 
especially  pursued  our  mediatory  action  at  Vienna  in  a  form 
which  approached  to  the  last  degree  the  line  of  what  was 
consonant  with  our  alliance.  On  July  29  the  German  Am- 
bassador in  Petrograd  reported  that  M.  Sazonoff  had  announced 
to  him  that  the  Vienna  Cabinet  categorically  declined  a  direct 
discussion.  Therefore  nothing  else  remained  than  to  return 
to  the  proposal  of  Sir  Edward  Grey  for  a  conversation  of  four. 
As  the  Vienna  Government  meanwhile  declared  itself  pre- 
pared to  agree  to  a  direct  exchange  of  opinion  with  Petrograd, 
it  was  obvious  that  a  misunderstanding  prevailed. 

I  telegraphed  to  Herr  von  Tschirschky,  our  Ambassador  in 
Vienna,  that  we  could  not  expect  that  Austria-Hungary 
should  negotiate  with  Serbia,  with  whom  she  was  in  a  state 
of  war.  But  the  refusal  of  any  exchange  of  opinion  with 
Petrograd  would  be  a  bad  blunder.  Though  we  were  ready 
to  fulfil  our  duty  as  an  ally,  we  must  decline  to  be  drawn 
into  a  world  conflagration  by  Austria-Hungary  ignoring  our 
ix.  15 


226  APPENDIX  II. 

advice.  Herr  von  Tschirschky  answered  that  Count  Berch- 
told  had  declared  that  in  fact  a  misunderstanding  prevailed 
on  the  Russian  side.  The  Austro-Hungarian  Ambassador  in 
Petrograd  at  once  received  corresponding  instructions. 

When  in  England  shortly  before  the  war  excitement  in- 
creased and  serious  doubts  became  loud  concerning  our 
endeavours  for  the  preservation  of  peace,  I  published  this 
incident  in  the  English  Press.  And  now  the  insinuation  is 
spread  there  that  this  incident  never  took  place  at  all  and 
that  the  instructions  to  Herr  von  Tschirschky  were  inventions 
in  order  to  mislead  public  opinion.  You  will  agree  with  me 
that  this  accusation  is  not  worthy  of  reply. 

After  clearing  up  the  above-mentioned  misunderstandings, 
conversations  began  between  Petrograd  and  Vienna  until  they 
found  a  conclusion  by  general  mobilization  of  the  Russian 
Army.  I  repeat  that  we  carried  on  direct  conversation 
between  Vienna  and  Petrograd  with  the  utmost  vigour  and 
success.  The  assertion  that  we,  by  a  refusal  of  the  English 
proposal  for  a  conference,  are  guilty  of  this  war  belongs  to 
the  category  of  calumnies  behind  which  our  enemies  wish  to 
hide  their  own  guilt.  War  became  unavoidable  solely  by  a 
Russian  mobilization.  We  shall  emerge  as  victoriously  from 
the  fight  against  these  calumnies  as  from  the  great  fight  on 
the  battlefield. 

SOLICITUDE   FOR  POLAND. 

Our  and  the  Austro-Hungarian  troops  have  reached  the 
frontiers  in  the  East  defined  by  the  Congress  of  Poland.  Both 
now  have  the  task  of  administering  the  country.  For  cen- 
turies geographical  and  political  fate  has  forced  the  Germans 
and  Poles  to  fight  against  each  other.  The  recollection  of 
these  old  differences  does  not  diminish  respect  for  the  passion 
of  patriotism  and  tenacity  with  which  the  Polish  people 
defends  its  old  Western  civilization  and  its  love  of  independ- 
ence in  the  severe  sufferings  from  Russoism,  a  love  which  is 
maintained  also  through  the  misfortune  of  this  war. 

I  hope  that  to-day's  occupation  of  the  Polish  frontiers 


APPENDIX  II.  227 

against  the  East  represents  the  beginning  of  a  development 
which  will  remove  old  contrasts  between  Germans  and  Poles, 
and  will  lead  the  country,  liberated  from  the  Russian  yoke, 
to  a  happy  future,  so  that  it  can  foster  and  develop  the  in- 
dividuality of  its  national  life.  The  country  occupied  by  us 
will  be  justly  administered  by  us  with  the  assistance  of  its 
own  population.  As  far  as  possible  we  will  try  to  adjust  the 
unavoidable  difficulties  of  war  and  will  heal  the  wounds  which 
Russia  has  inflicted  on  the  country. 

This  war,  the  longer  it  lasts,  will  leave  Europe  bleeding 
from  a  thousand  wounds.  The  world  which  will  then  arise 
shall  and  will  not  look  as  our  enemies  dream.  They  strive 
for  the  restitution  of  the  old  Europe,  with  powerless  Germany 
as  a  tributary  of  a  gigantic  Russian  Empire.  No,  this  gigantic 
world's  war  will  not  bring  back  the  old  bygone  situation.  A 
new  one  must  arise.  If  Europe  shall  come  to  peace  it  can 
only  be  possible  by  the  inviolable  and  strong  position  of  Ger- 
many. The  English  policy  of  the  balance  of  power  must 
disappear,  because  it  is,  as  the  English  poet  Shaw  recently 
said,  a  hatching  oven  for  wars. 

When  our  Ambassador  on  August  4  took  leave  of  Sir 
Edward  Grey,  the  latter  said  that  this  war  which  had  broken 
out  between  England  and  Germany  would  at  the  conclusion 
of  peace  enable  him  to  do  us  more  valuable  services  than 
the  neutrality  of  England  would  allow  him.  (General  laughter.) 
Before  his  eyes  the  giant,  victorious  Russia,  rose,  and  perhaps 
behind  it,  defeated  Germany.  Then  weakened  Germany 
would  have  been  good  enough  to  be  a  vassal  of  he/  helper 
England.  Germany  must  so  consolidate,  strengthen,  and 
secure  her  position  that  other  Powers  can  never  again  think 
of  a  policy  of  isolation. 

GERMAN   FREEDOM   FOR  ALL  PEOPLES. 

For  our  and  other  people's  protection  we  must  gain  the 
freedom  of  the  seas,  not  as  England  did,  to  rule  over  them, 
but  that  they  should  serve  equally  all  peoples.  We  will  be 


228  APPENDIX  II. 

and  will  remain  the  shield  of  peace  and  freedom  of  big  and 
small  nations.  We  do  not  menace  the  little  peoples  of  Ger- 
manic race.  How  busily  are  the  diplomatists  of  the  Quadruple 
Entente  engaged  in  influencing  the  Balkan  peoples  by  telling 
them  that  the  victory  of  the  Central  Powers  would  throw 
them  into  slavery,  while  the  triumph  of  the  Quadruple  Entente 
would  bring  them  freedom,  independence,  gain  in  territory, 
and  economical  thrift. 

It  is  only  a  few  years  ago  that  the  hunger  for  power  of 
Russia  created  under  the  motto  "  The  Balkans  for  the  Balkan 
People,"  the  union  which  soon  decayed  through  her  favouring 
the  Serbian  breach  of  agreement  towards  Bulgaria.  The 
German  and  Austro-Hungarian  victories  in  Poland  have  freed 
the  Balkans  from  Russian  pressure.  England  was  once  the 
protector  of  the  Balkans.  As  the  Ally  of  Russia  she  can 
only  be  the  oppressor  of  their  independence. 

Hardly  another  great  people  in  the  last  century  has  endured 
such  sufferings  as  the  Germans,  and  yet  we  can  love  this  fate, 
which  gave  us  in  such  sufferings  the  spirit  to  accomplish 
gigantic  deeds.  For  the  Empire,  at  last  united,  every  year 
of  peace  was  a  gain  because  we  made  best  progress  without 
war.  We  do  not  want  war.  Germany  never  strove  for 
supremacy  in  Europe.  Her  ambition  was  to  be  predominant 
in  peaceful  competition  with  great  and  small  nations  in  works 
for  the  general  welfare  of  civilization. 

This  war  has  shown  of  what  greatness  we  are  capable, 
when  relying  on  our  own  moral  strength.  The  power  that 
our  inner  strength  gave  us  we  cannot  employ  otherwise  than 
in  the  direction  of  freedom.  We  do  not  hate  the  peoples 
who  have  been  driven  into  war  by  their  Governments.  We 
shall  hold  on  through  the  war  till  those  peoples  demand  peace 
from  the  really  guilty,  till  the  road  becomes  free  for  the  new 
liberated  Europe,  free  of  French  intrigues,  Muscovite  desire  of 
conquest,  and  English  guardianship. 

Long  and  stormy  applause  greeted  the  conclusion  of  the 
Chancellor's  speech,  and  the  House  adjourned  till  Friday. 


APPENDIX  II.  229 

GERMAN  PRESS  COMMENT. 

The  Berlin  correspondent  of  the  Kolnische  Volkszeitung 
said : — 

A  characteristic  of  the  Chancellor's  speech  in  the  Reichs- 
tag was  increased  severity  towards  England.  It  was  as 
if  the  Chancellor  was  filled  with  physical  loathing  when 
he  spoke  of  Sir  E.  Grey's  frivolity  and  bloodguilt  in  this 
war.  When  he  spoke  of  England  the  House  listened 
breathlessly  to  the  descriptions  of  how  England  strangled 
and  violated  the  rights  of  neutrals.  When,  towards  the 
end,  the  Chancellor  pleaded  for  the  good  intentions  of 
his  former  pro-English  policy,  the  Reichstag  showed  that 
it  accepted  his  explanations,  although  there  was  little 
or  no  applause.  In  that  part  of  the  speech  there  was 
apparent  much  disappointment,  personal  bitterness,  and 
acerbity  against  England. 

The  correspondent  noted  that  the  Chancellor  spoke  hardly 
at  all  of  France  or  the  fate  of  Belgium,  but  added  that  the 
Chancellor's  words  about  Poland  caused  joyful  emotion  and 
surprise  throughout  the  House. 

Such  words  (he  proceeds)  have  never  before  been  pro- 
nounced to  the  Polish  people  in  the  German  Reichstag. 
The  Polish  people  will  hear  in  them  a  promise  that  the 
Austro-German  victory  will  bring  them  freedom  and  the 
realization  of  old  hopes. 

The  writer  considered  that  it  was  a  "  moment  of  political 
importance  "  when  the  Chancellor  expressed  his  gratitude  to 
the  Pope,  and  said  that  a  Chancellor  of  the  German  Empire 
"  has  never  in  the  presence  of  the  assembled  Reichstag  used 
warmer  words  in  alluding  to  the  supreme  head  of  the  Catholic 
Church." 

No  passage  in  the  speech  was  so  loudly  cheered  as  that 
in  which,  while  disclaiming  hatred,  Herr  von  Bethmann- 
Hollweg  said,  "  We  have  lost  sentimentality,"  a  sentence  which 


230  APPENDIX  II. 

the  correspondent  thinks  ought  to  be  inscribed  over  the  doors 
of  German  Embassies. 

Most  of  the  Deputies  were  present  at  the  sitting,  as  were 
also  all  the  Ministers  except  Admiral  von  Tirpitz. 

George  Bernhard,  in  an  article  in  the  Vossische  Zeitung, 
considered  that  the  Chancellor's  instructions  to  the  German 
representative  in  Vienna  prove  the  honesty  of  his  endeavours. 

The  Tdgliche  Rundschau  noted  the  language  used  concern- 
ing Poland,  whereby  Poland,  doubtless  on  the  basis  of  dis- 
cussions with  Baron  Burian,  is  promised  separation  from 
Russia  and  a  happier  future,  and  took  this  as  implying  the 
creation  of  an  almost  independent  Poland. 

The  Kreuz  Zeitung  drew  from  the  speech  the  moral  that 
Great  Britain's  power  must  be  so  broken  that  the  domination 
of  the  seas  will  be  permanently  taken  from  her. 

The  Lokalanzeiger  wrote  : — 

Germany  never  strove  for  the  domination  of  Europe, 
nor  will  she  ever  strive  for  it,  but  we  will  not  suffer  Great 
Britain's  sole  domination  of  the  sea. 

The  Berliner  Tageblatt  writes  : — 

In  two  cardinal  points  the  Chancellor  yesterday  smote 
his  enemies.  He  was  able  to  prove  by  documents  that 
the  British  premier,  as  Sir  E.  Grey  had  already  attempted 
to  do  before  and  after  August  4,  continued  to  mislead 
the  British  Parliament  and  people  on  decisive  questions. 

Further,  the  Chancellor  was  able  to  adduce  proof  that, 
in  an  endeavour  to  promote  a  direct  agreement  between 
the  Vienna  and  Petrograd  Cabinets,  we  employed  on 
July  30  towards  Austria-Hungary  strong,  and  among 
Allies  unusual,  pressure.  The  Russian  mobilization  caused 
an  abrupt  end  to  all  negotiations  for  agreement  and  all 
labours  for  the  localization  of  the  conflict.  That  the 
war  party  in  Russia  at  the  last  moment,  especially  owing 
to  Great  Britain's  attitude,  won  the  upper  hand  we  know 
inter  alia  from  letters  discovered. 


APPENDIX  II.  231 

II. 

SIR   EDWARD   GREY'S    REPLY. 

THE    BRITISH    FOREIGN     SECRETARY     ISSUED    THE    FOLLOWING 
LETTER   TO  THE   PRESS   ON   26TH   AUGUST. 

SIR, — There  are  some  points  in  the  speech  of  the  German 
Chancellor,  made  last  week,  which  may,  I  think,  be  suitably 
dealt  with  in  a  letter  to  the  Press,  pending  the  fuller  review 
of  the  situation,  which  may  be  appropriate  to  some  other 
method  and  time.  I  will  state  the  facts  and  the  reflections 
they  suggest  as  briefly  and  clearly  as  I  can,  and  ask  you  to 
be  good  enough  to  make  them  public. 

i.  The  Belgian  record  of  conversation  with  the  British 
military  attache  was  published  by  Germany  last  autumn  to 
prove  that  Belgium  had  trafficked  her  neutrality  with  us, 
and  was  in  effect  in  a  plot  with  us  against  Germany. 

The  conversation  of  which  most  use  has  been  made  was 
never  reported  to  the  Foreign  Office,  nor,  as  far  as  records 
show,  to  the  War  Office  at  the  time,  and  we  saw  a  record  of 
it  for  the  first  time  when  Germany  published  the  Belgian 
record.  But  it  bears  on  the  face  of  it  that  it  referred  only 
to  the  contingency  of  Belgium  being  attacked,  that  the  entry 
of  the  British  into  Belgium  would  take  place  only  after  the 
violation  of  Belgian  territory  by  Germany,  and  that  it  did 
not  commit  the  British  Government.  No  convention  or 
agreement  existed  between  the  British  and  Belgian  Govern- 
ments. Why  does  the  German  Chancellor  mention  these 
informal  conversations  of  1906  and  ignore  entirely  that  in 
April,  1913,  I  told  the  Belgian  Minister  most  emphatically 
that  what  we  desired  in  the  case  of  Belgium,  as  in  that  of 
other  neutral  countries,  was  that  their  neutrality  should  be 
respected,  and  that  as  long  as  it  was  not  violated  by  any 
other  Power  we  should  certainly  not  send  troops  ourselves 
into  their  territory  ? 

Let  it  be  remembered  that  the  first  use  made  by  Ger- 


232  APPENDIX  II. 

many  of  the  Belgian  document  was  to  charge  Belgium  with 
bad  faith  to  Germany.  What  is  the  true  story  ?  On  the 
2Qth  July,  1914,  the  German  Chancellor  tried  to  bribe  us  by 
a  promise  of  future  Belgian  independence  to  become  a  party 
to  the  violation  of  Belgian  neutrality  by  Germany.  On  the 
outbreak  of  war  he  described  the  Belgian  Treaty  as  a  scrap 
of  paper,  and  the  German  Foreign  Secretary  explained  that 
Germany  must  go  through  Belgium  to  attack  France,  be- 
cause she  could  not  afford  the  time  to  do  otherwise.  The 
statement  of  Herr  von  Jagow  is  worth  quoting  again  : — 

The  Imperial  Government  had  to  advance  into  France 
by  the  quickest  and  easiest  way,  so  as  to  be  able  to  get 
well  ahead  with  their  operations  and  endeavour  to  strike 
some  decisive  blow  as  early  as  possible.  It  was  a  matter 
of  life  and  death  for  them,  as,  if  they  had  gone  by  the 
more  southern  route,  they  could  not  have  hoped,  in 
view  of  the  paucity  of  roads  and  the  strength  of  the 
fortresses,  to  have  got  through  without  formidable 
opposition,  entailing  great  loss  of  time.  This  loss  of 
time  would  have  meant  time  gained  by  the  Russians 
for  bringing  up  their  troops  to  the  German  frontier. 
Rapidity  of  action  was  the  great  German  asset,  while 
that  of  Russia  was  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  troops. 

In  the  Reichstag,  too,  on  the  4th  August,  1914,  the  Ger- 
man Chancellor  stated,  in  referring  to  the  violation  of  the 
neutrality  of  Belgium  and  Luxemburg  : — 

The  wrong — I  speak  openly — the  wrong  we  thereby 
commit  we  will  try  to  make  good  as  soon  as  our  military 
aims  have  been  attained. 

The  violation  of  Belgian  neutrality  was  therefore  de- 
liberate, although  Germany  had  actually  guaranteed  that 
neutrality,  and  surely  there  has  been  nothing  more  despic- 
ably mean  than  the  attempt  to  justify  it  ex  post  facto,  by 
bringing  against  the  innocent  and  inoffensive  Belgian  Govern- 
ment and  people  the  totally  false  charge  of  having  plotted 


APPENDIX  II.  233 

against  Germany.  The  German  Chancellor  does  not  empha- 
size in  his  latest  speech  that  charge,  which  has  been  spread 
broadcast  against  Belgium.  Is  it  withdrawn  ?  And,  if  so, 
will  Germany  make  reparation  for  the  cruel  wrong  done  to 
Belgium  ? 

2.  The  negotiations  for  an  Anglo-German  agreement  in 
1912,  referred  to  by  the  German  Chancellor,  were  brought 
to  a  point  at  which  it  was  clear  that  they  could  have  no 
success  unless  we  in  effect  gave  a  promise  of  absolute  neu- 
trality while   Germany  remained   free  under  her  Alliances 
to  take  part  in  European  war.    This  can,  and  shall,  be  ex- 
plained by  publishing  an  account  of  the  negotiations,  taken 
from  the  records  in  the  Foreign  Office. 

3.  The  Chancellor  quotes  an  isolated  sentence  from  my 
speech  of  the  3rd  August,  1914,  to  prove  that  we  were  ready 
for  war.     In  the  very  next  sentence,  which  he  might  have 
quoted,   but  does  not  quote,   I  said  : — "  We  are  going  to 
suffer,  I  am  afraid,  terribly  in  this  war,  whether  we  are  in 
it  or  whether  we  stand  aside."     I  leave  it  to  anyone  out- 
side Germany  in  any  neutral  country  to  settle  for  himself 
whether  those  are  the  words  of  a  man  who  had  desired  and 
planned  European  war,  or  of  one  who  had  laboured  to  avert 
it.     The  extent  of  the  German  Chancellor's  misapplication 
of  the  isolated  sentence  which  he  quotes  will  be  obvious  to 
anyone  who  reads  the  full  context  of  the  speech. 

As  to  the  other  statement  attributed  to  me  :  not  even 
when  we  were  perfectly  free,  when  Japan,  who  was  our  Ally, 
had  not  entered  the  war,  and  when  we  were  not  pledged  to 
other  Allies  as  we  are  now  by  the  Agreement  of  the  5th  Sep- 
tember, 1914,  did  I  say  anything  so  ridiculous  or  untrue  as 
that  it  was  in  the  interest  of  Germany  that  we  had  gone 
to  war  and  with  the  object  of  restraining  Russia. 

4.  The  war  would  have  been   avoided  if  a  Conference 
had  been  agreed  to.    Germany  on  the  flimsiest  pretext  shut 
the  door  against  it.     I  would  wreck  nothing  on  a  point  of 
form,  and  expressed  myself  ready  to  acquiesce  in  any  method 


234  APPENDIX  II. 

of  mediation  that  Germany  could  suggest  if  mine  was  not 
acceptable.  Mediation,  I  said,  was  ready  to  come  into  opera- 
tion by  any  method  that  Germany  thought  possible,  if  only 
Germany  would  press  the  button  in  the  interests  of  peace. 

The  German  Chancellor,  according  to  his  speech,  en- 
couraged nothing  except  direct  discussion  between  Vienna 
and  Petrograd.  But  what  chance  had  that  of  success  when, 
as  we  heard  afterwards,  the  German  Ambassador  at  Vienna 
was  expressing  the  opinion  that  Russia  would  stand  aside, 
and  conveying  to  his  colleagues  the  impression  that  he  de- 
sired war  from  the  first,  and  that  his  strong  personal  bias 
probably  coloured  his  action  there  ? 

Some  day,  perhaps,  the  world  will  know  what  really 
passed  between  Germany  and  Austria  respecting  the  ulti- 
matum to  Serbia  and  its  consequences. 

It  has  become  only  too  apparent  that  in  the  proposal  of 
a  conference  which  we  made,  which  Russia,  France,  and  Italy 
agreed  to,  and  which  Germany  vetoed,  lay  the  only  hope  of 
peace.  And  it  was  such  a  good  hope  !  Serbia  had  accepted 
nearly  all  of  the  Austrian  ultimatum,  severe  and  violent  as 
it  was.  The  points  outstanding  could  have  been  settled 
honourably  and  fairly  in  a  conference  in  a  week.  Germany 
ought  to  have  known,  and  must  have  known,  that  we  should 
take  the  same  straight  and  honourable  part  in  it  that  she 
herself  recognized  we  had  taken  in  the  Balkan  Conference, 
working  not  for  diplomatic  victory  of  a  group,  but  for  fair 
settlement,  and  ready  to  side  against  any  attempt  to  exploit  the 
Conference  unfairly  to  the  disadvantage  of  Germany  or  Austria. 

The  refusal  of  a  Conference  by  Germany,  though  it  did 
not  decide  British  participation  in  the  war.  did  in  fact  decide 
the  question  of  peace  or  war  for  Europe,  and  sign  the  death 
warrant  of  the  many  hundreds  of  thousands  who  have  been 
killed  in  this  war. 

Nor  must  it  be  forgotten  that  the  Emperor  of  Russia 
proposed  to  the  German  Emperor  that  the  Austro-Serb 
dispute  should  be  settled  by  The  Hague  Tribunal. 


APPENDIX  II.  235 

Is  there  one  candid  soul  in  Germany  and  Austria-Hungary 
who,  looking  back  on  the  past  year,  does  not  regret  that 
neither  the  British  nor  Russian  proposal  was  accepted  ? 

5.  And  what  is  the  German  programme  as  we  gather  it 
from  the  speech  of  the  Chancellor  and  public  utterances  in 
Germany  now  ?  Germany  to  control  the  destiny  of  all  other 
nations  ;  to  be  "  the  shield  of  peace  and  freedom  of  big  and 
small  nations,"  those  are  the  Chancellor's  words ;  an  iron 
peace  and  a  freedom  under  a  Prussian  shield  and  under  Ger- 
man supremacy.  Germany  supreme,  Germany  alone  would 
be  free  :  free  to  break  international  treaties ;  free  to  crush 
when  it  pleased  her ;  free  to  refuse  all  mediation  ;  free  to 
go  to  war  when  it  suited  her ;  free,  when  she  did  go  to  war, 
to  break  again  all  rules  of  civilization  and  humanity  on  land 
and  at  sea ;  and,  while  she  may  act  thus,  all  her  commerce 
at  sea  is  to  remain  as  free  in  time  of  war  as  all  commerce  is 
in  time  of  peace.  Freedom  of  the  sea  may  be  a  very  reason- 
able subject  for  discussion,  definition,  and  agreement  between 
nations  after  this  war ;  but  not  by  itself  alone,  not  while 
there  is  no  freedom  and  no  security  against  war  and  German 
methods  of  war  on  land.  If  there  are  to  be  guarantees  against 
future  war,  let  them  be  equal,  comprehensive,  and  effective 
guarantees  that  bind  Germany  as  well  as  other  nations, 
including  ourselves. 

Germany  is  to  be  supreme.  The  freedom  of  other  nations 
is  to  be  that  which  Germany  metes  out  to  them.  Such  is 
apparently  the  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  the  German 
Chancellor's  speech  ;  and  to  this  the  German  Minister  of 
Finance  adds  that  the  heavy  burden  of  thousands  of  millions 
must  be  borne  through  decades,  not  by  Germany,  but  by 
those  whom  she  is  pleased  to  call  the  instigators  of  the  war. 
In  other  words,  for  decades  to  come  Germany  claims  that 
whole  nations  who  have  resisted  her  should  labour  to  pay 
her  tribute  in  the  form  of  war  indemnities. 

Not  on  such  terms  can  peace  be  concluded  or  the  life  of 
other  nations  than  Germany  be  free  or  even  tolerable.  The 


236  APPENDIX  II. 

speeches  of  the  German  Chancellor  and  Finance  Minister 
make  it  appear  that  Germany  is  fighting  for  supremacy 
and  tribute.  If  that  is  so,  and  as  long  as  it  is  so,  our  Allies 
and  we  are  fighting  and  must  fight  for  the  right  to  live,  not 
under  German  supremacy,  but  in  real  freedom  and  safety. 

Your  obedient  servant, 
Foreign  Office,  Aug.  25.  E.   GREY. 

III. 
THE   FACTS   OF  THE   HALDANE  MISSION. 

THE  BRITISH  FOREIGN  OFFICE  ISSUED  THE  FOLLOWING  STATE- 
MENT ON   1st   SEPTEMBER. 

AN  account  of  the  1912  Anglo-German  negotiations  was 
published  in  the  semi-official  Norddeutsche  Allgemeine  Zeitung 
last  month.  This  account  was  misleading,  and  was  no  doubt 
intended  to  mislead,  and  made  it  appear  that  the  British 
Government  had  at  that  time  rejected  what  would  be  re- 
garded in  many  quarters  as  a  reasonable  offer  of  friendship 
from  Germany. 

In  these  circumstances  it  may  be  as  well  to  publish  a  state- 
ment of  the  facts  compiled  from  official  records  here.  Early 
in  1912  the  German  Chancellor  sketched  to  Lord  Haldane 
the  following  formula  as  one  which  would  meet  the  views 
of  the  Imperial  Government : — 

1.  The   high   contracting    parties    assure   each   other 
mutually  of  their  desire  of  peace  and  friendship. 

2.  They  will  not  either  of  them  make  or  prepare  to 
make  any  (unprovoked)  attack  upon  the  other,  or  join 
in  any  combination  or  design  against  the  other  for  pur- 
poses of  aggression,  or  become  party  to  any  plan  or 
naval  or  military  enterprise  alone  or  in  combination  with 
any  other  Power  directed  to  such  an  end,  and  declare  not 
to  be  bound  by  any  such  engagement. 

3.  If  either  of  the  high  contracting  parties  becomes 


APPENDIX  II.  237 

entangled  in  a  war  with  one  or  more  Powers  in  which 
it  cannot  be  said  to  be  the  aggressor,  the  other  party  will 
at  least  observe  towards  the  Power  so  entangled  a  benevo- 
lent neutrality,  and  will  use  its  utmost  endeavour  for 
the  localization  of  the  conflict.  If  either  of  the  high 
contracting  parties  is  forced  to  go  to  war  by  obvious 
provocation  from  a  third  party,  they  bind  themselves 
to  enter  into  an  exchange  of  views  concerning  their 
attitude  in  such  a  conflict. 

4.  The   duty  of  neutrality  which   arises   out   of  the 
preceding  article  has  no  application  in  so  far  as  it  may 
not  be  reconcilable  with  existing  agreements  which  the 
high  contracting  parties  have  already  made. 

5.  The  making  of  new  agreements  which  render  it 
impossible  for  either  of  the  parties  to  observe  neutrality 
towards  the  other  beyond  what  is  provided  by  the  pre- 
ceding limitation  is  excluded  in  conformity  with  the 
provisions  in  Article  2. 

6.  The  high  contracting  parties  declare  that  they  will  do 
all  in  their  power  to  prevent  differences  and  misunderstand- 
ings arising  between  either  of  them  and  other  Powers. 

These  conditions,  although  in  appearance  fair  as  between 
the  parties,  would  have  been  grossly  unfair  and  one-sided  in 
their  operation.  Owing  to  the  general  position  of  the  Euro- 
pean Powers,  and  the  treaty  engagements  by  which  they 
were  bound,  the  result  of  Articles  4  and  5  would  have  been 
that,  while  Germany  in  the  case  of  a  European  conflict  would 
have  remained  free  to  support  her  friends,  this  country  would 
have  been  forbidden  to  raise  a  finger  in  defence  of  hers. 

Germany  could  arrange  without  difficulty  that  the  formal 
inception  of  hostilities  should  rest  with  Austria.  If  Austria 
and  Russia  were  at  war  Germany  would  support  Austria,  as 
is  evident  from  what  occurred  at  the  end  of  July,  1914 ; 
while  as  soon  as  Russia  was  attacked  by  two  Powers  France 
was  bound  to  come  to  her  assistance.  In  other  words,  the 


238  APPENDIX  II. 

pledge  of  neutrality  offered  by  Germany  would  have  been 
absolutely  valueless,  because  she  could  always  plead  the 
necessity  of  fulfilling  her  existing  obligations  under  the  Triple 
Alliance  as  an  excuse  for  departing  from  neutrality.  On  the 
other  hand,  no  such  departure,  however  serious  the  provoca- 
tion, would  have  been  possible  for  this  country,  which  was 
bound  by  no  alliances  with  the  exception  of  those  with  Japan 
and  Portugal,  while  the  making  of  fresh  alliances  was  pro- 
hibited by  Article  5.  In  a  word,  as  appeared  still  more  evident 
later,  there  was  to  be  a  guarantee  of  absolute  neutrality  on 
one  side,  but  not  on  the  other. 

It  was  impossible  for  us  to  enter  into  a  contract  so  obviously 
inequitable,  and  the  formula  was  accordingly  rejected  by  Sir 
E.  Grey. 

Count  Metternich  upon  this  pressed  for  counter-proposals, 
which  he  stated  would  be  without  prejudice  and  not  binding 
unless  we  were  satisfied  that  our  wishes  were  met  on  the 
naval  question.  On  this  understanding  Sir  Edward  Grey,  on 
the  I4th  March,  1912,  gave  Count  Metternich  the  following 
draft  formula,  which  had  been  approved  by  the  Cabinet : — 

England  will  make  no  unprovoked  attack  upon  Ger- 
many, and  pursue  no  aggressive  policy  towards  her. 

Aggression  upon  Germany  is  not  the  subject,  and  forms 
no  part  of  any  treaty,  understanding,  or  combination 
to  which  England  is  now  a  party,  nor  will  she  become  a 
party  to  anything  that  has  such  an  object. 

Count  Metternich  thought  this  formula  inadequate,  and 
suggested  two  alternative  additional  clauses  : — 

England  will  therefore  observe  at  least  a  benevolent 
neutrality  should  war  be  forced  upon  Germany  ;  or 

England  will  therefore,  as  a  matter  of  course,  remain 
neutral  if  a  war  is  forced  upon  Germany. 
This,  he  added,  would  not  be  binding  unless  our  wishes  were 
met  with  regard  to  the  naval  programme. 

Sir  Edward  Grey  considered  that  the  British  proposals 


APPENDIX  II.  239 

were  sufficient.  He  explained  that,  if  Germany  desired  to 
crush  France,  England  might  not  be  able  to  sit  still,  though, 
if  France  were  aggressive  or  attacked  Germany,  no  support 
would  be  given  by  His  Majesty's  Government  or  approved 
by  England.  It  is  obvious  that  the  real  object  of  the  German 
proposal  was  to  obtain  the  neutrality  of  England  in  all  eventu- 
alities, since,  should  a  war  break  out,  Germany  would  cer- 
tainly contend  that  it  had  been  forced  upon  her,  and  would 
claim  that  England  should  remain  neutral.  An  admirable 
example  of  this  is  the  present  war,  in  which,  in  spite  of  the 
facts,  Germany  contends  that  war  has  been  forced  upon  her. 
Even  the  third  member  of  the  Triple  Alliance,  who  had 
sources  of  information  not  open  to  us,  did  not  share  this  view, 
but  regarded  it  as  an  aggressive  war. 

Sir  Edward  Grey  eventually  proposed  the  following 
formula  : — 

The  two  Powers  being  mutually  desirous  of  securing 
peace  and  friendship  between  them,  England  declares 
that  she  will  neither  make,  nor  join  in,  any  unprovoked 
attack  upon  Germany.  Aggression  upon  Germany  is 
not  the  subject,  and  forms  no  part  of  any  treaty,  under- 
standing, or  combination  to  which  England  is  now  a 
party,  nor  will  she  become  a  party  to  anything  that  has 
such  an  object. 

Sir  Edward  Grey,  when  he  handed  this  formula  to  Count 
Metternich,  said  that  the  use  of  the  word  "  Neutrality  "  would 
convey  the  impression  that  more  was  meant  than  was  war- 
ranted by  the  text ;  he  suggested  that  the  substance  of  what 
was  required  would  be  obtained  and  more  accurately  ex- 
pressed by  the  words  "  will  neither  make,  nor  join  in,  any 
unprovoked  attack." 

Count  Metternich  thereupon  received  instructions  to 
make  it  quite  clear  that  the  Chancellor  could  recommend  the 
Emperor  to  give  up  the  essential  parts  of  the  Novelle  (the 
Bill  then  pending  for  the  increase  of  the  German  Navy)  only 


240  APPENDIX  II. 

if  we  could  conclude  an  agreement  guaranteeing  neutrality 
of  a  far-reaching  character  and  leaving  no  doubt  as  to  any 
interpretation.  He  admitted  that  the  Chancellor's  require- 
ment amounted  to  a  guarantee  of  absolute  neutrality,  failing 
which  the  Novelle  must  proceed. 

Count  Metternich  stated  that  there  was  no  chance  of 
the  withdrawal  of  the  Novelle,  but  said  that  it  might  be 
modified  ;  it  would  be  disappointing  to  the  Chancellor  if  we 
did  not  go  beyond  the  formula  we  had  suggested. 

Sir  Edward  Grey  said  that  he  could  understand  that 
there  would  be  disappointment  if  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment were  to  state  that  the  carrying  out  of  the  Novelle  would 
put  an  end"  to  the  negotiations  and  form  an  insurmountable 
obstacle  to  the  better  relations.  His  Majesty's  Government 
did  not  say  this,  and  they  hoped  the  formula  which  they 
had  suggested  might  be  considered  in  connection  with  the 
discussion  of  territorial  arrangements,  even  if  it  did  not 
prove  effective  in  preventing  the  increase  of  naval  expen- 
diture. 

Sir  Edward  Grey  added  that  if  some  arrangement  could 
be  made  between  the  two  Governments  it  would  have  a 
favourable  though  indirect  effect  upon  naval  expenditure  as 
time  went  on  ;  it  would  have,  moreover,  a  favourable  and 
direct  effect  upon  public  opinion  in  both  countries. 

A  few  days  afterwards  Count  Metternich  communicated 
to  Sir  Edward  Grey  the  substance  of  a  letter  from  the  Chan- 
cellor in  which  the  latter  said  that,  as  the  formula  suggested 
by  His  Majesty's  Government  was  from  the  German  point  oi 
view  insufficient,  and  as  His  Majesty's  Government  could 
not  agree  to  the  larger  formula  for  which  he  had  asked,  the 
Novelle  must  proceed  on  the  lines  on  which  it  had  been  pre- 
sented to  the  Federal  Council.  The  negotiations  then  came 
to  an  end,  and  with  them  the  hope  of  a  mutual  reduction  in: 
the  expenditure  on  armaments  of  the  two  countries. 

PRINTED    IN   GREAT   BRITAIN. 


'Hill 


V3Lfe      °J 


•••